UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FormFORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172020

 

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period fromfrom: __________ to __________

 

001-38105

(Commission file number: 001-38105File Number)

 

KBL MERGER180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. IV

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware 81-3832378

(State or other jurisdictionOther Jurisdiction of

incorporation
Incorporation or organization)Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)No.)

 

527 Stanton Christiana Rd.3000 El Camino Real, Bldg. 4, Suite 200

Newark, DEPalo Alto, CA

 1971394306
(Address of principal executive offices)Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

 

(650) 507-0669

(Registrant’s telephone number:(302) 502-2727number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class:each classTrading Symbol(s) Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on Which Registered:which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Warrants, each warrant exercisable for one-half of one share of Common Stock at

an exercise price of $5.75 per half share

ATNF
 The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ Capital Market)
Rights, exchangeable into one-tenth of one shareWarrants to purchase shares of Common StockATNFW The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock, one Warrant and one RightThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ Capital Market)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

None.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐   No ☒  

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐   No ☒  

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes    No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes    No ☐  

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☒  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “largelarge accelerated filer,“acceleratedaccelerated filer“smallerand “smaller reporting company”company and “emergingemerging growth company”company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer  ☒

Smaller reporting company  ☐

Emerging growth company  ☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes    No 

 

AsThe aggregate market value of June 30, 2017,the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $20,791,676. For purposes of calculating the aggregate market value of the common stock outstanding, other than shares held by non-affiliates, we have assumed that all outstanding shares are held by non-affiliates, except for shares held by each of our executive officers, directors and 5% or greater stockholders. In the case of 5% or greater stockholders, we have not deemed such stockholders to be affiliates unless there are facts and circumstances which would indicate that such stockholders exercise any control over our company, or unless they hold 10% or more of our outstanding common stock. These assumptions should not be deemed to constitute an admission that all executive officers, directors and 5% or greater stockholders are, in fact, affiliates of our company, or that there are not other persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing sales price for the common stockour company. Further information concerning shareholdings of our officers, directors and principal stockholders is included in Part III, Item 12 of this Annual Report on June 30, 2017, as reported on the NASDAQ Capital Market, was approximately $111,550,000. Form 10-K.

 

As of March 27, 2018,July 7, 2021, there were 14,877,50030,768,873 shares of common stock of the registrant issued and outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  PAGEPage
PART IGlossary 
Item 1.Business1ii
Item 1A.Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking InformationRisk Factors21
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments47
Item 2.Properties47
Item 3.Legal Proceedings47
Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures47v
  
PART II 
PART I
Item 1.Business1
Item 1A.Risk Factors41
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments74
Item 2.Properties74
Item 3.Legal Proceedings74
Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures74
PART II
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities4875
Item 6.Selected Financial Data4977
Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations4977
Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk5286
Item 8.Financial Statements and SupplementarySupplemental Data5386
Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure5487
Item 9A.Controls and Procedures5487
Item 9B.Other Information5488
  
PART III 
PART III
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance5589
Item 11.Executive Compensation60100
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters60106
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence62108
Item 14.Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services64110
  
PART IV 
PART IV
Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules65111
Item 16.Form 10-K10–K Summary65115
Signatures116

 

i

Unless otherwise stated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, references to:

“we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” are to KBL Merger Corp. IV;
“public shares” are to shares of our common stock sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased in such offering or thereafter in the open market);
“public stockholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial stockholder and members of our management team to the extent our initial stockholder and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial stockholder’s and member of our management team’s status as a “public stockholder” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;
“management” or our “management team” are to our executive officers and directors;
“Scientific and Advisory Board” are to the individuals described herein as such under the caption “Scientific and Advisory Board” and any other individuals designated by us as Scientific and Advisory Board members after the date hereof;
“sponsor” is to KBL IV Sponsor LLC, our initial stockholder; Dr. Marlene Krauss, our Chief Executive Officer, is the sole managing member of KBL IV Sponsor LLC;
“combined team” is to our management team and our Scientific and Advisory Board, collectively;
“founder shares” are to shares of our common stock initially purchased by our sponsor in a private placement prior to our initial offering;
“private placement units” are to the units issued to our sponsor and the underwriters in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering;
“private placement shares” are to the shares of our common stock included in the private placement units issued to our sponsor and the underwriters in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering;
“private placement rights” are to the rights included in the private placement units issued to our sponsor and the underwriters in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering;
“private placement warrants” are to the warrants included in the private placement units issued to our sponsor and the underwriters in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering;
“rights” are to our rights, which includes all of our rights sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased in such offering or thereafter in the open market) as well as the private placement rights to the extent they are no longer held by the initial purchasers of the private placement rights or their permitted transferees;
“warrants” are to our redeemable warrants, which includes all of our warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased in such offering or thereafter in the open market) as well as the private placement warrants to the extent they are no longer held by the initial purchasers of the private placement warrants or their permitted transferees; and
“initial stockholder” is to our sponsor, the holder and beneficial owner of our founder shares prior to our initial public offering.

ii 

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTSGLOSSARY

 

This report, including, without limitation, statementsThe following are abbreviations and definitions of certain terms used in this Report, which are commonly used in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry:

ACA” means the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, often shortened to the Affordable Care Act, nicknamed Obamacare, which is a U.S. federal statute which provides numerous rights and protections that make health coverage fairer and easier to understand, along with subsidies (through “premium tax credits” and “cost-sharing reductions”) to make it more affordable. The law also expands the Medicaid program to cover more people with low incomes.

Analgesics” are a class of medications designed specifically to relieve pain.

ANDA” means an abbreviated new drug application which contains data which is submitted to the FDA for the review and potential approval of a generic drug product.

Anti-TNF” is a pharmaceutical drug that suppresses the physiologic response to TNF.

Cannabinoids” mean compounds found in cannabis sativa L., and when used throughout this prospectus, refer to compounds found in the hemp plant which do not contain THC.

CBD” or cannabidiol is an active ingredient in cannabis derived from the hemp plant. CBD is a non-psychoactive oxidative degradation product of THC.

CBG” or cannabigerol is one of the compounds found in the cannabis plant.

CCMO” means De Centrale Commissie Mensgebonden Onderzoek (CCMO), or the Central Committee on Research Involving Human Subjects, the organizational responsible for reviewing and regulating medical research involving human subjects in The Netherlands.

CHMP” means the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, formerly known as Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products, which is the European Medicines Agency’s committee responsible for elaborating the agency’s opinions on all issues regarding medicinal products for human use.

CMS” means the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, which is a federal agency within the HHS that administers the Medicare program and works in partnership with state governments to administer Medicaid.

Corticosteroids” are a class of drug that lowers inflammation in the body.

CRO” means a contract research organization which is a company that provides support to the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries in the form of research services outsourced on a contract basis.

CSA” means the Controlled Substances Act, the statute establishing federal U.S. drug policy under which the manufacture, importation, possession, use, and distribution of certain substances is regulated.

CTA” means a Clinical Trial Application, which is a submission to the competent National Regulatory Authority(ies) for obtaining authorization to conduct a clinical trial in a specific country. It is an application with necessary information on investigational medicinal products. The purpose of a CTA is to provide all the important details about the clinical trial to the health authorities in order to obtain the product approval.

DEA” means the Drug Enforcement Administration, a United States federal law enforcement agency under the heading “Management’s DiscussionUnited States Department of Justice, tasked with combating drug trafficking and Analysisdistribution within the United States.

EMA” means the European Medicines Agency, an agency of Financial Conditionthe EU in charge of the evaluation and Resultssupervision of Operations,medicinal products.

“EU” means the European Union.

ii

FDC Actincludesmeans the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, which is a set of U.S. laws passed by Congress in 1938 giving authority to the FDA to oversee the safety of food, drugs, medical devices, and cosmetics.

FDA” means U.S. The Food and Drug Administration, which is a federal agency of the United States Department of Health and Human Services. The FDA is responsible for protecting the public health by ensuring the safety, efficacy, and security of human and veterinary drugs, biological products, and medical devices; and by ensuring the safety of U.S. food supply, cosmetics, and products that emit radiation.

FS” means Frozen Shoulder, a condition characterized by stiffness and pain in an individual’s shoulder joint.

GCP” means good clinical practice, which is an international quality standard, which governments can then transpose into regulations for clinical trials involving human subjects. GCP follows the International Council on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH), and enforces tight guidelines on ethical aspects of clinical research.

GLP” means good laboratory practice, which is a quality system concerned with the organization process and the conditions under which non-clinical health and environmental safety studies are planned, performed, monitored, recorded, archived and reported.

GMP” means good manufacturing practice regulations promulgated by the FDA under the authority of the FDC Act. These regulations, which have the force of law, require that manufacturers, processors, and packagers of drugs, medical devices, some food, and blood take proactive steps to ensure that their products are safe, pure, and effective.

HHS”, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services also known as the Health Department, is a cabinet-level department of the U.S. federal government with the goal of protecting the health of all Americans and providing essential human services.

HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which has the goal of making it easier for people to keep health insurance, protect the confidentiality and security of healthcare information and help the healthcare industry control administrative costs.

“IBD” means inflammatory bowel disease, an umbrella term used to describe disorders that involve chronic inflammation of the digestive tract.

IND” means investigational new drug application. Before a clinical trial can be started, the research must be approved. An investigational new drug or IND application or request must be filed with the FDA when researchers want to study a drug in humans. The IND application must contain certain information, such as: results from studies so that the FDA can decide whether the treatment is safe for testing in people; how the drug is made, who makes it, what’s in it, how stable it is, and more; detailed outlines for the planned clinical studies, called study protocols, are reviewed to see if people might be exposed to needless risks; and details about the clinical trial team to see if they have the knowledge and skill to run clinical trials.

Individually identifiable health information” is defined by HIPPA to mean information that is a subset of health information, including demographic information collected from an individual, and: (1) is created or received by a health care provider, health plan, employer, or health care clearinghouse; and (2) relates to the past, present, or future physical or mental health or condition of an individual; the provision of health care to an individual; or the past, present, or future payment for the provision of health care to an individual; and (a) that identifies the individual; or (b) with respect to which there is reasonable basis to believe the information can be used to identify the individual.

IRB” means an Institutional Review Board, which is group that has been formally designated to review and monitor biomedical research involving human subjects. In accordance with FDA regulations, an IRB has the authority to approve, require modifications in (to secure approval), or disapprove research. This group review serves an important role in the protection of the rights and welfare of human research subjects.

Medicaid” is a federal and state health insurance program in the U.S. that helps with medical costs for some people with limited income and resources. Medicaid also offers benefits not normally covered by Medicare, including nursing home care and personal care services.

Medicare” is a national health insurance program in the U.S. It primarily provides health insurance for Americans aged 65 and older, but also for some younger people with disability status as determined by the Social Security Administration, as well as people with end stage renal disease and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS or Lou Gehrig’s disease).

iii

MHRA” means The Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, an executive agency of the Department of Health and Social Care in the United Kingdom which is responsible for ensuring that medicines and medical devices work and are acceptably safe.

MRP” means a Mutual Recognition Procedure, a market authorization which is granted in one EU member state and is recognized in other EU member states.

NDA” means the FDA’s New Drug Application, which is the vehicle in the United States through which drug sponsors formally propose that the FDA approve a new pharmaceutical for sale and marketing.

“NIHR” means The National Institute for Health Research is a United Kingdom government agency which funds research into health and care, and is the largest national clinical research funder in Europe.

Orphan Drug Designation” means a pharmaceutical agent developed to treat medical conditions which, because they are so rare, would not be profitable to produce without government assistance.

Phase 1” trials are typically where the drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and elimination. In the case of some drug candidates for severe or life-threatening diseases, such as cancer, especially when the drug candidate may be inherently too toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients.

Phase 2” trials are generally when clinical trials are initiated in a limited patient population intended to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the drug candidate for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage. Phase 2 trials are sometimes further divided into: Phase 2a and Phase 2b trials — Phase 2a is focused specifically on dosing requirements. A small number of patients are administered the drug in different quantities to evaluate whether there is as a dose-response relationship, which is an increase in response that correlates with increasing increments of dose. In addition, the optimal frequency of dose is also explored; and Phase 2b trials are designed specifically to rigorously test the efficacy of the drug in terms of how successful it is in treating, preventing or diagnosing a disease.

Phase 3” trials are when clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy and safety in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit ratio of the drug candidate and provide an adequate basis for regulatory approval and product labeling.

Phase 4” trials are studies required to be conducted as a condition of approval in order to gather additional information on the drug’s effect in various populations and any side effects associated with long-term use.

Physiotherapy” is treatment to restore, maintain, and make the most of a patient’s mobility, function, and well-being.

POCD” means post-operative cognitive dysfunction/delirium.

RA” means rheumatoid arthritis.

REMS” means a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy is a drug safety program that the FDA can require for certain medications with serious safety concerns to help ensure the benefits of the medication outweigh its risks.

SCA” means Synthetic Cannabidiol Analogues, which are synthetic pharmaceutical grade molecules close or distant analogues of non-psychoactive cannabinoids such as CBD for the treatment of inflammatory diseases and pain.

Sponsor” means the applicant or drug sponsor, which is the person or entity who assumes responsibility for the marketing of a new drug, including responsibility for compliance with applicable provisions of the FSC Act and related regulations. Note that as used herein the term “Sponsor” may also refer to the Sponsor of our IPO, depending on the context in which such term is used.

THC” means tetrahydrocannabinol, which is the principal psychoactive constituent of cannabis.

TNF” means tumor necrosis factor, which is part of the body’s response to inflammation.

iv

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27Athe Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the Securities Acttimes at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time the statements are made and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our results, levels of 1933 and Section 21E ofactivity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Theseinformation expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the words “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will,” “potential,” “projects,” “predicts,” “continue,” or “should,” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. There can be no assurance that actual results will not materially differ from expectations. Suchthis Report. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, any statements relating to our ability to consummate any acquisition or other business combination and any other statements that are not statements of current or historical facts. These statements are based on management’s current expectations, but actual results may differ materially due to various factors, including, but not limited to:

 

our ability to completeexecute our initial business combination;plans to develop, manufacture, distribute and market new drug products and the timing and costs of these development, manufacturing, distribution and marketing programs, including approval by the applicable regulatory authorities;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;directors;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;
our potential ability to obtain substantial additional financing in the near term to completeadvance our initial business combination;business;

the continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our poolbusiness operations and our research and development initiatives;

risks associated with penalties arising from not filing our periodic reports and certain registration statements timely;

the impact of prospective target businesses;any future restatements of our financial results, including any restatements arising from the acts or omissions of management of KBL prior to the Closing of the Business Combination, or associated with changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

changes in our future operating results;

failure to maintain the listing on, or the delisting of our securities from, NASDAQ or an inability to have our securities listed on NASDAQ or another national securities exchange following our initial business combination;NASDAQ;

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;
the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance; or

our financial performance.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this reportherein are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. Future developments affecting us may not be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.Summary Risk Factors and those disclosed under “Risk Factors”, below. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws. These risks and others described under “Risk Factors” may not be exhaustive.

 

By their nature,

v

You should read the matters described and incorporated by reference in “Risk Factors” and the other cautionary statements made in this Report, and incorporated by reference herein, as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements involvewherever they appear in this Report. We cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Report will prove to be accurate and therefore prospective investors are encouraged not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Other than as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements, even though our situation may change in the future.

Summary Risk Factors

We face risks and uncertainties because they relaterelated to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statementsour business, many of which are not guarantees of future performance and thatbeyond our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this report.control. In addition, even ifparticular, risks associated with our results or operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.business include:

We are clinical stage biotechnology company that had no revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and do not anticipate generating revenue for the near future;

Our need for additional financing, both near term and long term, to support our operations, our ability to raise such financing as needed, the terms of such financing, if available, potential significant dilution associated therewith, and covenants and restrictions we may need to comply with in connection with such funding;

Restrictions on our ability to issue securities, anti-dilution and most favored nation rights provided in connection therewith;

Our dependence on the success of our future product candidates, some of which may not receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized; problems in our manufacturing process for our new products and/or our failure to comply with manufacturing regulations, or unexpected increases in our manufacturing costs; problems with distribution of our products; and failure to adequately market our products;

Risks associated with the growth of our business, our ability to maintain such growth, difficulties in managing our growth, and executing our growth strategy;

Liability for previously restated financial statements and associated with ineffective controls and procedures;

Our dependence on our key personnel and our ability to attract and retain employees;

Risks from intense competition from companies with greater resources and experience than we have;

Risks that our future product candidates, if approved, may be unable to achieve the expected market acceptance and, consequently, limit our ability to generate revenue from new products;

The fact that the majority of our license agreements provide the licensors and/or counter-parties the right to use and/or exploit such licensed intellectual property;

Preclinical studies and earlier clinical trials may not necessarily be predictive of future results and may not have favorable results; we have limited marketing experience, and our future ability to successfully commercialize any of our product candidates, even if they are approved in the future is unknown; and business interruptions could delay us in the process of developing our future product candidates and could disrupt our product sales;

Third-party payors may not provide coverage and adequate reimbursement levels for any future products;

Liability from lawsuits (including product liability lawsuits, stockholder lawsuits and regulatory matters), including judgments, damages, fines and penalties;

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions which could prevent us from accessing critical information or expose us to liabilities or damages;

 

vi

Risks associated with clinical trials that are expensive, time-consuming, uncertain and susceptible to change, delay or termination and which are open to differing interpretations;

Our ability to comply with existing and future rules and regulations, including federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations and implementation of, or changes to, such healthcare laws and regulations;

Delays in the trials, testing, application, or approval process for drug candidates and/or out ability to obtain approval for promising drug candidates, and the costs associated therewith;

Our ability to adequately protect our future product candidates or our proprietary technology in the marketplace, claims and liability from third parties regarding our alleged infringement of their intellectual property;

Differences in laws and regulations between countries and other jurisdictions;

Changes in laws or regulations, including, but not limited to tax laws and controlled substance laws, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations;

Conflicts of interest between our officers, directors, consultants and scientists;

Penalties associated with our failure to comply with certain pre-agreed contractual obligations and restrictions;

Dilution caused by future fund raising, the conversion/exercise of outstanding convertible securities, and downward pressure on the value of our securities caused by such future issuances/sales;

Negative effects on our business from the COVID-19 pandemic and other potential future pandemics;

The extremely volatile nature of our securities and potential lack of liquidity therefore;

The fact that our Certificate of Incorporation provides for indemnification of officers and directors, limits the liability of officers and directors, allows for the authorization of preferred stock without stockholder approval, includes certain anti-takeover provisions;

Our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock and warrants on NASDAQ and the costs of compliance with SEC and NASDAQ rules and requirements;

Risks associated with our status as an emerging growth company and the provisions of the JOBS Act, which we are able to take advantage of, due to such status;

Failure of our information technology systems, including cybersecurity attacks or other data security incidents, that could significantly disrupt the operation of our business;

The fact that we may acquire other companies which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results and if we make any acquisitions, they may disrupt or have a negative impact on our business;

The fact that we may apply working capital and future funding to uses that ultimately do not improve our operating results or increase the value of our securities; and

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

iii vii

 

 

PART I

 

ItemITEM 1.BUSINESS

INTRODUCTION

General

This information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included at the end of this report.

Please see the “Glossary” above for a list of biotechnology industry abbreviations and definitions used throughout this Report.

Our logo and some of our trademarks and tradenames are used in this Report. This Report also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of others. Solely for convenience, trademarks, tradenames and service marks referred to in this Report may appear without the ®, ™ and SM symbols. References to our trademarks, tradenames and service marks are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert to the fullest extent under applicable law our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors if any, nor that respective owners to other intellectual property rights will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend the use or display of other companies’ trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this Report are based on independent industry publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources that we believe to be reliable sources. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We are responsible for all of the disclosures contained in this Report, and we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this Report, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 41 of this Report. These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. Some market and other data included herein, as well as the data of competitors as they relate to 180 Life Sciences Corp., is also based on our good faith estimates.

Our fiscal year ends on December 31. Interim results are presented on a quarterly basis for the quarters ended March 31, June 30, and September 30, the first quarter, second quarter and third quarter, respectively, with the quarter ended December 31st being referenced herein as our fourth quarter. Fiscal 2020 means the year ended December 31, 2020, whereas fiscal 2019 means the year ended December 31, 2019.

Definition

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “180 Life”, “180LS” and “180 Life Sciences Corp.” refer specifically to 180 Life Sciences Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

In addition, unless the context otherwise requires and for the purposes of this Report only:

CAD” refers to Canadian dollars;
Exchange Act” refers to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
£” or “GBP” refers to British pounds sterling;
SEC” or the “Commission” refers to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission; and
Securities Act” refers to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Where You Can Find Other Information

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and are available for download, free of charge, soon after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC, on the “Investors”—”SEC Filings”—”All SEC Filings” page of our website at www.180lifesciences.com. Copies of documents filed by us with the SEC are also available from us without charge, upon oral or written request to our Secretary, who can be contacted at the address and telephone number set forth on the cover page of this Report. Our website address is www.180lifesciences.com/. The information on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Report and should not be considered a part of this Report.

Business Combination

On November 6, 2020, 180 Life Sciences Corp., then known as KBL Merger Corp. IV (the “Company”, sometimes referred to herein as KBL prior to the Business Combination) consummated the previously announced business combination (the “Business Combination”) following a special meeting of stockholders, where the stockholders of the Company considered and approved, among other matters, a proposal to adopt that certain Business Combination Agreement (as amended, the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated as of July 25, 2019, entered into by and among the Company, KBL Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”), 180 Life Corp. (f/k/a 180 Life Sciences Corp.), Katexco Pharmaceuticals Corp. (“Katexco”), CannBioRex Pharmaceuticals Corp. (“CBR Pharma”), 180 Therapeutics L.P. (“180 LP” and together with Katexco and CBR Pharma, the “180 Subsidiaries” and, together with 180 Life Sciences Corp., the “180 Parties”), and Lawrence Pemble, in his capacity as representative of the stockholders of the 180 Parties (the “Stockholder Representative”). Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, among other things, Merger Sub merged with and into 180, with 180 continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”). The Merger became effective on November 6, 2020 (the closing of the Merger being referred to herein as the “Closing”). In connection with, and prior to, the Closing, 180 Life Sciences Corp. filed a Certificate of Amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation in Delaware to change its name to 180 Life Corp., and KBL Merger Corp. IV changed its name to 180 Life Sciences Corp.

Company Overview

We are a clinical stage biotechnology company headquartered in Palo Alto, California, focused on the development of therapeutics for unmet medical needs in chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory diseases and fibrosis by employing innovative research, and, where appropriate, combination therapy. We have three product development platforms each of which (i) focus on different diseases, pains or medical conditions and target different factors, molecules or proteins and (ii) have or will have their own product candidates:

Anti-TNF platform: Focusing on fibrosis and anti-tumour necrosis factor (“anti-TNF”);

SCAs platform: Focusing on drugs which are synthetic cannabidiol (“CBD”) or cannabigerol (“CBG”) analogues (“SCAs”); and

α7nAChR platform: Focusing on alpha 7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (“α7nAChR”).

 

We have several future product candidates in development, including one product candidate in a Phase 2b clinical trial in the United Kingdom (“UK”) and the Netherlands for Dupuytren’s disease, a condition that affects the development of fibrous connective tissue in the palm of the hand. Our Company was founded by several world-leading scientists, in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical sectors. Our world-renowned scientists Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann, Prof. Lawrence Steinman, Prof. Raphael Mechoulam, Dr. Jonathan Rothbard, and Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal have significant experience and significant previous success in drug discovery. The scientists are from the University of Oxford (“Oxford”), Stanford University and Hebrew University of Jerusalem (the “Hebrew University”), and the management team has extensive experience in financing and growing early-stage healthcare companies.

Currently, we are conducting clinical trials only for certain indications under the anti-TNF platform. Of our three product development platforms, only one, the SCAs platform, involves products that are related to CBD (and not to cannabis or THC), and no clinical trials for any indications or products under the SCAs platform are currently being conducted in the United States or abroad.


Business Strategy

Our goal is to capitalize on our research in chronic pain, inflammation and fibrosis by pursuing the following strategies:

Advance our clinical-stage product candidate for Dupuytren’s disease from its current late-stage development to seek and obtain approval in the UK, European Union (“EU”) and the United States (“U.S.”) for such product candidate, potentially commercialize the product candidate in the UK, EU and the U.S. and identify the optimal commercial pathway in other markets around the world;
Move our pre-clinical product candidates into clinical trials, seek and obtain approval in the UK, EU and U.S. for such future product candidates, and potentially commercialize such future product candidates in the U.S., UK and Europe;

Leverage our proprietary product development platforms to discover, develop and commercialize novel first-in-class products for the treatment of chronic pain, inflammation and fibrosis; and

Strengthen our position in research in chronic pain, inflammation and fibrosis.

Overview of Product Development Platforms

The following chart summarizes the products and indications, including those currently in clinical trial, for our three product development platforms.

“*Regulatory approvals obtained from the MHRA and CCMO and the relevant accredited ethics committees to perform clinical trials in the UK and The Netherlands. No meetings have been held with, and no applications or requests for approval have been submitted to the FDA for any products at this time.”

The product development platforms are each described in more detail below.


Anti-TNF Platform

Our anti-TNF platform began at our wholly-owned subsidiary, 180 LP. This platform is focused on studying the molecular mechanism of inflammatory diseases and fibrosis and on the discovery of TNF as a mediator of fibrosis, as well as other immune-driven diseases. This research was first undertaken in the 1980s by our Co-Chairman, Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann, based on analysis of tissue from patients with rheumatoid arthritis (“RA”). We are applying this same approach to the analysis of human disease tissue from patients with active fibrosis, research led by Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal in Oxford (who is also the Chairman of our Clinical Advisory Board), which has led to the identification of new therapeutic targets and approaches that we are developing. Profs. Nanchahal and Feldmann, in collaboration with other scientists, are leveraging their experience and expertise in developing anti-inflammatories to search for new applications for anti-TNF therapeutics. We are seeking to demonstrate that anti-TNF drugs, such as adalimumab, have a positive effect on new indications such as Dupuytren’s disease, frozen shoulder and post-operative cognitive dysfunction/delirium (“POCD”).

Our first and currently only product candidate in clinical development is for the potential treatment of early-stage fibrosis of the hand, Dupuytren’s disease, for which there is currently no approved treatment in the UK or EU. Collagenase from Clostridium histolyticum has been approved in the USA for late-stage Dupuytren’s disease. The proposed treatment will be administered by a local injection of adalimumab, an anti-TNF antibody into early-stage disease tissue. The results for the Phase 2a clinical trial for Dupuytren’s disease, supported by the Wellcome Trust, UK Department of Health and the Company, were published in July 2018. The study demonstrated positive tissue response indicative of anti-fibrotic mechanisms, as well as guiding dosing for follow up trials. Having defined the most efficacious dose and preparation and based on these positive proof of concept data, the Company, together with the Wellcome Trust and the UK Department of Health, initiated a Phase 2b trial in patients with early stage Dupuytren’s disease. The initial plan was to randomize 138 patients in a ratio of 1:1 to receive four injections of adalimumab or placebo at three-month intervals, and followed for a total of 18 months from baseline. With additional funding from the Wellcome Trust, the Phase 2b trial completed recruitment of 181 patients in April 2019, having commenced dosing in February 2017. The final patient was enrolled in April 2019. This trial has been completed and the data is being verified and analyzed, and we expect to present top line data towards the end of the third quarter or early part of the fourth quarter of 2021. Through this fibrosis and anti-TNF product development platform, we are also performing research for the development of potential treatments of frozen shoulder, liver and lung fibrosis and POCD.

The following chart summarizes the timing of current and future clinical trials, based on current proposals, under the anti-TNF platform.

We have obtained regulatory approvals from the UK Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) and the Dutch Centrale Commissie Mensgebonden Onderzoek (CCMO), as well as from the relevant accredited ethics committees, in order to perform clinical trials in the UK and The Netherlands solely for indications under the anti-TNF platform. We have not held any meetings with, and no applications or requests for approval have been submitted to, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for any indications or products under the anti-TNF platform at this time.


SCAs Platform

Our SCAs platform began at our wholly-owned subsidiary, CBR Pharma with the collaborative work of its founders Prof. Mechoulam and Prof. Feldmann. This platform focuses on the development of synthetic pharmaceutical grade molecules close or distant analogues of non-psychoactive cannabinoids such as CBD for the treatment of inflammatory diseases and pain. These development efforts are a result of a 20-year collaboration between Prof. Feldmann, who discovered and commercialized anti-TNF therapy for treatment of RA and subsequently a number of inflammatory diseases, which is currently the best-selling drug class in the world, and Prof. Mechoulam, a world leading expert in cannabis chemistry who successfully identified THC, CBD and, subsequently, the endocannabinoids. We are working with a research team based at the Kennedy Institute at Oxford, consisting of Prof. Feldmann, Prof. Richard Williams and others, and a research team based at Hebrew University, consisting of Prof. Raphael Mechoulam, Prof. Avi Domb, Prof. Amnon Hoffman and others, to generate new drugs, test them, and optimize their uptake and delivery to disease targets. The aim is to develop novel, orally active analgesic and anti-inflammatory medications based on synthetic compounds to target chronic diseases. We term these synthetic compounds generically as “synthetic CBD analogues” (“SCAs”). Our primary development targets are arthritis and chronic and recurrent pain, while our secondary development targets are diabetes/diabetic neuropathy, fibromyalgia, multiple sclerosis, obesity and fatty liver disease.

The following chart summarizes the timing of current and future clinical trials, based on current proposals, under the SCAs platform.

No regulatory approvals have been sought or obtained from appropriate authorities at this time for any products or indications under the SCAs platform.

α7nAChR Platform

Our α7nAChR platform began at our wholly-owned subsidiary, Katexco, where its founders identified α7nAChR as a key receptor for the amyloid proteins associated with diseases like Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s Disease. α7nAChR is expressed on the surface of both neuronal cells in the brain and on important cells of the immune system. The research conducted by Dr. Jonathan Rothbard and Prof. Steinman has shown that small molecules available as drugs taken by mouth can engage this receptor and potently reduce inflammatory diseases. Dr. Rothbard and Prof. Steinman have also shown that α7nAChR is critical in reducing disease animal models of multiple sclerosis and RA, as well as heart attack and stroke. Our α7nAChR product development platform is currently focused on developing α7nAChR agonists for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, initially ulcerative colitis induced after cessation of smoking.

No regulatory approvals have been sought or obtained from appropriate authorities at this time for any products or indications under the α7nAChR platform.


Product Candidates

 

We are attempting to build a broad and diverse pipeline of product candidates in chronic pain, inflammation and fibrosis. Our product candidates are and will be selected for development based on: potential to address unmet medical needs; development feasibility as determined by our preclinical research and development efforts; potential to rapidly achieve proof-of-concept based on easy-to-measure validated regulatory endpoints; and significant commercial potential.

Anti-TNF Platform Dupuytren’s Disease

Overview

Dupuytren’s disease, also referred to as hand fibrosis, tends to manifest itself in middle to later age populations and causes fingers in the hand to curl irreversibly. According to an article published in the Journal of Hand Surgery in 2011, it is estimated that approximately 4% to 6% of the Western adult population suffers from Dupuytren’s disease, which, in the U.S., translates to approximately 11 million people. According to Market Research Future, the market for Dupuytren’s disease is expected to rise to $5.5 billion by 2023 at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 4%. We believe these estimates could rise with the development of an effective treatment. Surgery remains the standard treatment for patients with Dupuytren’s contractures, but is associated with extended recovery periods and risks of recurrence. Furthermore, patients have to wait until their fingers are bent as there is no approved treatment for early stage Dupuytren’s disease. We believe that, if successful, our anti-TNF product candidate may become a preferred treatment option for patients as it will be the only modality targeted at early-stage patients. Early treatment is advantageous, as it can prevent deformity and reduce the need for surgery.

Phase 2 Clinical Trials

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, 180 LP, contributed to the funding of a Phase 2a clinical trial for Dupuytren’s disease along with the Wellcome Trust and the UK Department of Health, which using an experimental medicine clinical trial design demonstrated positive tissue response, as well as guiding dosing and tolerability for follow up trials. The data was published in June 2018. Having defined the most efficacious dose and preparation and based on these positive proof of concept data, the Company, together with the Wellcome Trust and the UK Department of Health, initiated a Phase 2b trial in patients with early stage Dupuytren’s disease. The initial plan was to randomize 138 patients in a ratio of 1:1 to receive four injections of adalimumab or placebo at three-month intervals and followed for a total of 18 months from baseline. The Phase 2b trial, which was funded by grants from the Wellcome Trust and the UK Department of Health, with a contribution from 180 LP to purchase the drug, completed recruitment of 181 patients in April 2019 and commenced dosing in February 2017 in the UK and Groningen, the Netherlands. This trial has been completed and the data is being verified and analyzed, and we expect to present top line data towards the end of the third quarter or early part of the fourth quarter of 2021.

Other Product Candidates or Indications

In addition to the potential treatment for Dupuytren’s disease described above, we are seeking to repurpose anti-TNF for use as a treatment for other fibrotic conditions such as frozen shoulder. Prof. Feldmann’s previous work in the 1980s demonstrated that anti-TNF is an effective anti-inflammatory with many possible uses, and it was subsequently approved for various forms of inflammatory arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), as well as other indications. This has since created what is currently the best-selling drug class in the world, anti-TNF therapeutics, which, according to Research and Markets, was valued at over $40 billion in 2019. By using a well-known and extensively used therapeutic, adalimumab, the research and development process may be truncated because of existing product information relating to safety, as the drug has been widely used over the past 20 years in millions of patients.


Frozen Shoulder

Frozen shoulder, also referred to as adhesive capsulitis, is an extremely painful and debilitating condition that affects an individual’s most basic activities, including sleep. Frozen shoulder affects approximately 9% of the population in Western countries between the ages of 25 and 64 according to an article published in Arthritis & Rheumatology in 2004. In addition, approximately 20% of people suffering from a frozen shoulder will develop the same problem in their other shoulder. According to an article published in Shoulder & Elbow in 2010, it is estimated that up to 30% of patients with diabetes develop frozen shoulder, and the symptoms tend to be more persistent and recalcitrant in this group.

During the pain predominant inflammatory phase, patients are typically treated with analgesics, physiotherapy and corticosteroid injections. Patients with persistent stiffness may be referred to secondary care for capsular release by manipulation under anesthesia, hydrodilatation or surgical arthroscopy. There is currently no approved targeted therapy, and in conjunction with the National Institute for Health Research (UK), we are investigating the feasibility of recruiting patients during the early pain-predominant inflammatory phase the disease and delivery of a local injection of anti-TNF. The set up stage for this Phase 2 clinical trial for the local injection of anti-TNF for frozen shoulder started in June 2021. Trial protocol is being finalized and a £250,000 grant has been awarded from NIHR to the University of Oxford to support execution and clinical trial sites are being identified. The Company will provide additional funding to support this trial.

Human Liver Fibrosis

Fibrosis of the liver is characterized by long-term damage to the organ caused by the replacement of normal liver tissue with scar tissue. The condition is most commonly caused by non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (“NAFLD”), which encompasses non-alcoholic fatty liver (“NFL”) and non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (“NASH”). NAFLD affects approximately 30% of the U.S. population, according to an article published in Nature Reviews Gastroenterology & Hepatology in 2016. Approximately 2% of patients with NFL and approximately 15% to 20% of patients with NASH progress to cirrhosis, fibrosis of the liver with major health issues.

There is no current approved treatment for individuals with NASH. We therefore believe that there is a large potential market for the creation of an effective preventative treatment. According to Allied Market Research, the market for treating liver fibrosis was approximately $13 billion in 2018, and is projected to rise to approximately $20 billion in 2022, rising at a CAGR of over 11% per year. We initiated preclinical studies for NASH based on human liver samples during the second quarter of 2020.

POCD

POCD is a common neuropsychiatric syndrome, defined as disturbance of attention, awareness and cognition, which develops over a short period of time and tends to fluctuate during the course of the day. Patients with hip fracture are at particularly high risk of developing POCD. United Kingdom national audit data for 2018 showed that 25% of all patients with hip fracture suffered from delirium. POCD is associated with poor functional outcomes, reduced quality of life and longer hospital stays. People with hip fracture who developed delirium are twice as likely to die as inpatients, and nearly four times more likely to need placement in a nursing home. POCD has also been closely associated with long-term cognitive impairment. 

Hip fractures are one of the main challenges facing elderly patients and healthcare systems. According to an article published in The Lancet Public Health in 2017, hip fractures are associated with an average loss of 2.7% of the healthy life expectancy in the middle-aged and older population in the U.S. and Europe. People suffering hip fracture have a mean age of 83 years, are frail, and two-thirds are women. They suffer a 30-day mortality of 7%, and experience a persistent reduction in their health-related quality-of-life similar to that of a diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease or multiple sclerosis. According to various studies, POCD is developed in 13-40% of patients following cardiac surgery. With 500,000 cardiac surgeries and 450,000 hip surgeries in the USA each year, in advanced age patients, a beneficial therapy to treat POCD would be a significant benefit to these patients. We plan to initiate a Phase 2 study using anti-TNF for POCD during the second quarter of 2022. An issued patent to protect this potential use has been licensed from The Kennedy Trust for Rheumatology Research.


SCAs Platform

Overview

Cannabinoids are a class of compounds derived from cannabis plants. The two major cannabinoids contained in cannabis are CBD and THC. Although one cannabinoid, THC, is known to cause psychoactive effects associated with the use of herbal cannabis, no other cannabinoid is known to share these properties. In recent decades, there have been major scientific advances that have led to the discovery of new plant-derived cannabinoids and the endocannabinoid system. There are at least two types of cannabinoid receptors, cannabinoid receptor 1 (“CB1”) and cannabinoid receptor 2 (“CB2”), in the human endocannabinoid system. CB1 receptors are considered to be among the most widely expressed G protein-coupled receptors in the brain and are particularly abundant in areas of the brain concerned with movement and postural control, pain and sensory perception, memory, cognition, emotion, and autonomic and endocrine function. CB1 receptors are also found in peripheral tissues including peripheral nerves and non-neuronal tissues such as muscle, liver tissues and fat. CB2 receptors are expressed primarily in tissues in the immune system and are believed to mediate the immunological effects of cannabinoids. CBD does not interact with CB1R and is only a weak agonist of CB2R. CBD interacts with other important neurotransmitter and neuromodulatory systems in the human body, including transient receptor potential channels, adenosine uptake and serotonin receptors. The far-reaching and diverse pharmacology of the numerous cannabinoids provides significant potential for development of cannabinoid therapeutics across many indications and disease areas, but also adds to the complexity of the research.

Product Candidates or Indications

We believe that there are unmet needs for orally available, relatively safe anti-inflammatory drugs, especially those with analgesic properties. We believe that SCAs have the potential to fulfill these needs and we have started to develop novel, orally available and patentable drug candidates to treat certain diseases or conditions such as arthritis, multiple sclerosis, diabetes, psoriasis, obesity and fatty liver, and various painful conditions. Our work on SCAs is currently in the preclinical development stage.

Because medical cannabis is a complex mixture of compounds from plants, providing a consistent level of the active compound of interest or controlling the level of the other natural compounds is difficult. Accordingly, we are working on orally available SCAs, not derived from plants, to address the deleterious issues of medical cannabis described above. If successful, these SCAs could become approved drug products that offer a robustly consistent and safe dosage that allows patient intake to be carefully controlled.

We believe that the development and clinical study of SCAs will reveal that SCAs have several key advantages over medical cannabis, including:

use of a pure compound (>99.5%) rather than a mixture of compounds;
ability to test and control dosing, which in turn controls efficacy and side effect levels;
creation of a reproducible product; and
ability to engineer novel synthetic analogues to control binding preferences to select receptors, control agonist or antagonist effects of receptor binding (pharmacokinetics and dynamics), modify half-life of the drug in the body, and create pro-drug forms that are only activated in specified tissues, thereby potentially reducing off target side effects.

In addition to the above advantages, testing SCAs in scientific, double-blind clinical trials would help to allay physicians’ concerns regarding the therapeutic use of marijuana-based compounds. This change could increase the number of patients that have access to these drug therapies. If clinical studies are successful, there are a number of potential markets and indications for SCAs which we could target, which include individuals suffering from chronic and recurrent pain, diabetes, osteoarthritis, obesity and fatty liver disease.


α7nAChR Platform

Overview

Two of our lead scientists, Prof. Steinman and Dr. Rothbard, previously identified a key receptor for the amyloid proteins associated with diseases like Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease, called α7nAChR. The α7nAChR is expressed on the surface of both neuronal cells in the brain and on cells of the immune system. The research conducted by Dr. Rothbard and Prof. Steinman has shown that small molecules available as drugs taken by mouth can engage this receptor and potently reduce inflammatory diseases. Dr. Rothbard and Prof. Steinman have shown that this receptor is critical in reducing disease in animal models of multiple sclerosis and RA, as well as heart attack and stroke.

Our efforts to understand the role of the high concentration of small heat shock proteins (“sHsp”) found in the lesions in the brains of patients with multiple sclerosis led us to realize that the protein was (i) immune suppressive and (ii) therapeutic in animal 2 models of multiple sclerosis, cardiac and retinal ischemia, and stroke. A significant realization was that amyloid fibrils composed of proteins or small peptides exhibited biological responses equivalent to the sHsps. The fibrils and the sHsps specifically bound and activated macrophages (“”) and regulatory B cells. Crosslinking and precipitation experiments demonstrated that both species bound nAChR and signaled through Jak2/Stat3. We realized that nicotine treatment of experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (“EAE”) induces an identical pattern of immune suppression as our treatments and exhibits pre-clinical efficacy that is comparable with many of the drugs that are approved for multiple sclerosis (MS) when they were tested in EAE models. Collectively, these observations have informed our strategy to develop an orally available, small molecule agonist of α7nAChR for inflammation and autoimmune diseases.

The α7 subunit of α7nAChR is an integral part of an endogenous immune suppressive pathway, in which activation of the vagus nerve stimulates acetylcholine secretion, which in turn binds α7nAChR on MΦs and regulatory B lymphocytes. Activation of the MΦs initiates an immunosuppressive cascade of events that lead to reduction of pro-inflammatory cytokines, suppression of B and T cell activation and control of inflammation.

In autoimmune diseases like RA, where there is intense inflammation destroying joints, and in multiple sclerosis, where the brain is under attack with damage to vital neurologic circuits, the body’s immune system turns against its own tissues. Other diseases ranging from atherosclerosis to gout, also reveal manifestations of an unwanted autoimmune attack.

Activation of the α7nAChR results in a signaling cascade involving Jak2 and Stat3 leading to the conversion of the macrophages to an immune suppressive phenotype and the production of IL-10. IL-10 is known to reduce inflammatory cytokines, most prominently TNF, IL-1, and IL-6. Consequently, α7nAChR agonists should complement anti-TNF therapy, which opens up the possibility of developing a new class of orally available medicines which are anti-inflammatory but much safer than existing medications such as NSAIDS, Cox2 inhibitors, methotrexate, and Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitors. This is because α7nAChR agonists are activating an endogenous regulatory pathway, rather than blocking important pathways needed for diverse processes. The market opportunity arises from the complex and expensive effort by several large and small biotechnology companies in the development of a spectrum of orally available partial agonists specific for α7nAChR. The compounds underwent extensive preclinical assessment and were used in 18 studies comprising 2,670 subjects.

The drugs universally were shown to be safe, but ineffective in trials for neurologic and psychiatric diseases, namely Alzheimer’s disease and schizophrenia. In randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trials for cognitive impairment in Alzheimer’s disease and schizophrenia, the compounds failed to meet their primary endpoint.

We plan to use these previous studies as a foundation to potentially develop a patentable α7nAChR analog within this family to use as an immune suppressive to treat a range of inflammatory and autoimmune indications including RA, IBD, relapsing and progressive forms of multiple sclerosis, atherosclerosis, gout and osteoarthritis. Our scientists have found that the α7 receptor on macrophages and regulatory B lymphocytes are different from the target of the drugs developed so far.


Product Candidates or Indications

We intend to identify, characterize, synthesize, and patent an orally available small molecular weight agonist of α7nAChR by screening non-patented analogs of large numbers of known agonists defined by pharmaceutical companies. We intend to outsource this work to Evotec GMBH, an integrated early discovery organization, and one which we have worked with in the past, specializing in ion channels and transporters, offering clients specialized technologies and scientific expertise to move from target to lead compounds.

Following a safety and efficacy assessment program, we intend to select candidates for pre-clinical development as a prelude to the potential initiation of clinical studies, which could potentially be followed by an Investigational New Drug Application (“IND”) to the FDA. Our first intended target indication for its α7nAChR development platform is smoking cessation induced ulcerative colitis.

Outsourcing and Manufacturing

We are currently outsourcing our clinical trials, which are conducted at Oxford University, Edinburgh, UK and Groningen, The Netherlands and only involve certain indications under the anti-TNF platform. We expect to continue to outsource our clinical trials and conduct them at (1) in the case of the anti-TNF platform, Oxford University and Groningen, The Netherlands, (2) in the case of the SCAs platform, Hebrew University and Oxford University and (3) in the case of the α7nAChR platform, to be determined.

We also expect to outsource all of our manufacturing activities, including those activities at the research or clinical stage, with SCAs to be produced at Hebrew University and α7nAChR to be produced by Evotec and the anti-TNF platform utilizing off-the-shelf adalimumab. In addition, we expect our products to be good manufacturing practice (GMP) grade and produced by accredited contract research organizations (CROs).

Material Agreements

We have entered into material research and licensing agreements (the “Research Agreements”) with various universities and parties in order to conduct research to develop potential product candidates. We have also entered into other material consulting and advisory services agreements with various scientists (the “Consulting Agreements”) to assist with such research.

Overview of Research Agreements

The Research Agreements include agreements with the Hebrew University and Oxford. For the anti-TNF platform, the Research Agreements with Oxford allow 180LS to contribute financially to sponsor the research being conducted for the anti-TNF platform. In return, 180LS will receive an exclusive option to license any IP arising from the Research Agreements. There are also license agreements in place whereby we have exclusively licensed certain intellectual property from Oxford.

For the SCA program, we have agreements in place with Hebrew University and Oxford, pursuant to which we intend to conduct research to develop and characterize novel SCAs for the treatment of certain target indications, and to perform early-phase clinical trials. Through the Research Agreements with Hebrew University and Oxford, we established research facilities at the Hebrew University and Oxford, in which the development and testing of new cannabinoids designed and synthesized at the Hebrew University will be facilitated. The labs at the Hebrew University, led by Prof. Mechoulam, will synthesize the chemical compounds and perform preliminary efficacy and safety studies.

Once these initial studies are completed at the Hebrew University, the chemical compounds are sent to Prof. Richard Williams at Oxford, where further evaluation is carried out to identify candidates which have the best potential for clinical efficacy and commercial development. Subsequently, we will support the clinical development of the lead compound(s), culminating in Phase 2 clinical trials to establish clinical utility in chronic pain and inflammatory indications.


The research team at Hebrew University has identified a series of SCAs that have demonstrated promising analgesic and anti-inflammatory effects in mouse models. These studies comprise testing the effects on pain responses, production of TNF (pro-inflammatory cytokine key to multiple inflammatory disorders), and local joint swelling, indicative of inflammation. Early studies during the first phase of the project have identified three to five compounds that are being analyzed in arthritis models at Oxford.

Previously, certain SCAs developed by the Hebrew University have been shown to inhibit the production of TNF, and to be very effective in collagen induced arthritis, a mouse model of human RA that was established with the specific aim of evaluating novel anti-arthritic compounds. CB2 receptor agonists (i.e., the receptor for cannabinoids) have been confirmed by third parties to reduce the production and activity of inflammatory mediators such as TNF, and to suppress joint swelling, synovial membrane thickening and the expression of pro-inflammatory markers. These effects can be demonstrated at doses that do not affect general motor activity and behavior of the animals tested.

The Hebrew Licensed Technology (as defined below) will be evaluated for efficacy and safety using in-house pre-clinical models of inflammatory pain in parallel with absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion and safety assessments carried out by third-party professional contract research organizations (“CRO”). In parallel, blood will be collected from treated animals to determine levels of key circulating proteins that may serve as blood biomarkers that report on response to treatment. Other studies are anticipated to comprise studying the effects of treatment on immune responses that are expected to be informative for steering future studies towards other auto-immune indications.

Following the above safety and efficacy assessment program, we intend to select candidates for clinical studies.

Clinical trial design and regulatory affairs will be undertaken by the research team at Oxford and their advisors, led by Prof. Sallie Lamb (working at University of Exeter & University of Oxford). We expect that initial indications will focus on chronic pain in patients with rheumatoid arthritis; however, we envisage that other indications to include neuropathic pain will be considered for subsequent trials.

A recent review examining treatment aspirations for RA patients, as well as the founders’ expertise in this field, has led us to believe that there are still major unmet needs in key areas such as pain, physical and mental function, as well as fatigue, and hence there is a need for new medications, especially with orally available drugs. There is also a significant gap in the availability of well-tolerated drugs that have immunomodulatory and analgesic activity that would be suitable for treatment of early RA or undifferentiated arthritis, for which conventional disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs or biologics would be inappropriate. Research led by Prof. Richard Williams at Oxford was instrumental in the pre-clinical development of TNF inhibitors, and in the development of robust and predictive in vivo and in vitro assays. These assays helped provide the scientific basis for the clinical development, not only of biologics, but also of small molecular weight inhibitors of TNF production, such as Apremilast, which is now in widespread clinical use. More recently, the research team at the Hebrew University characterized a number of synthetic SCAs with anti-inflammatory and immunomodulatory properties.

The SCAs that will be our product candidates are synthetically manufactured rather than extracted from cannabis plants. We believe that SCAs offer several advantages over botanically-derived cannabinoids, including consistent, reproducible pharmaceutical-grade active ingredients (“API”), with well-defined purity. We believe such candidates may improve the desired therapeutic effect without adverse psychoactive effects associated with botanical cannabis compounds. Synthetic manufacturing also allows for a more efficient chemistry, manufacturing and control process. We believe synthetic manufacturing will allow for a more clearly defined and straightforward FDA approval pathway by avoiding the potential problems faced when seeking approval for product candidates containing botanically derived cannabinoids, which include inconsistent API production and additional toxicology related to botanical impurities. 

In summary, the initial focus of the research will be on the development of safe and well-tolerated compounds with analgesic and immunomodulatory activity and with the capacity to synergize with current therapies, which primarily target downstream inflammatory processes. After conducting initial research and development, we will select the most promising of the chemical compounds to move into Phase 1 and 2 clinical trials, which we expect to commence by the third quarter of 2022.

The Research Agreements are each described below.


Research Agreements with the Hebrew University

On May 13, 2018, our wholly-owned subsidiary CBR Pharma entered into a research and license agreement (the “2018 Hebrew Agreement”) with Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Ltd. (“Yissum”), pursuant to which Yissum granted CBR Pharma a worldwide exclusive license (the “2018 Hebrew License”) to develop and commercialize certain patents (the “2018 Hebrew Licensed Patents”), know-how and research results (collectively, the “2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology”), in order to develop, manufacture, market, distribute or sell products, all within the use of the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology for the treatment of any and all veterinary and human medical conditions, including obesity, pain, inflammation and arthritis (the “2018 Field”).

Pursuant to the 2018 Hebrew Agreement, notwithstanding the grant of the 2018 Hebrew License, Yissum, on behalf of Hebrew University, will retain the right to (i) make, use and practice the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology for Hebrew University’s own research and educational purposes; (ii) license or otherwise convey to other academic and not-for-profit research organizations the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology for use in non-commercial research; and (iii) license or otherwise convey the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology to any third party for research or commercial applications outside the 2018 Field.

The 2018 Hebrew Agreement further provides that CBR Pharma is entitled to grant one or more sublicenses to the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology for exploitation in the 2018 Field.

All right, title and interest in and to the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology vest solely in Yissum, and CBR Pharma will hold and make use of the rights granted pursuant to the 2018 Hebrew License solely in accordance with the terms of the 2018 Hebrew Agreement.

As consideration for the 2018 Hebrew License, CBR Pharma paid Yissum a license fee of $75,000 and agreed to continue to pay an annual license maintenance fee (the “License Maintenance Fee”) of $50,000, beginning on May 1, 2019 and thereafter on the first day of May each year. The License Maintenance Fee is non-refundable, but may be credited each year against royalties on account of net sales of products made from May 1 to April 30 of each year.

Yissum has also agreed to undertake research and to synthesize chemical compounds that will be used by CBR Pharma, through additional research at both Oxford and Hebrew University, to develop orally active analgesic and anti-inflammatory medications. Compounds will be shipped from Hebrew University to Oxford for use in pre-clinical studies to establish efficacy in pain and inflammation.

Upon the achievement of certain milestones in respect of the chemical compounds derived from the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology, CBR Pharma is obligated to make certain payments to Yissum, including but not limited to the following:

Milestone Milestone Fee 
Submission of the first IND testing for the FDA $75,000 
Commencement of one Phase 1/2 trial with the FDA $100,000 
Commencement of one Phase 3 trial with the FDA $150,000 
For each product market authorization/clearance (maximum of $500,000) $100,000
(maximum of
$500,000)
 
For every $250 million in accumulated sales of the product until $1 billion in sales is achieved $250,000 

CBR Pharma will pay Yissum royalties equal to (i) 3% of the net sales for the first annual $500 million of net sales, and (ii) 5% of the net sales after the net sales are at or in excess of $500 million.

In the event of a sale by CBR Pharma stockholders of their common shares or the transfer or assignment of the 2018 Hebrew Agreement, CBR Pharma is obligated to pay Yissum a fee of 5% of the consideration received by CBR Pharma pursuant to such corporate transaction. In the event of an initial public offering, or a go-public event, CBR Pharma was obligated to issue registered common shares to Yissum equal to 5% of the issued and outstanding common shares, on a fully-diluted basis, concurrently with the closing of such transaction. The Business Combination that was consummated on November 6, 2020, was considered a go-public event, pursuant to which the Company issued 240,541 of its common shares to Yissum prior to the closing of the Business Combination. See Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies and Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity for more information on the shares issued to Yissum as per the research and license agreement.


CBR Pharma has also agreed to reimburse Yissum (to a maximum of $30,000) for costs incurred for patent expenses.

Yissum and CBR Pharma also agreed to establish a research program for which CBR Pharma funded a $400,000 budget for the 12-month period ended May 2019, which is in the process of being extended by an amendment.

The 2018 Hebrew Agreement will terminate upon the occurrence of the later of the following: (i) the expiration of the last of the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Patents; (ii) the expiration of the last exclusivity on any product granted by any regulatory or government body; (iii) the expiration of a continuous period of twenty years during which there was no commercial sale of any product in any country; or (iv) if we elect to obtain an exclusive license to the know-how under the terms of the 2018 Hebrew Agreement, the expiration of such exclusive license.

On November 11, 2019, CBR Pharma entered into an additional research and license agreement (the “2019 Hebrew Agreement”) with Yissum, pursuant to which Yissum granted CBR Pharma a worldwide sole and exclusive license (the “2019 Hebrew License”) to develop and commercialize certain patents (the “2019 Hebrew Licensed Patents”), know-how and research results (collectively, the “2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology,” and together with the 2018 Hebrew Licensed Technology, the “Hebrew Licensed Technology”), in order to develop, manufacture, market, distribute, sell, repair and refurbish products, all within the use of the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology for (i) Cannabinoid phenolate metal salts, including mono, di and trivalent metals such as Li, Na, K, Ca, Mg, Zn, Fe and Al and their mixtures with native or synthetic cannabinoids, their pharmaceutical formulations, including for oral and topical administration; and (ii) pharmaceutical formulations, for the administration of cannabinoid chemical derivatives, including any and all veterinary and human medical conditions, including obesity, pain, inflammation and arthritis (the “2019 Field”).

Pursuant to the 2019 Hebrew Agreement, notwithstanding the grant of the 2019 Hebrew License, Yissum, on behalf of Hebrew University, will retain the right to (i) make, use and practice the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology for Hebrew University’s own research and educational purposes, but not for commercial purposes, and subject to the maintenance of confidentiality for any know-how or unpublished patent information contain in the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology; (ii) license or otherwise convey to other academic and not-for-profit research organizations the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology for use in non-commercial research and subject to the maintenance of confidentiality for any know-how or unpublished patent information contain in the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology; and (iii) license or otherwise convey the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology to any third party for research or commercial applications outside the 2019 Field, subject to the maintenance of confidentiality for any know-how or unpublished patent information contain in the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology.

The 2019 Hebrew Agreement further provides that CBR Pharma is entitled to grant one or more sublicenses to the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology for exploitation in the 2019 Field.

All right, title and interest in and to the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology vest solely in Yissum, and CBR Pharma will hold and make use of the rights granted pursuant to the 2019 Hebrew License solely in accordance with the terms of the 2019 Hebrew Agreement.

The 2019 Hebrew Licensed Technology will terminate upon the occurrence of the later of the following: (i) the expiration of the last of the 2019 Hebrew Licensed Patents; (ii) the expiration of the last exclusivity on any product granted by any regulatory or government body; (iii) the expiration of a continuous period of twenty years plus any applicable patent extension period, during which there was no commercial sale of any product in any country; or (iv) if we elect to obtain an exclusive license to the know-how under the terms of the 2019 Hebrew Agreement, the expiration of such exclusive license.

On January 1, 2020, CBR Pharma and Yissum entered into the first amendment to the 2018 Hebrew Agreement, which provided for additional research to be done at Yissum on new derivatives of certain molecules. Pursuant to the terms of the First Amendment, the Company will pay Yissum $200,000 per year plus 35% additional for University overhead for the additional research performed by each professor over an 18-month period, starting May 1, 2019. The additional research was initially expected to end in April 2021 and we are in negotiations with Yissum to extend the agreement.

Research Agreements with the University of Oxford

On November 1, 2013, our wholly-owned subsidiary 180 LP entered into an agreement (the “First Oxford Agreement”) with Oxford, pursuant to which 180 LP will sponsor Oxford’s research and development of repurposing anti-TNF for Dupuytren’s disease.


Pursuant to the First Oxford Agreement, each payment is to be made to ISIS Innovation (the University of Oxford) at different milestones of the project, outlined below:

MilestoneMilestone Fee
Minimum investment completed£10,000
Initiation of Phase 2 trial for a licensed product£10,000
Initiation of Phase 3 trial for a licensed product£10,000
Registerable Phase 3 trial primary endpoint achieved for a licensed product£20,000
Any issued U.S. patent of the licensed intellectual property rights£5,000
Approval by FDA of an NDA filed by 180 LP or one of its sub-licensees for a licensed product£30,000
Approval by EMA of an MAA filed by 180 LP or one of its sub-licensees for a licensed product£30,000
First commercial sale of a licensed product by 180 LP or any sub-licensee in the U.S.£50,000
First commercial sale of a licensed product by 180 LP or any sub-licensee in the EU£50,000

ISIS Innovation is also eligible for royalty payments equal to 0.5% of net sales in any country where there is a valid claim, 0.25% of net sales in other countries and a fee income royalty rate of 7.5% on all up-front, milestone and other one-off payments under or in connection with all sub-licenses and other contracts granted by 180 LP with respect to the licensed technology. The First Oxford Agreement is effective, unless earlier terminated, for so long as the specified patent application remains in effect as an issued patent, pending patent application or supplementary protection certificate or for a term of 20 years, whichever is longer.

On August 15, 2018, CannBioRex Pharma Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“CannUK”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of our wholly-owned subsidiary CBR Pharma, entered into the Research Agreement (the “Second Oxford Agreement”) with Oxford, pursuant to which CBR Pharma (through CannUK) will sponsor Oxford’s research and development of SCAs developed from the Hebrew Licensed Technology. At Oxford, the SCAs generated in the Hebrew University are being tested for analgesic and anti-inflammatory effects in established pre-clinical models.

Pursuant to the Second Oxford Agreement, Oxford will undertake a research project (the “Research Project”) based around the clinical development of SCAs that are known to exhibit both anti-inflammatory and immunomodulatory properties. The aim of the Research Project is to develop and characterize chemical compounds that are synthesized at Hebrew University to create treatments for chronic pain, RA and other chronic inflammatory conditions, and to eventually obtain regulatory approval to initiate early-phase clinical trials by mid to late 2022 or as soon as possible thereafter. The Second Oxford Agreement had an initial term of one year beginning on March 22, 2019, but was extended by amendment to March 31, 2020, or any later date agreed to by the parties, unless terminated earlier. The Second Oxford Agreement was not extended any further after March 31, 2020.

CannUK, as the sponsor of the Research Project, agreed to make the following payments to Oxford:

MilestoneMilestone Fee
Signature of the Oxford Agreement£166,800
6 months post start of the Research Project£166,800
9 months post start of the Research Project£166,800
12 months post start of the Research Project, after report£55,600

On September 18, 2020, CannUK entered into another research agreement with Oxford (the “Third Oxford Agreement”), pursuant to which CannUK will sponsor work led by Prof. Nanchahal at the University of Oxford to investigate the mechanisms underlying fibrosis. In connection with the agreement, CannUK will initially provide $100,000 and then at 6-month intervals further funding to support the salary of Dr. Lynn Williams and consumables.


CannUK, as the sponsor, agreed to make the following payments to Oxford:

MilestoneAmount Due
(excluding VAT)
30 days post signing of the Third Oxford Agreement£80,000
6 months post signing of the Third Oxford Agreement£178,867
12 months post signing of the Third Oxford Agreement£178,867
24 months post signing of the Third Oxford Agreement£178,867
36 months post signing of the Third Oxford Agreement£178,867

On September 21, 2020, CannUK entered into another research agreement with Oxford (the “Fourth Oxford Agreement”), pursuant to which CannUK will sponsor work at the University of Oxford to develop and characterize novel cannabinoid derived new chemical entities (NCEs) for the treatment of inflammatory diseases towards initiation of early phase clinical trials in patients within a period of 3 years.

CannUK, as the sponsor, agreed to make the following payments to Oxford:

MilestoneAmount Due
(excluding VAT)
30 days post signing of the Fourth Oxford Agreement£101,778
6 months post signing of the Fourth Oxford Agreement£101,778
12 months post signing of the Fourth Oxford Agreement£101,778
18 months post signing of the Fourth Oxford Agreement£101,778
24 months post signing of the Fourth Oxford Agreement£101,778

On May 24, 2021, CannUK entered into another research agreement with Oxford (the “Fifth Oxford Agreement”), pursuant to which CannUK will sponsor work at the University of Oxford to conduct a multi-centre, randomised, double blind, parallel group, feasibility study of anti-TNF injection for the treatment of adults with frozen shoulder during the pain-predominant phase.

CannUK, as the sponsor, agreed to make the following payments to Oxford:

MilestoneAmount Due
(excluding VAT)
Upon signing of the Fifth Oxford Agreement£70,546
6 months post signing of the Fifth Oxford Agreement£70,546
12 months post signing of the Fifth Oxford Agreement£70,546
24 months post signing of the Fifth Oxford Agreement£70,546

Stanford License Agreement

On May 8, 2018, Katexco Pharmaceuticals Corp, a wholly-owned subsidiary of our wholly-owned subsidiary Katexco, entered into an option agreement (the “Stanford Option”) with the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (“Stanford”), pursuant to which Stanford granted Katexco an option to acquire an exclusive license for the development and commercialization of certain inventions. In consideration for the Stanford Option, Katexco paid Stanford $10,000 (the “Option Payment”), creditable against the license issue fee agreement.


On July 25, 2018 (the “Stanford Effective Date”) Katexco exercised the Stanford Option, and entered into an exclusive license agreement (the “Stanford License Agreement”) with Stanford, pursuant to which Katexco was granted the rights to certain U.S. patents related to (i) alpha B-crystallin as a therapy for autoimmune demyelination and (ii) peptides as short as six amino acids that form amyloid fibrils that activate B-1 cells and macrophages and are anti-inflammatory and therapeutic in autoimmune and neurodegenerative diseases (the “Stanford Licensed Patents”). Through the Stanford License Agreement, Katexco established research facilities at Stanford. We will support the clinical development of the lead compound(s), culminating in Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials to establish potential clinical utility in ulcerative colitis indications.

Under the Stanford License Agreement, no rights of Stanford, including intellectual property rights, are granted to Katexco other than those rights granted under the Stanford Licensed Patents.

As consideration for the grant of the Stanford Licensed Patents, Katexco paid Stanford an initial fee of $50,000, inclusive of the Option Payment. The Company also issued 111,466 of common shares to Stanford, and provided a letter stating the value of such shares. A portion of the shares issued to Stanford were later distributed to five individuals, including our Chief Scientific Officer and co-chairman.

Beginning upon the first anniversary of the Stanford Effective Date and each anniversary thereafter, Katexco will pay Stanford an annual license maintenance fee of $20,000 on the first and second anniversaries and $40,000 on each subsequent anniversary. Furthermore, Katexco is obligated to make the following payments, including (i) $100,000 upon initiation of Phase 2 trial, (ii) $500,000 upon the first FDA approval of a product (the “Licensed Product”) resulting from the Stanford Licensed Patents, and (iii) $250,000 upon each new Licensed Product thereafter. Royalties, calculated at 2.5% of net sales (calculated as gross revenue received by Katexco or its sublicensees, their distributors or designees, from the sale, transfer or other disposition of products based on the Stanford Licensed Patents minus 5%), will be payable to Stanford. In addition, Katexco has reimbursed Stanford $51,385 to offset the Stanford Licensed Patent’s patenting expenses, and will reimburse Stanford for all Stanford Licensed Patent’s patenting expenses, including any interference and or re-examination matters, incurred by Stanford after March 3, 2018.

We can terminate the Stanford License Agreement without cause by providing a 30-day notice. In the case of a change of control, upon the assignment of the Stanford License Agreement, Katexco is obligated to pay Stanford a $200,000 change of control fee. The Stanford License Agreement also provides Stanford with the right to purchase for cash up to either (i) 10% or (ii) the percentage necessary for Stanford to maintain its pro rata ownership interest in Katexco, of Katexco’s equity securities issued in a private offering. The shares issued to Stanford in connection with the Stanford License Agreement, gave Stanford and the five individuals who received a portion of the shares a total ownership of 2.11% in Katexco’s stock, prior to the Reorganization.

The Evotec Agreement

On June 7, 2018, our wholly-owned subsidiary Katexco entered into the Evotec Agreement with Evotec, a leading CRO, pursuant to which Evotec was retained to perform certain research services. Pursuant to the Evotec Agreement, the goal of the joint project (the “Evotec Project”) is to identify small molecules that pharmacologically stimulate the human ChrFam7a receptor and function. The Evotec Project is being conducted in two phases over a 24-month period where resources are allocated by the steering committee, which is controlled equally by the parties to the Evotec Agreement, on a quarterly basis.

Subject to certain exemptions described in the Evotec Agreement, Katexco owns all intellectual property rights, conceived, invented, discovered or made by Evotec during the performance of its services, other than intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Evotec relating to its already existing technology and components to be used in the services to be provided under the Evotec Agreement.

The Evotec Agreement is subject to a minimum payment of $4,937,500 and a maximum payment of $5,350,250 to Evotec. This program was paused in mid-2019 and the Company is currently in negotiations with Evotec to continue this program.

The Petcanna Agreement

On August 20, 2018, we entered into a sublicense agreement with Petcanna Pharma Corp. (“Petcanna”), a private company which was founded by Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann (our Co-Executive Chairman), and Yissum (the “Petcanna Agreement”).


Under the Petcanna Agreement, we granted Petcanna an exclusive, worldwide, non-transferable, non-sublicensable sublicense to make commercial use of the certain patents related to cyclohexenyl compounds and listed in the Petcanna Agreement (the “Petcanna IP”) in order to develop, manufacture, market, distribute or sell products that incorporate the Petcanna IP in products that are intended for the treatment of veterinary medical conditions, initially osteoarthritis.

As consideration for the sublicense, Petcanna agreed to issue to us approximately 9,000,000 of Petcanna’s common shares in the fourth quarter of 2018. As of the date of this filing, Petcanna has not issued shares to any shareholder and has not commenced operations. We intend to retain 85% of such shares, and transfer 15% of such shares to Yissum. In the event that Yissum does not accept such shares, we will have an obligation to pay Yissum 15% of the-then current fair market value of such shares. Petcanna will also pay a 1% royalty to us on Petcanna’s net sales of products that incorporate the Petcanna IP.

All right, title and interest in and to the Petcanna IP, including any improvements to the Petcanna IP, will vest solely in our company.

Unless the parties to the Petcanna Agreement agree otherwise in writing, the Petcanna Agreement will terminate on the occurrence of the later of: (i) the date of expiration of the last of the Petcanna IP, (ii) the date of the final expiration of exclusivity on any Product granted by any regulatory or government body, and (iii) the expiration of a continuous period of twenty (20) years during which there was no First Commercial Sale of any product. The terms “Product” and “First Commercial Sale” apply as they are defined in the Petcanna Agreement. Our ability to grant this sublicense to Petcanna is contingent upon (i) Yissum having the necessary rights to the Hebrew Patent Applications assigned to it from all applicable parties, (ii) Yissum being able to grant a license to us per the terms of the Hebrew Agreement, and (iii) the Hebrew Patent Applications and any related resulting patents being valid and maintained in good standing for the respective terms of the Hebrew Licensing Agreement and the Petcanna Agreement.

Kennedy License Agreement

On September 27, 2019, our wholly-owned subsidiary 180 LP entered into an exclusive license agreement (the “Kennedy License Agreement”) with the Kennedy Trust For Rheumatology Research (“Kennedy”), pursuant to which Kennedy granted to 180 LP an exclusive license in the U.S., Japan and member countries of the EU (including the United Kingdom), to certain licensed patents (the “Kennedy Licensed Patents”), including the right to grant sublicenses, and the right to research, develop, sell or manufacture any pharmaceutical product (i) whose research, development, manufacture, use, importation or sale would infringe on the Kennedy Licensed Patents absent the license granted under the Kennedy License Agreement or (ii) containing an antibody that is a fragment of or derived from an antibody whose research, development, manufacture, use, importation or sale would infringe on the Kennedy Licensed Patents absent the license granted under the Kennedy License Agreement, for all human uses, including the diagnosis, prophylaxis and treatment of diseases and conditions.

Under the Kennedy License Agreement, Kennedy reserves the perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free, sublicensable, worldwide right for the Kennedy Licensed Patents and its affiliates, employees, students and other researchers to carry out any acts which would otherwise infringe on the Kennedy Licensed Patents for the purposes of teaching and carrying out research and development, including the right to accept external sponsorship for such research and development and the right to grant sub-licenses for the same purposes.

As consideration for the grant of the Kennedy Licensed Patents, 180 LP paid Kennedy an upfront fee of £60,000, and will also pay Kennedy royalties equal to (i) 1% of the net sales for the first annual $1 billion of net sales, and (ii) 2% of the net sales after the net sales are at or in excess of $1 billion, as well as 25% of all sublicense revenue, provided that the amount of such percentage of sublicense revenue based on amounts which constitute royalties shall not be less than 1% on the first cumulative $1 billion of net sales of the products sold by such sublicenses or their affiliates, and 2% on that portion of the cumulative net sales of the products sold by such sublicenses or their affiliates in excess of $1 billion.

The term of the royalties paid to Kennedy will expire on the later of (i) the last valid claim of a patent included in the Kennedy Licensed Patents which covers or claims the exploitation of a product in the applicable country; (ii) the expiration of regulatory exclusivity for the product in the country; or (iii) 10 years from first commercial sale of the product in the country.

We may terminate the Kennedy License Agreement without cause by providing 90-days’ notice.


Consulting Agreements

The Consulting Agreements are each described below.

Consulting Agreements with Yissum and each of Prof. Mechoulam and Prof. Gallily

On May 13, 2018, in connection with the Hebrew Agreement, we entered into consulting agreements (each, a “Consulting Agreement” and, collectively, the “Consulting Agreements”) with Yissum and each of Prof. Mechoulam and Prof. Gallily (each, a “Consultant”). Pursuant to the Consulting Agreements, each of the Consultants agreed to provide advice, support, theories, techniques and improvements in our scientific research and product development activities related to the commercialization of the Hebrew Licensed Technology (the “Consulting Services”).

In consideration of the Consulting Services, we will pay Yissum a quarterly consultancy fee of $12,500 for each Consultant. According to the Consulting Agreements, any inventions, know-how, or intellectual property developed by a Consultant in the course of providing the Consulting Services will be owned (a) by Yissum alone, if the Consultant developed such inventions, know-how or intellectual property alone or with other Hebrew University employees or associates; or (b) jointly by Yissum and us, if the Consultant developed such inventions, know-how or intellectual property together with any employee or consultant of our company; and, in either case, such technology will be deemed to be the Hebrew Licensed Technology under the Hebrew Agreement, and will be handled in accordance with its terms.

Each Consulting Agreement is in effect for a period of three years, and may be extended for additional one-year periods at each time, by mutual written consent of the parties to such Consulting Agreement.

Advisory Services or Consulting Agreements with each of John Todd, Kevin Tracy, Christopher Loren Van Deusen and William Taylor

On July 1, 2018, our wholly-owned subsidiary Katexco entered into advisory services agreements (each, an “Advisory Services Agreement”, and, collectively, the “Advisory Services Agreements”) with each of John Todd, Kevin Tracey, Christopher Loren Van Deusen and William Taylor (each, an “Advisor”). Pursuant to the Advisory Services Agreements, each Advisor agreed to provide advisory services in relation to research and development of drugs combining the use of synthetic CBD with nicotine receptor treatments aimed at autoimmune diseases and multiple sclerosis, as well as to conduct such other services and duties as may be reasonably requested from time to time (the “Advisory Services”).

Each Advisor will be paid an annual fee of $20,000 in consideration of the Advisory Services, and may be granted stock options of the Company in an amount to be determined in the future.

Each Advisory Services Agreement is in effect until July 1, 2019, unless terminated earlier in accordance with its terms, and will automatically renew for successive one-year periods from such date unless one party delivers written notice to the other, at least 60 days before the next renewal term, that it wishes to terminate.

On July 1, 2018, the parties entered into an addendum to the Advisory Services Agreement of Kevin Tracey (the “Addendum”), in order to ensure that the commitments of Dr. Tracey thereunder are consistent with his obligations to The Feinstein Institute for Medical Research and to Northwell Health (“Feinstein”). Pursuant to the Addendum, Katexco agreed and understood that Dr. Tracey is obligated to assign, and has preemptively assigned, to Feinstein all of his rights in intellectual property conceived or made by Dr. Tracey and arising from research that has been or is supported entirely or partly by Feinstein resources. In addition, Katexco acknowledged that it has no rights, by reason of the Advisory Services Agreement, in any intellectual property that is subject to Dr. Tracey’s obligations to Feinstein. The Addendum further provided that the mere de minimis use of Feinstein’s facilities by Dr. Tracey in the performance of his services under the Advisory Services Agreement will not, without more, bestow upon Feinstein any rights to any intellectual property generated by Dr. Tracey under the Advisory Services Agreement.


In connection with and as part of the Advisory Services Agreements, each Advisor entered into a protection of corporate interests agreement (each, a “POCI Agreement”) with Katexco, pursuant to which each Advisor agreed that Katexco (or its designee) own all right, title and interest in and to all “inventions”, defined as all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, ideas, trademarks, confidential information, work product, data, and all tangible and intangible materials, in each case whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or other intellectual property laws anywhere in the world, that such Advisor may (solely or jointly with others) conceive of, develop, create, improve, acquire, reduce to practice or otherwise make, refine or bring into existence, or cause any of the foregoing to be done, whether or not during regular working hours and whether or not such advisor is or was specifically instructed to do so, where: (i) it in any way relates to the present or proposed programs, services, products or business of the Katexco group of entities or to tasks assigned to the Advisor in relation to his engagement; or (ii) such advisor, in any way, used any of the Katexco group of entities’ property, products, processes, software or other resources, including any confidential information.

The provisions of each POCI Agreement will survive the termination of the engagement of the Advisor for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary.

Advisory Services Agreement with Rajesh Munglani

On July 27, 2018, we entered into advisory services agreement (the “Munglani Services Agreement”) with Rajesh Munglani, acting under Rajesh Munglani Limited. Pursuant to the Munglani Services Agreement, Mr. Munglani agreed to advise on aspects of pre-clinical and clinical development, in return for (i) £20,000 per year, inclusive of any applicable taxes, and (ii) an option to acquire 500,000 shares of CBR Pharma, determined on a pro rata basis based on the number of months in the advisory period, defined as three years from July 27, 2018. The option to acquire shares of CBR Pharma was not issued and the Company may issue options to Dr. Munglani at an amount to be determined in the future.

The Munglani Services Agreement provides that all interests in patents (including, without limitation, provisional patents), patent applications, inventions, improvements, enhancements, discoveries, whether patentable or not, arising out of or relating to the Munglani Services Agreement, as well as all Work Product (as defined in the Munglani Services Agreement) will be deemed works made for hire under applicable copyright law, if applicable, and will belong exclusively to our company.

The Munglani Services Agreement may be terminated by either party by providing thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party.

Advisory Services Agreement with Irene Tracey

On November 19, 2018, we entered into advisory services agreement (the “Tracey Services Agreement”) with Irene Tracey. Pursuant to the Tracey Services Agreement, Ms. Tracey agreed to advise us on aspects of pre-clinical and clinical development, in return for (i) £20,000 per year and (ii) an option to acquire 200,000 shares of CBR Pharma, determined on a pro rata basis based on the number of months in the advisory period, defined as three years from November 19, 2018. The option to acquire shares of CBR Pharma was not issued and the Company may issue options to Prof. Tracey in an amount to be determined in the future.

The Tracey Services Agreement provides that all interests in patents (including, without limitation, provisional patents), patent applications, inventions, improvements, enhancements, discoveries, whether patentable or not, arising out of or relating to the Tracey Services Agreement, as well as all Work Product (as defined in the Tracey Services Agreement) will be deemed works made for hire under applicable copyright law, if applicable, and will belong exclusively to our company, excepting any different terms agreed in contractual arrangements with Oxford when undertaking specific research with us and during which IP might be generated by Ms. Tracey that needs protecting by Oxford as part of the agreed contract.

The Tracey Services Agreement may be terminated by either party by providing thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other.


Inflammation consultancy Agreements with each of Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann and Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal

On November 1, 2013, our wholly-owned subsidiary 180 LP entered into letter agreements regarding inflammation consultancy services (each, an “Inflammation Consultancy Agreement”, and, collectively, the “Inflammation Consultancy Agreements”) with Isis Innovation Limited for the services of each of Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann and Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal (each, an “Inflammation Consultant”). Pursuant to the Inflammation Consultancy Agreements, each Inflammation Consultant agreed to provide advice and expertise on inflammatory and degenerative diseases including fibrosis as exemplified by Dupuytren’s Disease and osteoinduction (bone formation), in relation to the technology, programs and products of 180 LP, and, specifically, to provide general and specific advice and guidance on how 180 LP might further develop its different programs that are ongoing, contemplated, or conceived at or by 180 LP (the “Inflammation Consulting Services”).

In consideration of the Inflammation Consulting Services, Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann and Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal were paid a fixed fee of $500 and $10,000 per annum, respectively.

The initial term of each Advisory Services Agreement was until November 1, 2015. On November 8, 2015, each of the Advisory Services Agreement was extended until November 1, 2020. A new contract with Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal is described below. A new contract with Prof. Sir Marc Feldman is currently under negotiation at terms not materially different from the prior contract.

Prof Jagdeep Nanchahal Consulting Agreement

On February 25, 2021, we (and CannBioRex Pharma Limited, which was added as a party to the agreement later), entered into a Consultancy Agreement dated February 22, 2021, and effective December 1, 2020, with Prof Jagdeep Nanchahal (as amended, the “Consulting Agreement”). Prof Nanchahal has been providing services to the Company and/or its subsidiaries since 2014, and is currently a greater than 5% stockholder of the Company and the Chairman of our Clinical Advisory Board.

On March 31, 2021, we entered into a First Amendment to Consultancy Agreement with Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal, which amended the Consultancy Agreement entered into with Prof. Nanchahal on February 25, 2021, to include CannBioRex Pharma Limited, a corporation incorporated and registered in England and Wales (“CannBioRex”), and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, as a party thereto, and to update the prior Consultancy Agreement to provide for cash payments due to Prof. Nanchahal to be paid by CannBioRex, for tax purposes, provide for CannBioRex to be party to certain other provisions of the agreement and to provide for the timing of certain cash bonuses due under the terms of the agreement.

Prof Nanchahal is a surgeon scientist focusing on defining the molecular mechanisms of common diseases and translating his findings through to early phase clinical trials. He undertook his Ph.D., funded by the UK Medical Research Council, whilst a medical student in London and led a lab group funded by external grants throughout his surgical training. After completing fellowships in microsurgery and hand surgery in the USA and Australia, he was appointed as a senior lecturer at Imperial College. His research is focused on promoting tissue regeneration by targeting endogenous stem cells and reducing fibrosis. In 2013 his group identified anti-tumor necrosis factor (TNF) as therapeutic target for Dupuytren’s disease, a common fibrotic condition of the hand. He is currently leading a phase 2b clinical trial funded by the Wellcome Trust and Department of Health to assess the efficacy of local administration of anti-TNF in patients with early stage Dupuytren’s disease. He is a proponent of evidence-based medicine and was the only plastic surgery member of the NICE Guidance Development Groups on complex and non-complex fractures. He was a member of the group that wrote the Standards for the Management of Open Fractures published in 2020. This is an open-source publication to facilitate the care of patients with these severe injuries.

Pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, Prof Nanchahal agreed, during the term of the agreement, to serve as a consultant to the Company and provide such services as the Chief Executive Officer and/or the board of directors of the Company shall request from time to time, including but not be limited to: (1) conducting clinical trials in the fields of Dupuytren’s disease, frozen shoulder and post-operative delirium/cognitive decline; and (2) conducting laboratory research in other fibrotic disorders, including fibrosis of the liver and lung (collectively, the “Services”).


In consideration for providing the Services, the Company (through CannBioRex Pharma Limited) agreed to pay Prof Nanchahal 15,000 British Pounds (GBP) per month (approximately $20,800) during the term of the agreement, increasing to GBP 23,000 (approximately $32,000) on the date (a) of publication of the data from the phase 2b clinical trial for Dupuytren’s disease (RIDD) and (b) the date that the Company has successfully raised over $15 million in capital. The fee will increase annually thereafter to reflect progression in other clinical trials and laboratory research as approved by the board of directors. The Company also agreed to pay Prof Nanchahal a bonus (“Bonus 1”) in the sum of GBP 100,000 upon submission of the Dupuytren’s disease clinical trial data for publication in a peer-reviewed journal. In addition, for prior work performed, including completion of the recruitment to the RIDD (Dupuytren’s) trial, the Company agreed to pay Prof Nanchahal GBP 434,673 (approximately $605,000)(“Bonus 2”). At the election of Prof Nanchahal, Bonus 2 shall be paid at least 50% (fifty percent) or more, as Prof Nanchahal elects, in shares of the Company’s common stock, at a share price of $3.00 per share, or the share price on the date of the grant, whichever is lower, with the remainder paid in GBP. Bonus 2 shall be deemed earned and payable upon the Company raising a minimum of $15 million in additional funding, through the sale of debt or equity, after December 1, 2020 (the “Vesting Date”) and shall not be accrued, due or payable prior to such Vesting Date. Bonus 2 shall be payable by the Company within 30 calendar days of the Vesting Date. Finally, Prof Nanchahal shall receive another one-time bonus (“Bonus 3”) of GBP 5,000 (approximately $7,000) on enrollment of the first patient to the phase 2 frozen shoulder trial, and another one-time bonus (“Bonus 4”) of GBP 5,000 (approximately $7,000) for enrollment of the first patient to the phase 2 delirium/POCD trial. On March 30, 2021, the Company issued Prof Nanchahal 100,699 shares of Company common stock in lieu of GBP 217,337 and on April 15, 2021, the Company issued Prof Nanchahal 37,715 shares of Company common stock in lieu of GBP 82,588. The Company also waived the requirement for the Company having to raise $15 million in order for Prof Nanchahal to agree to receive an aggregate of GBP 300,000 via the issuance of shares. Prof Nanchahal agreed that the remaining GBP 134,673 that is due pursuant to Bonus 2 shall be paid after the Company has raised a minimum of $15 million in additional funding.

Notwithstanding the above, the board of directors or Compensation Committee of the Company may grant Prof Nanchahal additional bonuses from time to time in their discretion, in cash, stock or options.

The Consulting Agreement has an initial term of three years, and renews thereafter for additional three-year terms, until terminated as provided in the agreement. The Consulting Agreement can be terminated by either party with 12 months prior written notice (provided the Company’s right to terminate the agreement may only be exercised if Prof Nanchahal fails to perform his required duties under the Consulting Agreement), or by the Company immediately if (a) Prof Nanchahal fails or neglects efficiently and diligently to perform the Services or is guilty of any breach of its or his obligations under the agreement (including any consent granted under it); (b) Prof Nanchahal is guilty of any fraud or dishonesty or acts in a manner (whether in the performance of the Services or otherwise) which, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, has brought or is likely to bring Prof Nanchahal, the Company or any of its affiliates into disrepute or is convicted of an arrestable offence (other than a road traffic offence for which a non-custodial penalty is imposed); or (c) Prof Nanchahal becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors. If the Consulting Agreement is terminated by the Company for any reason other than cause, Prof Nanchahal is entitled to a lump sum payment of 12 months of his fee as at the date of termination.

The Consulting Agreement includes a 12 month non-compete and non-solicitation obligation of Prof Nanchahal, preventing him from competing against the Company in any part of any country in which he was actively engaged in the Company’s business, subject to certain exceptions, including research conducted at the University of Oxford. The Consulting Agreement also includes customary confidentiality and assignment of inventions provisions, in each case subject to the Company’s previously existing agreements with various universities, including the University of Oxford, where Prof Nanchahal serves as a Professor of Hand, Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in significant part on our ability to protect the proprietary elements of our product candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others, and to defend challenges and oppositions from others and prevent others from infringing on our proprietary rights. We have sought, and will continue to seek, patent protection in the U.S., UK, Europe and other countries for our proprietary technologies. Our intellectual property portfolio as of September 30, 2019, includes fifteen patent families with issued and/or pending claims, pharmaceutical formulations, drug delivery and the therapeutic uses of SCAs, as well as know-how and trade secrets.


Within the U.S., we have licensed six issued patents and thirteen pending patent applications under active prosecution. There are an additional eight issued patents outside of the U.S. Our policy is to seek patent protection for the technology, inventions and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business, but only in those cases where we believe that the costs of obtaining patent protection is justified by the commercial potential of the technology, and typically only in those jurisdictions that we believe present significant commercial opportunities. We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position.

The term of individual patents depends upon the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we have filed, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the U.S., a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”), in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent.

The term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for extension, which permits term restoration as compensation for the term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (the Hatch-Waxman Act) permits an extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Extensions cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug are available in Europe and other non-U.S. jurisdictions.

To protect our rights to any of our issued patents and proprietary information, we may need to litigate against infringing third parties, avail ourselves of the courts or participate in hearings to determine the scope and validity of those patents or other proprietary rights.

We also rely on trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information. Our policy requires our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us.

From time to time, in the normal course of our operations, we will be a party to litigation and other dispute matters and claims relating to intellectual property.

180LS’ Research, Development and License Agreements

180LS has entered into research and licensing agreements with various parties, including the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and Oxford. For information regarding these agreements, see “Material Agreements”, above.

Competition

Below is a description of the competitive environment of each of our product candidate development platforms and potential product candidates.

Dupuytren’s disease

Our treatment is for early stage Dupuytren’s disease, for which there is no approved treatment. Existing treatments focus on late stage Dupuytren’s disease, when the fingers are irreversibly curled into the palm. Surgery remains the typical standard treatment but the relatively long post-operative rehabilitation has driven the reach for less invasive techniques. Xiaflex, a drug developed by Auxilium, has shown effective in treating patients with contractures although many patients experience relatively mild side effects. An alternative approach is disruption of the late stage cords with a needle and data from a comparative clinical trial published in the Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery (American) in 2018 showed similar recurrence rates between collagenase and percutaneous needle fasciotomy at 2 years. A clinical trial funded by the National Institute for Health Research Health Technology Assessment Programme (UK) is currently underway in the UK, comparing the cost efficacy of surgery for Dupuytren’s disease with a collagenase injection, which softens the fibrous tissue. The aims of the study are to determine (i) whether collagenase injections are as effective and as safe as surgery for treating this condition and (ii) the costs of both treatments.


SCAs

Despite roughly 3,000 pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies globally, only a handful of companies are actively developing synthetic cannabinoids for human and veterinary health. Presently, most of the focus of these companies is on pain management, multiple sclerosis and epileptic-seizure disorders, and most of these companies are using natural plant products.

We expect that the market for cannabinoid therapeutics will also grow significantly in the coming years due to increasing awareness of the potential benefits that cannabinoid products may provide over existing therapies. Interest in cannabinoid therapeutics has increased over the past several years as some pre-clinical and clinical data has emerged highlighting the potential efficacy and safety benefits of cannabinoid and synthetic cannabinoid therapeutics. Pharmaceutical companies that have publicized their engagement in testing cannabinoid and synthetic cannabinoid therapeutics include Zynerba, Skye Bioscience, IntelGenx, Ananda Scientific, InMed Pharmaceuticals, GW Pharmaceuticals PLC (acquired by Jazz Pharmaceuticals), Tetra Bio-Pharma, and GB Sciences.

Multiple companies are working in the cannabis therapeutic area and are pursuing regulatory approval for their product candidates. For example, GW Pharmaceuticals PLC, which markets Sativex, a botanical cannabinoid oral mucosal for the treatment of spasticity due to multiple sclerosis is seeking FDA approval in the U.S., and Epidiolex, a liquid formulation of highly purified cannabidiol extract, which was recently approved as a treatment for Dravet’s Syndrome, Lennox Gastaut Syndrome, and various childhood epilepsy syndromes. Skye Bioscience, Inc. is focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of synthetic cannabinoid derived therapeutics to target glaucoma. Corbus Pharmaceuticals Holdings, Inc.’s lead drug candidate, lenabasum, is a novel, synthetic, oral, cannabinoid (CB2 agonist) designed to treat four serious and rare chronic inflammatory diseases (systemic sclerosis (“SSc”), dermatomyositis (“DM”), cystic fibrosis (“CF”) and systemic lupus erythematosus), and the FDA has granted lenabasum Orphan Drug Designation as well as Fast Track Status for SSc and CF, and Orphan Drug Designation for DM. Zynerba Pharmaceuticals focuses on pharmaceutically-produced transdermal cannabinoid therapies for rare and near-rare neuropsychiatric disorders and is currently evaluating ZygelTM, a patent-protected transdermal CBD gel for the treatment of Fragile X syndrome, for which it filed an NDA with the FDA, developmental and epileptic encephalopathies and Autism Spectrum Disorder.

a7nAChR

Competition to the acetylcholine receptor program is diverse, ranging from a small biotechnology company, Attenua, who is using an α7nAChR agonist, bradanicline, in Phase 2 clinical trials for chronic cough to electroceutical companies. The latter group of companies is very competitive, all of whom are developing devices to stimulate the vagus nerve as a therapy for inflammation. For example, Endonovo Therapeutics has developed a non-invasive electroceutical device using pulsed short-wave radiofrequency at 27.12 MHz that has been FDA-cleared and CE Marked for the palliative treatment of soft tissue injuries and post-operative pain and edema, and has Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (formerly the Health Care Financing Administration) (“CMS”) national coverage for the treatment of chronic wounds. Additionally, SetPoint Medical Corp is using vagal nerve stimulation for IBD and RA.

The electroceutical companies can be viewed as competition, or a vast proof-of-concept. Because in many respects, the α7nAChR program can be viewed as a chemical stimulation of the vagus nerve, and each of the indications benefiting from electrical stimulation, should be amenable to chemical stimulation.

Lastly, each of the large pharmaceutical companies that initially developed α7nAChR agonists could revitalize their programs and use their drugs in clinical trials for inflammatory indications.


Government Regulation

We have obtained regulatory approvals from the UK Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) and the Dutch Centrale Commissie Mensgebonden Onderzoek (CCMO), as well as from the relevant accredited ethics committees, in order to perform clinical trials in the UK and The Netherlands solely for indications under the anti-TNF platform. We have not held any meetings with, and no applications or requests for approval have been submitted to, the FDA for any indications or products under any of our product development platforms at this time.

FDA Approval Process

In the U.S., pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDC Act”), and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as imposition of clinical holds, FDA refusal to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, withdrawal of approvals, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.

Pharmaceutical product candidate development in the U.S. typically involves pre-clinical laboratory and animal tests, the submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical testing may commence. For commercial approval, the sponsor must submit adequate tests by all methods reasonably applicable to show that the drug is safe for use under the conditions prescribed, recommended or suggested in the proposed labeling. The sponsor must also submit substantial evidence, generally consisting of adequate, well-controlled clinical trials to establish that the drug will have the effect it purports or is represented to have under the conditions of use prescribed, recommended or suggested in the proposed labeling. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidate or disease.

Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product candidate chemistry, formulation and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including FDA’s GLP regulations and the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s regulations implementing the Animal Welfare Act of 1996. The results of pre-clinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product candidate chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long-term pre-clinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has not imposed a clinical hold on the IND or otherwise commented or questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with GCP, an international standard and U.S. legal requirement meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators and monitors, (ii) in compliance with other federal regulations, and (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time or impose other sanctions if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The trial protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an Institutional Review Board (“IRB”), for approval. An IRB may also prevent a clinical trial from beginning or require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements or may impose other conditions.


Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap or otherwise vary in particular circumstances. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into healthy human subjects or patients, the drug is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication, dosage tolerance and optimum dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the drug. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. The FDA may, however, determine that a single Phase 3 trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in some instances. In some cases, the FDA may require post-market studies, known as Phase 4 studies, to be conducted as a condition of approval in order to gather additional information on the drug’s effect in various populations and any side effects associated with long-term use. Depending on the risks posed by the drugs, other post-market requirements may be imposed.

After completion of the required clinical testing, a New Drug Application (“NDA”) is prepared and submitted to the FDA. The FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product candidate may begin in the U.S. The NDA must include the results of all pre-clinical, clinical, and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product candidate’s pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture, and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is also subject to an application user fee, which, for the year ended December 31, 2020, was in the amount of approximately $2.9 million.

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, the FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs. FDA’s current performance goals call for FDA to complete review of 90 percent of standard (non-priority) NDAs within 10 months of receipt and within six months for priority NDAs, but two additional months are added to standard and priority NDAs for a new molecular entity. A drug is eligible for priority review if it addresses an unmet medical need in a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. The review process for both standard and priority review may be extended by FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission. These timelines are not legally binding on the FDA.

The FDA may also refer applications for novel drug products, or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee, which is typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP.

Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product candidate unless compliance with Good Manufacturing Practice regulations (“GMPs”), is satisfactory and the NDA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.

After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, the FDA issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing 90 percent of resubmissions within two or six months depending on the type of information included. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (“REMS”), to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and Elements to Assure Safe Use (ETASU). ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug. Moreover, product candidate approval may require substantial post approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug’s safety or efficacy. Once granted, product candidate approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.


Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of certain FDA-regulated products, including prescription drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information on a public website maintained by the U.S. National Institutes of Health. Information related to the product candidate, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigator, and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to disclose the results of these trials after completion. The deadline for submitting the results of these trials can be extended for up to two years if the sponsor certifies that it is seeking approval of an unapproved product or that it will file an application for approval of a new indication for an approved product within one year. Competitors may use the publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the design and progress of our development programs.

Fast Track Designation and Accelerated Approval

If our drug candidate meets the requirements of the FDA’s fast track program, we would seek to have our drug candidate expedited through this program. The FDA has programs to facilitate the development, and expedite the review, of drugs that are intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition for which there is no effective treatment and which demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Under the fast-track program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a fast track drug concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. In addition to other benefits such as the ability to engage in more frequent interactions with FDA, FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track drug’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. Additionally, the fast track designation may be withdrawn by FDA if FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

Under the FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments.

In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that substitutes for a direct measurement of how a patient feels, functions or survives. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post- approval clinical trials to confirm clinical benefit. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, will allow FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. Unless otherwise informed by the FDA, for an accelerated approval product an applicant must submit to the FDA for consideration during the preapproval review period copies of all promotional materials, including promotional labeling as well as advertisements, intended for dissemination or publication within 120 days following marketing approval. After 120 days following marketing approval, unless otherwise informed by the FDA, the applicant must submit promotional materials at least 30 days prior to the intended time of initial dissemination of the labeling or initial publication of the advertisement.

Breakthrough Therapy Designation

As with the FDA’s fast track program, if our drug candidate meets the requirements to receive the FDA’s Breakthrough Therapy designation, we would seek to have our drug candidate expedited through this program. The FDA’s Breakthrough Therapy designation program is intended to expedite the development and review of products that treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions. A Breakthrough Therapy is defined, under the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the features of fast track designation, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance. The Breakthrough Therapy designation is a distinct status from both accelerated approval and priority review, but these can also be granted to the same product candidate if the relevant criteria are met. The FDA must take certain actions, such as holding timely meetings and providing advice, intended to expedite the development and review of an application for approval of a breakthrough therapy. All requests for breakthrough therapy designation will be reviewed within 60 days of receipt, and FDA will either grant or deny the request.


Fast track designation, accelerated approval, priority review, and Breakthrough Therapy designation do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process. Even if the FDA grants one of these designations, the FDA may later decide that the drug products no longer meet the conditions for qualification.

The U.S. Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (the Hatch-Waxman Act)

Orange Book Listing

In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent whose claims cover the applicant’s product candidate or a claimed method of use of the product candidate. Upon approval of a drug, each of the eligible patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book must, in turn, be the subject of a special certification by the filer of an abbreviated new drug application (“ANDA”), for a generic version of the drug, or by the applicant of a hybrid application known as a 505(b)(2) application. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product candidate that has the same active ingredient(s) in the same strengths and dosage form as the reference listed innovator drug and has been shown to be bioequivalent to the reference listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing (absent a waiver), ANDA applicants are not required to conduct, or submit results of, pre-clinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product candidate. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as “generic equivalents” to the listed drug, are considered therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug, and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.

The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product candidate in the FDA’s Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product candidate. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a “section viii statement”, certifying that its proposed ANDA labeling does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of- use, rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent.

If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

A certification that the new product candidate will not infringe the already approved product candidate’s listed patents, or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of notice of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant, or some other order of the court.

Competitors may also seek to market versions of our drug products via a section 505(b)(2) application, which is a type of somewhat abbreviated NDA. NDA Section 505(b)(2) applications may be submitted for drug products that represent a modification, such as a new indication or new dosage form, of a previously approved drug. Section 505(b)(2) applications may rely on the FDA’s previous findings for the safety and effectiveness of the previously approved drug in addition to information obtained by the 505(b)(2) applicant to support the modification of the previously approved drug. Preparing Section 505(b)(2) applications may be less costly and time-consuming than preparing an NDA based entirely on new data and information. Section 505(b)(2) applications are subject to the same patent certification procedures as an ANDA.

Exclusivity

Upon NDA approval of a new chemical entity (“NCE”), which is a drug that contains no active moiety that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA, that drug receives five years of marketing exclusivity during which time the FDA cannot receive any ANDA or 505(b)(2) application seeking approval of a drug that references a version of the NCE drug. Certain changes to a drug, such as the addition of a new indication to the package insert, are associated with a three-year period of exclusivity during which the FDA cannot approve an ANDA or 505 (b)(2) application that includes the change.


An ANDA or 505(b)(2) application may be submitted one year before NCE exclusivity expires if a Paragraph IV certification is filed. If there is no listed patent in the Orange Book, there may not be a Paragraph IV certification and thus no ANDA or 505(b)(2) may be filed before the expiration of the exclusivity period.

For a botanical drug, FDA may determine that the active moiety is one or more of the principle components or the complex mixture as a whole. This determination would affect the utility of any five-year exclusivity as well as the ability of any potential generic competitor to demonstrate that it is the same drug as the original botanical drug.

Five-year and three-year exclusivities do not preclude FDA approval of a 505(b)(1) application for a version of the drug during the period of exclusivity, provided that the 505(b)(1) conducts or obtains a right of reference to all of the pre-clinical studies and adequate and well controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Patent Term Extension

After NDA approval, owners of relevant drug patents may apply for up to a five-year patent extension. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as half of the drug’s testing phase — the time between IND submission and NDA submission — and all of the review phase — the time between NDA submission and approval up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not exceed 14 years.

For patents that might expire during the application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) must determine that approval of the drug covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a drug for which an NDA has not been submitted.

Advertising and Promotion

Once an NDA is approved, a product candidate will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet.

Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.

Post-Approval Changes

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.

Adverse Event Reporting and GMP Compliance

Adverse event reporting on an expedited basis and submission of periodic adverse event reports is required following FDA approval of an NDA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, REMS and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product, or the FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality-control, drug manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform GMPs after approval. Drug manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with GMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain compliance with GMPs. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals, issue warning letters, request product recalls or take other enforcement actions if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.


Special Protocol Assessment

A sponsor may reach an agreement with the FDA under the Special Protocol Assessment (“SPA”), process as to the required design and size of clinical trials intended to form the primary basis of an efficacy claim. According to its performance goals, the FDA has committed to evaluating 90 percent of the protocols within 45 days of its receipt of the requests to assess whether the proposed trial is adequate, and that evaluation may result in discussions and a request for additional information. An SPA request must be made before the proposed trial begins, and all open issues must be resolved before the trial begins. If a written agreement is reached, it will be documented and made part of the administrative record. Under the FDC Act and FDA guidance implementing the statutory requirement, an SPA is generally binding upon the FDA as to the design of the trial except in limited circumstances, such as if the FDA identifies a substantial scientific issue essential to determining safety or efficacy after the study begins, public health concerns emerge that were unrecognized at the time of the protocol assessment, the sponsor and FDA agree to the change in writing, or if the study sponsor fails to follow the protocol that was agreed upon with the FDA.

Controlled Substances

The CSA and the implementing regulations impose registration, security, recordkeeping and reporting, storage, manufacturing, distribution, dispensing, importation and other requirements on controlled substances under the oversight of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”). The DEA is the federal agency, responsible for regulating controlled substances, and requires those individuals or entities that manufacture, import, export, distribute, research, or dispense controlled substances to comply with the regulatory requirements in order to prevent the diversion and abuse of controlled substances.

The DEA regulates controlled substances as Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances, depending on the substance’s medical effectiveness and abuse potential. Pharmaceutical products having a currently accepted medical use that are otherwise approved for marketing may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V substances, with Schedule II substances presenting the highest potential for abuse and physical or psychological dependence, and Schedule V substances presenting the lowest relative potential for abuse and dependence. The DEA has placed certain drug products that include cannabidiol, on Schedule V.

Following NDA approval of a drug containing a Schedule I controlled substance, that substance must be rescheduled as a Schedule II, III, IV or V substance before it can be marketed. The Improving Regulatory Transparency for New Medical Therapies Act enacted on November 25, 2015 and its implementing regulations has removed uncertainty associated with the timing of the DEA rescheduling process after NDA approval, under which a manufacturer may market its product no later than 90 days after the later of: (1) the date on which DEA receives from FDA the scientific and medical evaluation and scheduling recommendation; or (2) the date on which DEA receives from FDA notification that FDA has approved the drug. The Act also clarifies that the seven-year orphan exclusivity period begins with the approval of the NDA or DEA scheduling, whichever is later. This changes the previous situation whereby the orphan “clock” began to tick upon FDA’s NDA approval, even though the product could not be marketed until DEA scheduling was complete.

The CSA requires that facilities that manufacture, distribute, dispense, import or export any controlled substance must register annually with the DEA. Separate registrations are required for importation and manufacturing activities, and each registration authorizes the specific schedules of controlled substances the registrant may handle. Prior to issuance of a controlled substance registration, the DEA inspects all manufacturing facilities to review security, recordkeeping, reporting and handling of the controlled substances. The specific security requirements vary by, among other things, the type of business activity conducted, and the type, form, and quantity of controlled substances handled.

In addition, the states have their own distinct controlled substance laws and regulations, including licensure, distribution, dispensing, recordkeeping and reporting requirements for controlled substances. State boards of pharmacy or similar authorities regulate use of controlled substances in each state. Failure to comply with applicable requirements, such as the loss or diversion of controlled substances, can result in administrative fines, suspension or revocation of licenses, and civil and criminal liabilities.


UK/Europe/Rest of World Government Regulation

In addition to regulations in the U.S., we are and will be subject, either directly or through our distribution partners, to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales (including pricing and reimbursement) and distribution of our products, if approved.

Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in non-U.S. countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries.

In the EU, medicinal products are subject to extensive pre- and post-marketing regulation by regulatory authorities at both the EU and national levels. Additional rules also apply at the national level to the manufacture, import, export, storage, distribution and sale of controlled substances. In many EU member states the regulatory authority responsible for medicinal products is also responsible for controlled substances. Responsibility is, however, split in some member states. Generally, any company manufacturing or distributing a medicinal product containing a controlled substance in the EU will need to hold a controlled substances license from the competent national authority and will be subject to specific record-keeping and security obligations. Separate import or export certificates are required for each shipment into or out of the member state.

In the UK, medicinal products are subject to extensive regulation by the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (“MHRA”), which is an executive agency, sponsored by the Department of Health and Social Care. MHRA regulates by ensuring that medicines, medical devices and blood components for transfusion meet applicable standards of safety, quality and efficacy, in addition to supporting innovation and research and development that is beneficial to public health.

Clinical Trials and Marketing Approval

Certain countries outside of the U.S. have a process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application much like an IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In Europe, for example, a clinical trial application (“CTA”), must be submitted to the competent national health authority and to independent ethics committees in each country in which a company intends to conduct clinical trials. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country’s requirements and a company has received favorable ethics committee approval, clinical trial development may proceed in that country.

Requirements for the conduct of clinical trials in the UK and EU, including GCP, are implemented in the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC and the GCP Directive 2005/28/EC. Pursuant to Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC, as amended, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the EU has been implemented through national legislation of EU member states. Under this system, approval must be obtained from the relevant competent national authority of each EU member state in which a clinical trial is planned. A CTA must be submitted and supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier along with additional supporting information pursuant to Directive 2001/20/EC, Directive 2005/28/EC and other applicable guidance documents. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only commence after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion on the clinical trial application in the UK or the specific EU member state.

In April 2014, the Clinical Trials Regulation, Reg. (EU) No 536/2014 (the “New Regulation”) was adopted to replace the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC (the “Prior Directive”). To ensure that the rules for clinical trials are identical throughout the EU, new EU clinical trials legislation was passed as a “regulation” that is directly applicable to EU member states. A new, single CTA is planned for all EU member states, which will be submitted via an online portal to streamline the authorization process. Until the New Regulation is fully implemented, clinical trials will continue to be implemented under the Prior Directive.

The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country, even though there is already some degree of legal harmonization in the EU member states resulting from the national implementation of underlying EU legislation. In all cases, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the International Conference on Harmonization guidelines on GCP and other applicable regulatory requirements.


To obtain regulatory approval to place a drug on the market in the UK or EU countries, we must submit a marketing authorization application. This application is similar to the NDA in the U.S., with the exception of, among other things, country-specific document requirements. All application procedures require an application in the common technical document, format, which includes the submission of detailed information about the manufacturing and quality of the product, and nonclinical and clinical trial information. Drugs can be authorized in the UK or EU by using (i) the centralized authorization procedure, (ii) the mutual recognition procedure, (iii) the decentralized procedure or (iv) national authorization procedures.

The European Commission created the centralized procedure for the approval of human drugs to facilitate marketing authorizations that are valid throughout the UK and EU and, by extension (after national implementing decisions) in Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway, which, together with the EU member states, comprise the European Economic Area. Applicants file marketing authorization applications with the European Medicines Agency (EMA), where they are reviewed by a relevant scientific committee, in most cases the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (“CHMP”). The European Medicines Agency (“EMA”) forwards CHMP opinions to the European Commission, which uses them as the basis for deciding whether to grant a marketing authorization. This procedure results in a single marketing authorization granted by the European Commission that is valid across the EU, as well as in Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. The centralized procedure is compulsory for human drugs that are: (i) derived from biotechnology processes, such as genetic engineering, (ii) contain a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, cancer, diabetes, neurodegenerative diseases, autoimmune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases, (iii) officially designated “orphan drugs” (drugs used for rare human diseases) and (iv) advanced-therapy medicines, such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines. The centralized procedure may at the voluntary request of the applicant also be used for human drugs that do not fall within the above-mentioned categories if the CHMP agrees that the human drug (a) contains a new active substance not yet approved on November 20, 2005; (b) constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or (c) authorization under the centralized procedure is in the interests of patients at the EU level.

Under the centralized procedure in the EU, the maximum time frame for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application by the EMA is 210 days (excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP), with adoption of the actual marketing authorization by the European Commission thereafter.

Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest from the point of view of therapeutic innovation, defined by three cumulative criteria: the seriousness of the disease to be treated; the absence of an appropriate alternative therapeutic approach, and anticipation of exceptional high therapeutic benefit. In this circumstance, EMA ensures that the evaluation for the opinion of the CHMP is completed within 150 days and the opinion issued thereafter.

For those medicinal products for which the centralized procedure is not available, the applicant must submit marketing authorization applications to the national medicines regulators through one of three procedures: (i) the mutual recognition procedure (which must be used if the product has already been authorized in at least one other EU member state, and in which the EU member states are required to grant an authorization recognizing the existing authorization in the other EU member state, unless they identify a serious risk to public health), (ii) the decentralized procedure (in which applications are submitted simultaneously in two or more EU member states) or (iii) national authorization procedures (which results in a marketing authorization in a single EU member state).

Mutual Recognition Procedure

The mutual recognition procedure (“MRP”), for the approval of human drugs is an alternative approach to facilitate individual national marketing authorizations within the UK and EU. Basically, the MRP may be applied for all human drugs for which the centralized procedure is not obligatory. The MRP is applicable to the majority of conventional medicinal products, and must be used if the product has already been authorized in one or more member states.

The characteristic of the MRP is that the procedure builds on an already-existing marketing authorization in the UK or a member state of the EU that is used as a reference in order to obtain marketing authorizations in other EU member states. In the MRP, a marketing authorization for a drug already exists in one or more member states of the EU and subsequently marketing authorization applications are made in other EU member states by referring to the initial marketing authorization. The member state in which the marketing authorization was first granted will then act as the reference member state. The member states where the marketing authorization is subsequently applied for act as concerned member states. The concerned member states are required to grant an authorization recognizing the existing authorization in the reference member state, unless they identify a serious risk to public health.


The MRP is based on the principle of the mutual recognition by EU member states of their respective national marketing authorizations. Based on a marketing authorization in the reference member state, the applicant may apply for marketing authorizations in other member states. In such case, the reference member state shall update its existing assessment report about the drug in 90 days. After the assessment is completed, copies of the report are sent to all member states, together with the approved summary of product characteristics, labeling and package leaflet. The concerned member states then have 90 days to recognize the decision of the reference member state and the summary of product characteristics, labeling and package leaflet. National marketing authorizations shall be granted within 30 days after acknowledgement of the agreement.

Should any member state refuse to recognize the marketing authorization by the reference member state, on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the issue will be referred to a coordination group. Within a timeframe of 60 days, member states shall, within the coordination group, make all efforts to reach a consensus. If this fails, the procedure is submitted to an EMA scientific committee for arbitration. The opinion of this EMA Committee is then forwarded to the European Commission, for the start of the decision-making process. As in the centralized procedure, this process entails consulting various European Commission Directorates General and the Standing Committee on Human Medicinal Products.

Data Exclusivity

In the UK and EU, marketing authorization applications for generic medicinal products do not need to include the results of pre-clinical and clinical trials, but instead can refer to the data included in the marketing authorization of a reference product for which regulatory data exclusivity has expired. If a marketing authorization is granted for a medicinal product containing a new active substance, that product benefits from eight years of data exclusivity, during which generic marketing authorization applications referring to the data of that product may not be accepted by the regulatory authorities, and a further two years of market exclusivity, during which such generic products may not be placed on the market. The two-year period may be extended to three years if during the first eight years a new therapeutic indication with significant clinical benefit over existing therapies is approved.

Orphan Medicinal Products

The EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products (“COMP”), may recommend orphan medicinal product designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the EU. Additionally, orphan designation is granted for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition and when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the product in the UK and EU would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the medicinal product. The COMP may only recommend orphan medicinal product designation when the product in question offers a significant clinical benefit over existing approved products for the relevant indication. Following a positive opinion by the COMP, the European Commission generally grants orphan status within 30 days. When the draft decision of the European Commission is not aligned with the COMP opinion, the COMP will reassess orphan status in parallel with EMA review of a marketing authorization application and orphan status may be withdrawn at if the drug no longer fulfills the orphan criteria (for instance, because a new product was approved for the indication and no data is available to demonstrate a significant benefit over that new product). Orphan medicinal product designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and ten years of market exclusivity is granted following marketing authorization. During this period, the competent authorities may not accept or approve any similar medicinal product for the same therapeutic indication, unless it offers a significant clinical benefit or if the holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan drug is unable to supply sufficient quantities of the drug. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan medicinal product designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.

Pediatric Development

In the EU and the UK, companies developing a new medicinal product must agree to a Pediatric Investigation Plan (“PIP”), with the EMA or the MHRA and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP unless a waiver applies, for example, because the relevant disease or condition occurs only in adults. The marketing authorization application for the product must include the results of pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP, unless a waiver applies, or a deferral has been granted, in which case the pediatric clinical trials must be completed at a later date. Products that are granted a marketing authorization on the basis of the pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP are eligible for a six-month extension of the protection under a supplementary protection certificate (if the product covered by it qualifies for one at the time of approval). This pediatric reward is subject to specific conditions and is not automatically available when data in compliance with the PIP are developed and submitted.


If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension of clinical trials, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

In addition, most countries are parties to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961 and the Convention on Psychotropic Substances 1971, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances, including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit our product candidates to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. In that case, we would be unable to market our products in those countries in the near future or perhaps at all.

In the UK, medicinal products are subject to extensive regulation by the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (“MHRA”), which is an executive agency, sponsored by the Department of Health and Social Care. MHRA regulates by ensuring that medicines, medical devices and blood components for transfusion meet applicable standards of safety, quality and efficacy, in addition to supporting innovation and research and development that is beneficial to public health.

Reimbursement

Sales of pharmaceutical products in the U.S. will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payers, such as government health programs, and commercial insurance and managed health care organizations. These third-party payers are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Additionally, the containment of health care costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, utilization management and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. If these third-party payers do not consider our products to be cost effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (“MMA”), imposed requirements for the distribution and pricing of prescription drugs for Medicare beneficiaries and included a major expansion of the prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Part D is available through both stand-alone prescription drug benefit plans and prescription drug coverage as a supplement to Medicare Advantage plans. Unlike Medicare Parts A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payers often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from nongovernmental payers.

On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. This law provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. This research is overseen by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures must be made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payers, it is not clear how such a result could be avoided and what if any effect the research will have on the sales of our product candidates, if any such product or the condition that it is intended to treat is the subject of a study. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s product could adversely affect the sales of our product candidates. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our product candidates or a decision by a third-party payer to not cover our product candidates could reduce physician usage of the product candidate and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.


The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “ACA”) was enacted in March 2010. The ACA was enacted with the goal of expanding coverage for the uninsured while at the same time containing overall health care costs. With regard to pharmaceutical products, among other things, the ACA expanded and increased industry rebates for drugs covered under Medicaid programs and made changes to the coverage requirements under the Medicare D program. We still cannot fully predict the impact of the ACA on pharmaceutical companies as many of the ACA reforms require the promulgation of detailed regulations implementing the statutory provisions which has not yet been completed, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services has publicly announced that it is analyzing the ACA regulations and policies that have been issued to determine if changes should be made. In addition, although the U.S. Supreme Court has upheld the constitutionality of most of the ACA, some states have stated their intentions to not implement certain sections of the ACA and some members of Congress are still working to repeal the ACA. These challenges add to the uncertainty of the changes enacted as part of the ACA. In addition, the current legal challenges to the ACA, as well as Congressional efforts to repeal the ACA, add to the uncertainty of the legislative changes enacted as part of the ACA.

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, some EU jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines but monitor and control company profits. Such differences in national pricing regimes may create price differentials between EU member states. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the EU do not follow price structures of the U.S. In the EU, the downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription medicines, has become intense. As a result, barriers to entry of new products are becoming increasingly high and patients are unlikely to use a drug product that is not reimbursed by their government or other public or private payers.

Other Health Care Laws and Compliance Requirements

In the U.S., our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the U.S. Department of Justice and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the Department of Justice, and state and local governments. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the False Claims Act, the privacy provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, and similar state laws, each as amended. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992 (“VHCA”), each as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the federal supply schedule, additional laws and requirements apply. Under the VHCA, drug companies are required to offer certain drugs at a reduced price to a number of federal agencies including the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs and U.S. Department of Defense, the Public Health Service and certain private Public Health Service-designated entities in order to participate in other federal funding programs including Medicare and Medicaid. In addition, discounted prices must be offered for certain U.S. Department of Defense purchases for its TRICARE program via a rebate system. Participation under the VHCA requires submission of pricing data and calculation of discounts and rebates pursuant to complex statutory formulas, as well as the entry into government procurement contracts governed by the federal acquisition regulations.

In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of pharmaceutical products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state, even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales and marketing activities or register their sales representatives. Other legislation has been enacted in certain states prohibiting certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws. Likewise, these activities are subject to authorization or license requirements, or other legal requirements, under EU or EU member states’ law, or the law of other countries where we operate or have products manufactured or distributed.


Cost of Compliance with Environmental Laws.

Our operations are subject to regulations under various federal, state, local and foreign laws concerning the environment, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions and third-party damage or personal injury claims, if in the future we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. We are not aware of any costs or effects of our compliance with environmental laws.

Employees and Human Capital Management

As of July 2, 2021, we and our subsidiaries had six full-time employees. Two of these employees are located in the UK, and four are located in the U.S.

In addition, we employ a limited number of part-time employees on a temporary basis, as well as scientific advisors, consultants and service providers, mainly through academic institutions and contract research organizations.

We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or represented by a labor union. We believe that we have good relationships with our employees.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing, and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors, and consultants. The principal purposes of our equity and cash incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of stock-based and cash-based compensation awards, in order to increase stockholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we focused our health and safety efforts on protecting our employees and their families. We swiftly implemented changes that we determined were in the best interest of our employees and the communities in which we operate, and which are aligned with guidance from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in compliance with state and local regulations. This includes having all of our employees work from home.

COVID-19

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, which causes the infectious disease known as COVID-19, was reported in Wuhan, China. The World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” on January 30, 2020 and a global pandemic on March 11, 2020. In March and April, many U.S. states and foreign countries began issuing ‘stay-at-home’ orders.

Enrollment of patients in our clinical trials, maintaining patients in our ongoing clinical trials, doing follow up visits with recruited patients and collecting data have been, and may continue to be, delayed or limited as certain of our clinical trial sites limit their onsite staff or temporarily close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing government restrictions. In addition, patients may not be able or willing to visit clinical trial sites for dosing or data collection purposes due to limitations on travel and physical distancing imposed or recommended by federal or state governments or patients’ reluctance to visit the clinical trial sites during the pandemic. These factors resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic could delay or prevent the anticipated readouts from our clinical trials.

The pandemic is continuing and the full extent to which COVID-19 will ultimately impact us depends on future unknowable developments, including the duration and spread of the virus, the efficacy, availability and willingness of individuals to take vaccines, as well as potential new seasonal outbreaks.

We plan to continue to evaluate our business operations based on new information as it becomes available regarding the pandemic and will make changes that we consider necessary in light of any new developments.


Corporate History

Formation

We were formed as a blank check company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 7, 2016. We were formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, stock purchase, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with one or more operating businesses, whichbusinesses. Since formation, we refer throughout this report as our initial business combination. We intend to focusfocused our efforts on acquiring an operating company in the healthcare and related wellness industry although our efforts in identifying a prospective target business willwere not be limited to a particular industry.

 

Initial Public Offering

On June 7, 2017, pursuant to the Company’s Initial Public Offering (the “IPO”), the Company sold 11,500,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit, inclusive of 1,500,000 Units sold to the underwriters on June 23, 2017 upon the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $115,000,000. Each “Unit” consisted of one share of the Company’s common stock, one right to receive one-tenth of one share of the Company’s common stock upon the consummation of a business combination (“Right”), and one redeemable warrant to purchase one-half of one share of the Company’s common stock (“Warrant”). Each Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one-half of one share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share), subject to adjustment. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. The Warrants became exercisable on the later of (i) 30 days after the completion of the initial business combination and (ii) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company may redeem the Warrants, in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant upon 30 days’ notice (“30-day redemption period”), only in the event that the last sale price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given, provided there is an effective registration statement with respect to the shares of common stock underlying such Warrants and a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If the Company calls the Warrants for redemption as described above, the Company’s management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” the management will consider, among other factors, the Company’s cash position, the number of Warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on the Company’s stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants. Each holder of a Right received one-tenth (1/10) of one share of common stock upon consummation of the Business Combination. No fractional shares were issued upon exchange of the Rights.

Private Placement

Concurrent with the closing of the IPO, KBL IV Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”) and the underwriters purchased an aggregate of 450,000 of unregistered Units (“Private Units”) at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $4,500,000 in a private placement. In addition, on June 23, 2017, the Company consummated the sale of an additional 52,500 Private Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, which were purchased by the Sponsor and underwriters, generating gross proceeds of $525,000. Of these, 377,500 Private Units were purchased by the Sponsor and 125,000 Private Units were purchased by the underwriters. The proceeds from the Private Units were added to the net proceeds from the IPO held in a Trust Account (the “Trust Account”). The Private Units (including their component securities) were not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination and the warrants included in the Private Units (the “Private Placement Warrants”) will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor, the underwriters or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the Sponsor, the underwriters or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the Units sold in the IPO. In addition, for as long as the Private Placement Warrants are held by the underwriters or its designees or affiliates, they may not be exercised after five years from the effective date of the registration statement related to the IPO. Otherwise, the Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants sold as part of the Units in the IPO and have no net cash settlement provisions.


Business Combination

On July 25, 2019, we entered into a Business Combination Agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), with KBL Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”), 180 Life Corp. (f/k/a 180 Life Sciences Corp.)(“180”), Katexco Pharmaceuticals Corp. (“Katexco”), CannBioRex Pharmaceuticals Corp. (“CBR Pharma”), 180 Therapeutics L.P. (“180 LP” and together with Katexco and CBR Pharma, the “180 Subsidiaries” and, together with 180 Life Sciences Corp., the “180 Parties”), and Lawrence Pemble, in his capacity as representative of the stockholders of the 180 Parties (the “Stockholder Representative”). The business combination described in the Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination”), closed and became effective on November 6, 2020 (the “Closing”). Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, among other things, Merger Sub merged with and into 180, with 180 continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”). In connection with, and prior to, the Closing, 180 Life Sciences Corp. filed a Certificate of Amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation in Delaware to change its name to 180 Life Corp., and we (which was known as of our entry into the Business Combination as KBL Merger Corp. IV, changed our name to 180 Life Sciences Corp.).

180 was incorporated in Delaware on January 28, 2019. Prior to the Closing of the Business Combination, 180 operated through three subsidiaries: 180 LP, a Delaware limited partnership formed on September 6, 2013; Katexco, a company incorporated in British Columbia, Canada on March 7, 2018; and CBR Pharma, a company incorporated in British Columbia, Canada on March 8, 2018.

In July 2019, 180 and each of 180 LP, Katexco and CBR Pharma completed a corporate restructuring, pursuant to which 180 LP, Katexco and CBR Pharma became wholly-owned subsidiaries of 180LS (the “Reorganization”). The corporate restructuring arrangements with respect to Katexco and CBR Pharma were completed under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia).

On November 6, 2020 (the “Closing Date”), the Company consummated the Business Combination following a special meeting of stockholders held on November 5, 2020, where the stockholders of the Company considered and approved, among other matters, a proposal to adopt the Business Combination. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, among other things, Merger Sub merged with and into 180, with 180 continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Merger became effective on November 6, 2020 (such time, the “Effective Time”, and the closing of the Merger being referred to herein as the “Closing”). In connection with, and prior to, the Closing, 180 filed a Certificate of Amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation in Delaware to change its name to 180 Life Corp. and KBL Merger Corp. IV changed its name to 180 Life Sciences Corp.

At the Effective Time, each share of 180 common stock issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Time was automatically converted into the right to receive approximately 168.3784 shares of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (such shares of Common Stock issuable to the common stockholders of 180 pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the “Merger Consideration Shares”). An aggregate of 16,989,989 shares of common stock have been issued to date to the common stockholders of 180 as Merger Consideration Shares, including the Escrow Shares (as defined below). Also at the Effective Time, each share underlying the 180 preferred stock issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Time was converted into the right to receive one Class C Special Voting Share of the Company, or one Class K Special Voting Share of the Company, as applicable (such shares, the “Special Voting Shares”). The Special Voting Shares entitle the holder thereof to an aggregate number of votes, on any particular matter, proposition or question, equal to the number of Exchangeable Shares (as defined below) of each of CannBioRex Purchaseco ULC and Katexco Purchaseco ULC, Canadian subsidiaries of 180, respectively, that are outstanding from time to time.

As a result of the Merger, the existing exchangeable shares (collectively, the “Exchangeable Shares”) of CannBioRex Purchaseco ULC and/or Katexco Purchaseco ULC were adjusted in accordance with the share provisions in the articles of CannBioRex Purchaseco ULC or Katexco Purchaseco ULC, as applicable, governing the Exchangeable Shares such that they were multiplied by the exchange ratio for the Merger and became exchangeable into shares of Common Stock. The Exchangeable Shares entitle the holders to dividends and other rights that are substantially economically equivalent to those of holders of Common Stock, and holders of Exchangeable Shares have the right to vote at meetings of the stockholders of the Company. An aggregate of 510,011 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares upon the exchange thereof.


Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, 1,499,999 of the Merger Consideration Shares (such shares, the “Escrow Shares”) were deposited into an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) to serve as security for, and the exclusive source of payment of, the Company’s indemnity rights under the Business Combination Agreement, all of which will be released to the same stockholders 12 months following the Closing of the Business Combination.

As a result of the Business Combination, the former stockholders of 180 became the controlling stockholders of the Company and 180 became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse merger, whereby 180 is considered the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes.

In connection with the Closing, the Company withdrew $9,006,493 of funds from the Trust Account (as defined below) to fund the redemptions of 816,461 shares.

The chart below shows our current organizational structure:


About Us

Our principal executive offices are located at 3000 El Camino Real, Bldg. 4, Suite 200, Palo Alto, CA 94306, and our telephone number is (678) 507-0669. We maintain a website at www.180lifesciences.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this Report the information in, or that can be accessed through, our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this Report. 

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) was enacted into law. The JOBS Act provides, among other things:

Exemptions for “emerging growth companies” from certain financial disclosure and governance requirements for up to five years and provides a new form of financing to small companies;

Amendments to certain provisions of the federal securities laws to simplify the sale of securities and increase the threshold number of record holders required to trigger the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act;

Relaxation of the general solicitation and general advertising prohibition for Rule 506 offerings;

Adoption of a new exemption for public offerings of securities in amounts not exceeding $50 million; and

Exemption from registration by a non-reporting company of offers and sales of securities of up to $1,000,000 that comply with rules to be adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 4(6) of the Securities Act and exemption of such sales from state law registration, documentation or offering requirements.

In general, under the JOBS Act a company is an “emerging growth company” if its initial public offering (“IPO”) of common equity securities was affected after December 8, 2011 and the company had less than $1.07 billion of total annual gross revenues during its last completed fiscal year. A company will no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” after the earliest of

(i)the completion of the fiscal year in which the company has total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more,

(ii)the completion of the fiscal year of the fifth anniversary of the company’s IPO;

(iii)the company’s issuance of more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt in the prior three-year period, or

(iv)the company becoming a “larger accelerated filer” as defined under the Exchange Act.

The JOBS Act provides additional new guidelines and exemptions for non-reporting companies and for non-public offerings. Those exemptions that impact the Company are discussed below.

Financial Disclosure. The financial disclosure in a registration statement filed by an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the Securities Act, will differ from registration statements filed by other companies as follows:

(i)audited financial statements required for only two fiscal years (provided that “smaller reporting companies” such as the Company are only required to provide two years of financial statements);


(ii)selected financial data required for only the fiscal years that were audited (provided that “smaller reporting companies” such as the Company are not required to provide selected financial data as required by Item 301 of Regulation S-K); and

(iii)executive compensation only needs to be presented in the limited format now required for “smaller reporting companies”.

However, the requirements for financial disclosure provided by Regulation S-K promulgated by the Rules and Regulations of the SEC already provide certain of these exemptions for smaller reporting companies. The Company is a smaller reporting company. Currently a smaller reporting company is not required to file as part of its registration statement selected financial data and only needs to include audited financial statements for its two most current fiscal years with no required tabular disclosure of contractual obligations.

The JOBS Act also exempts the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm from having to comply with any rules adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) after the date of the JOBS Act’s enactment, except as otherwise required by SEC rule.

The JOBS Act further exempts an “emerging growth company” from any requirement adopted by the PCAOB for mandatory rotation of the Company’s accounting firm or for a supplemental auditor report about the audit.

Internal Control Attestation. The JOBS Act also provides an exemption from the requirement of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm to file a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, although management team, augmentedof the Company is still required to file its report on the adequacy of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Section 102(a) of the JOBS Act exempts “emerging growth companies” from the requirements in §14A(e) of the Exchange Act for companies with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act to hold stockholder votes for executive compensation and golden parachutes.

Other Items of the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can communicate with potential investors that are qualified institutional buyers or institutions that are accredited to determine interest in a contemplated offering either prior to or after the date of filing the respective registration statement. The JOBS Act also permits research reports by a broker or dealer about an “emerging growth company” regardless of whether such report provides sufficient information for an investment decision. In addition, the JOBS Act precludes the SEC and FINRA from adopting certain restrictive rules or regulations regarding brokers, dealers and potential investors, communications with management and distribution of research reports on the “emerging growth company’s” initial public offerings (IPOs).

Section 106 of the JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” to submit registration statements under the Securities Act on a confidential basis provided that the registration statement and all amendments thereto are publicly filed at least 21 days before the issuer conducts any road show. This is intended to allow “emerging growth companies” to explore the IPO option without disclosing to the market the fact that it is seeking to go public or disclosing the information contained in its registration statement until the company is ready to conduct a roadshow.

Election to Opt Out of Transition Period. Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts “emerging growth companies” from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standard.

The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of the transition period.


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should be aware that there are substantial risks for an investment in our common stock. You should carefully consider these risk factors before you decide to invest in our common stock.

If any of the following risks were to occur, such as our business, financial condition, results of operations or other prospects, any of these could materially affect our likelihood of success. If that happens, the market price of our common stock, if any, could decline, and prospective investors would lose all or part of their investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business Operations

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described below. This section discusses factors that, individually or in the aggregate, could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. It is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, the following description of Risk Factors is not a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties applicable to our business.

Our current cash balance is only sufficient to fund our planned business operations through the third quarter of 2021. If additional capital is not available, we may not be able to pursue our planned business operations, may be forced to change our planned business operations, or may take other actions that could adversely impact our stockholders.

We are a clinical stage biotechnology company that currently has no revenue. Thus, our business does not generate the cash necessary to finance our planned business operations. We will require significant additional capital to: (i) develop FDA-approved products and commercialize such products; (ii) fund research and development activities relating to, and obtain regulatory approval for, our product candidates; (iii) protect our intellectual property; (iv) attract and retain highly-qualified personnel; (v) respond effectively to competitive pressures; and (vi) acquire complementary businesses or technologies.

Our future capital needs depend on many factors, including: (i) the scope, duration and expenditures associated with our research, development and commercialization efforts; (ii) continued scientific progress in our programs; (iii) the outcome of potential partnering or licensing transactions, if any; (iv) competing technological developments; (v) our proprietary patent position; and (vi) the regulatory approval process for our products.

We will need to raise substantial additional funds through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or strategic alliances and licensing arrangements to finance our planned business operations. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. General market conditions, as well as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, may make it difficult for us to seek financing from the capital markets, and the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our stockholders. For example, if we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, further dilution to our stockholders will result, which may substantially dilute the value of their investment. Any equity financing may also have the effect of reducing the conversion or exercise price of our outstanding convertible or exercisable securities, which could result in the issuance (or potential issuance) of a significant number of additional shares of our common stock. In addition, as a condition to providing additional funds to us, future investors may demand, and may be granted, rights superior to those of existing stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants that could limit our flexibility to conduct future business activities and, in the event of insolvency, could be paid before holders of equity securities received any distribution of our assets. We may be required to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates, or grant licenses through alliance, joint venture or agreements on terms that are not favorable to us, in order to raise additional funds. If adequate funds are not available, we may have to delay, reduce or eliminate one or more of our planned activities with respect to our business, or terminate our operations. These actions would likely reduce the market price of our common stock.


We will need additional capital which may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all, which raises questions about our ability to continue as a going concern.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $48,357,638. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2020, amounted to $10,884,058 and as of December 31, 2020, we had a working capital deficit of $17,406,356. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. Additionally, as of December 31, 2020, we have outstanding debts of $3,781,486. As we are not generating revenues, we need to raise a significant amount of capital in order to pay our debts and cover our operating costs. There is no assurance that we will be able to raise such needed capital or that such capital will be available under favorable terms.

We are subject to all the substantial risks inherent in the development of a new business enterprise within an extremely competitive industry. Due to the absence of a long-standing operating history and the emerging nature of the markets in which we compete, we anticipate operating losses until we can successfully implement our business strategy, which includes all associated revenue streams. We may never ever achieve profitable operations or generate significant revenues.

We currently have a monthly cash requirement spend of approximately $500,000. We believe that in the aggregate, we will require significant additional capital funding to support and expand the research and development and marketing of our products, fund future clinical trials, repay debt obligations, provide capital expenditures for additional equipment and development costs, payment obligations, office space and systems for managing the business, and cover other operating costs until our planned revenue streams from products are fully-implemented and begin to offset our operating costs, if ever.

Since our inception, we have funded our operations with the proceeds from equity and debt financings. We have experienced liquidity issues due to, among other reasons, our limited ability to raise adequate capital on acceptable terms. We have historically relied upon the issuance equity and promissory notes that are convertible into shares of our common stock to fund our operations and have devoted significant efforts to reduce that exposure. We anticipate that we will need to issue equity to fund our operations and repay our outstanding debt for the foreseeable future. If we are unable to achieve operational profitability or we are not successful in securing other forms of financing, we will have to evaluate alternative actions to reduce our operating expenses and conserve cash.

These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for the next twelve months. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability of assets and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements included herein also include a going concern footnote.

Additionally, wherever possible, our Board of Directors will attempt to use non-cash consideration to satisfy obligations. In many instances, we believe that the non-cash consideration will consist of restricted shares of our common stock, preferred stock or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Our Board of Directors has authority, without action or vote of the shareholders, but subject to NASDAQ rules and Scientificregulations (which generally require shareholder approval for any transactions which would result in the issuance of more than 20% of our then outstanding shares of common stock or voting rights representing over 20% of our then outstanding shares of stock), to issue all or part of the authorized but unissued shares of common stock, preferred stock or warrants to purchase such shares of common stock. In addition, we may attempt to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock, possibly at a discount to market in the future. These actions will result in dilution of the ownership interests of existing shareholders, may further dilute common stock book value, and Advisory Board, has decadesthat dilution may be material. Such issuances may also serve to enhance existing management’s ability to maintain control of us, because the shares may be issued to parties or entities committed to supporting existing management.

We have significant and increasing liquidity needs and may require additional funding.

Research and development, management and administrative expenses and cash used for operations will continue to be significant and may increase substantially in the future in connection with new research and development initiatives, clinical trials, continued product commercialization efforts and the launch of our future product candidates. We will need to raise additional capital to fund our operations, continue to conduct clinical trials to support potential regulatory approval of marketing applications, and to fund commercialization of our future product candidates.


The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

the timing of FDA approval, if any, and approvals in international markets of our future product candidates, if at all;

the timing and amount of revenue from sales of our products, or revenue from grants or other sources;

the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other product development programs;

costs of establishing or outsourcing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

costs and timing of any outsourced growing and commercial manufacturing supply arrangements for our future product candidates;

costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights associated with our future product candidates;

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

personnel, facilities and equipment requirements; and

the terms and timing of any additional collaborative, licensing, co-promotion or other arrangements that we may establish.

While we expect to fund our future capital requirements from a number of sources, such as cash flow from operations and the proceeds from further public and/or private offerings, we cannot assure you that any of these funding sources will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. Further, even if we can raise funds from all of the above sources, the amounts raised may not be sufficient to meet our future capital requirements.

We are currently subject to a restriction on our ability to issue securities.

The Company agreed in the February 2021 Purchase Agreement (discussed in greater detail below under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Funding Transactions—February 2021 Private Purchase“) that, until the earlier of (1) thirty days after the date on which the registration statement that is filed pursuant to the February 2021 Registration Rights Agreement to register the resale by the February 2021 Purchasers of the shares and the warrant shares is declared effective by the SEC (such date, the “Effective Date”) and (2) thirty days after such date that the shares may be sold without limitation pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, neither the Company nor any subsidiary thereof would (i) issue, enter into any agreement to issue or announce the issuance or proposed issuance of any shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) or (ii) file any registration statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, in each case other than (A) as contemplated pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (B) as contemplated by that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 12, 2020, by and between the Company and the parties signatory thereto. Such restriction may limit our ability to raise funding, force us to seek debt financing, and/or may have a material adverse effect on our cash flows and the value of our securities.

We are dependent on the success of our future product candidates, some of which may not receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized.

Our success will depend on our ability to successfully develop and commercialize our future product candidates through our development programs, including our product candidate for the treatment of Dupuytren’s disease and any other product candidates developed through our fibrosis & anti-TNF, CBD derivatives, and α7nAChR development platforms. We may never be able to develop products which receive regulatory approval in the U.S. or elsewhere. There can be no assurance that the FDA, EMA or any other regulatory authority will approve these product candidates.

Our ability to successfully commercialize our future product candidates will depend on, among other things, our ability to successfully complete pre-clinical and other non-clinical studies and clinical trials and to receive regulatory approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities. Delays in the regulatory process could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


We have recently grown our business and will need to increase the size and complexity of our organization in the future, and we may experience investingdifficulties in acquiring, operatingmanaging our growth and selling publicexecuting our growth strategy.

Our management, personnel and private healthcare companies.systems currently in place may not be adequate to support our business plan and future growth. We will need to increase our number of full-time equivalent employees in order to conduct Phase 1, 2 and 3 clinical trials of our future products and to establish a commercial organization and commercial infrastructure. As a result of these future activities, the complexity of our business operations is expected to substantially increase. We will need to develop and expand our scientific, manufacturing, sales and marketing, managerial, compliance, operational, financial and other resources to support our planned research, development, manufacturing and commercialization activities.

Our need to effectively manage our operations, growth and various projects requires that we:

continue to improve our operational, financial, management and regulatory compliance controls and reporting systems and procedures;

attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees;

manage our commercialization activities effectively and in a cost-effective manner (currently trial and development for our clinical trials is very cost effective); and

manage our development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties. 

We have utilized and continue to utilize the services of part-time outside consultants and contractors to perform a number of tasks for our company, including tasks related to compliance programs, clinical trial management, regulatory affairs, formulation development and other drug development functions. Our growth strategy may entail expanding our use of consultants and contractors to implement these and other tasks going forward. If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our use of consultants and contractors, we may be unable to successfully implement the tasks necessary to effectively execute on our planned research, development, manufacturing and commercialization activities and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

We face liability for previously restated financial statements.

We filed a Current Report on Form 8-K on December 31, 2020 and another Current Report on Form 8-K on February 3, 2021, where we announced that due to matters we discovered which related to KBL, prior to the Business Combination, certain historical financial statements were unreliable. As a result, we restated our financial statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, because of errors in such financial statements which were identified after such financial statements were filed with the SEC in our original quarterly reports for the quarters ended June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020. While we believe these restatements are the result of the actions of, and are the responsibility of, the management of KBL (none of whom remain employed by the Company), we may be subject to stockholder litigation, rating downgrades, negative publicity and difficulties in attracting and retaining key clients, employees and management personnel as a result of such restatements. Additionally, our securities may trade at prices lower than similarly situated companies which have not had to restate their financial statements.

Our failure to appropriately account for complex financial instruments may result in the requirement that we restate our financial statements.

Certain of our current securities, and future securities we issue may, require complex accounting treatment and analysis. The team consistsSEC recently issued a Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”)(the “Statement”) on April 12, 2021 and may in the future issue further statements on SPAC accounting. While we believe that our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 comply with the guidance issued on April 12, 2021, it is possible that as a result of Marlene Krauss,the information and guidance set forth in the Statement, or in future statements or advisories released by the SEC or an accounting standards board, that we will need to restate our financial statements, and such guidance (including as set forth in the Statement), could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations for prior periods which are required to be restated, if any, and/or on future periods moving forward, even if a restatement is not required.


Operating results may vary significantly in future periods.

Our financial results are unpredictable and may fluctuate, for among other reasons, due to commercial sales of our future product candidates; our achievement of product development objectives and milestones; clinical trial enrollment and expenses; research and development expenses; and the timing and nature of contract manufacturing and contract research payments. A high portion of our costs are predetermined on an annual basis, due in part to our significant research and development costs. Thus, small declines in future revenue could disproportionately affect financial results in a quarter.

We depend on our key personnel and our ability to attract and retain employees.

Our future growth and success depend on our ability to recruit, retain, manage and motivate our employees. We are highly dependent on our current management and scientific personnel, including our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. James N. Woody, our Co-Chairmen, Sir Marc Feldman, Ph.D., and Lawrence Steinman, M.D., our Chief ExecutiveScientific Officer, Jonathan Rothbard, Ph.D., and a directorour scientists, Raphael Mechoulam and Joseph WilliamsonJagdeep Nanchahal. The inability to hire or retain experienced management personnel could adversely affect our Chief Operating Officerability to execute our business plan and a director. Our other Board Members, George Hornig, Andrew Shermanharm our operating results. Due to the specialized scientific and Sherrill Neff, are seasonedmanagerial nature of our business, people with an extensive networkwe rely heavily on our ability to attract and retain qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. The competition for deal origination, decadesqualified personnel in the biotechnological field is intense and we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the development of experience consummatingour business transactions and a significant history of operating companies at a senior level.or to recruit suitable replacement personnel.

 

Dr. Krauss,Problems in our Chief Executive Officermanufacturing process for our new chemical entities, failure to comply with manufacturing regulations or unexpected increases in our manufacturing costs could harm our business, results of operations and a director since inception, has over 30 yearsfinancial condition.

We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of experience starting, investingour future product candidates in acquiring, sellingthe CBD derivatives and growing healthcare companiesα7nAChR programs for commercial use and for use in all areasclinical trials. The manufacturing of life sciencesour future product candidates necessitates compliance with GMPs and healthcare services. Beginningother regulatory requirements in 1998, she raised three venture capital funds whose limited partners are primarily institutional investors. Through these funds, public financings, or with groupsinternational jurisdictions. Our ability to successfully manufacture our future product candidates will involve manufacture of private investors, she has played a meaningful role in over 20 companies, some of which were pioneering companies in their respective fields. A few examples are Summit Technology (acquired by Alcon, now subsidiary of Novartis (VTX:NOVN), for $839 million in 2000), Lumenos (sold to Wellpoint, now known as Anthem, Inc. (NYSE:ANTM) for $185 million in 2005),finished products and PneumRx (sold to BTG plc (LON:BTG) for up to $475 million in 2014,labeling and packaging, which includes earn out payments). She also was Chief Executive Officer of three prior special purpose acquisition companies, KBL Healthcare I, IIproduct information, tamper proof evidence and III,anti-counterfeit features, under tightly controlled processes and was involved in their formation, deal sourcing, investment selectionprocedures. In addition, we will have to ensure chemical consistency among our batches, including clinical trial batches and, operations. In managing us and seeking an attractive target company, she combines her education, receiving both M.D. and M.B.A. degrees from Harvard, her extensive medical and business experience and her wide network created over decades in the industry.

Mr. Williamson, our Chief Operating Officer and a director, has over 35 years of experience as a healthcare operator, executive and entrepreneur primarily in post-acute healthcare facilities (senior living, assisted living, hospice and home care)if approved, marketing batches. Demonstrating such consistency may require typical manufacturing controls as well as ancillary services. Since 2010, heclinical data. We will also have to ensure that our batches conform to complex release specifications. If we are unable to manufacture our future product candidates in accordance with regulatory specifications, or if there are disruptions in our manufacturing process due to damage, loss or otherwise, or failure to pass regulatory inspections of our manufacturing facilities, we may not be able to meet demand or supply sufficient product for use in clinical trials, and this may also harm our ability to commercialize our future product candidates on a timely or cost-competitive basis, if at all.

We may not develop and expand our manufacturing capability in time to meet demand for our product candidates, and the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities may not accept our facilities or those of our contract manufacturers as being suitable for the production of our products and product candidates. Any problems in our manufacturing process could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We expect to face intense competition from companies with greater resources and experience than we have; and may face competition from competitors seeking to market our products under a Section 505(b)(2) application.

The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change. The industry continues to expand and evolve as an increasing number of competitors and potential competitors enter the market. Many of these competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technological, managerial and research and development resources and experience than our company. Some of these competitors and potential competitors have more experience than our company in the development of pharmaceutical products, including validation procedures and regulatory matters. In addition, our future product candidates, if successfully developed, will compete with product offerings from large and well-established companies that have greater marketing and sales experience and capabilities than our company or our collaboration partners have. In particular, Insys Therapeutics, Inc. is developing CBD in Infantile Spasms (“IS”), and potentially other indications. Zogenix, Inc. has reported positive data in two Phase 3 trials of low dose fenfluramine in Dravet syndrome and has commenced a Phase 3 trial with this product in Lennox Gastaut Syndrome. Biocodex recently received regulatory approval from the FDA for the drug Stiripentol (Diacomit) for the treatment of Dravet syndrome. Other companies with greater resources than our company may announce similar plans in the future. In addition, there are non-FDA approved CBD preparations being made available from companies in the medical marijuana industry, which might attempt to compete with our future product candidates.


Additionally, competitors may also seek to market versions of our drug products via a section 505(b)(2) application, which is a type of somewhat abbreviated NDA. NDA Section 505(b)(2) applications may be submitted for drug products that represent a modification, such as a new indication or new dosage form, of a previously approved drug. Section 505(b)(2) applications may rely on the FDA’s previous findings for the safety and effectiveness of the previously approved drug in addition to information obtained by the 505(b)(2) applicant to support the modification of the previously approved drug. Preparing Section 505(b)(2) applications may be less costly and time-consuming than preparing an NDA based entirely on new data and information. Section 505(b)(2) applications are subject to the same patent certification procedures as an ANDA.

If we are unable to compete successfully, our commercial opportunities will be reduced and our business, results of operations and financial conditions may be materially harmed.

Our future product candidates, if approved, may be unable to achieve the expected market acceptance and, consequently, limit our ability to generate revenue from new products.

Even when product development is successful and regulatory approval has been Chairmanobtained, our ability to generate sufficient revenue depends on the acceptance of National Home Care Holdings, LLC,our products by physicians and patients. We cannot assure you that any of our future product candidates will achieve the expected level of market acceptance and revenue if and when they obtain the requisite regulatory approvals. The market acceptance of any product depends on a multi-state homenumber of factors, including the indication statement, warnings required by regulatory authorities in the product label and new competing products. Market acceptance can also be influenced by continued demonstration of efficacy and safety in commercial use, physicians’ willingness to prescribe the product, reimbursement from third-party payors such as government health company. He wascare programs and private third-party payors, the chairmanprice of the product, the nature of any post-approval risk management activities mandated by regulatory authorities, competition, and an investormarketing and distribution support. Further, our U.S. distribution depends on the adequate performance of National Hospice Holdings, LLCa reimbursement support hub and contracted specialty pharmacies in a closed-distribution network. An ineffective or inefficient U.S. distribution model at launch may lead to inability to fulfill demand, and consequently a loss of revenue. The success and acceptance of a product in one country may be negatively affected by its activities in another. If we fail to adapt our approach to clinical trials in the U.S. market to meet the needs of EMA or other European regulatory authorities, or to generate the health economics and outcomes research data needed to support pricing and reimbursement negotiations or decisions in Europe, we may have difficulties obtaining marketing authorization for our products from 2010 to 2014, when it merged into Trident USA. From 2004 to 2010, he wasEMA/European Commission and may have difficulties obtaining pricing and reimbursement approval for our products at a board membernational level. Any factors preventing or limiting the market acceptance of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and investor in CCRx, a portfolio company of Cressey & Company that focused on pharmacy distribution. In 2010, CCrx was sold to Omnicare, Inc. (now a subsidiary of CVS Health Corporation (NYSE:CVS)). From 1986 to 1996, he served in various executive capacities at Genesis Health Ventures, the predecessor of Genesis Healthcare Corporation (NYSE:GEN). Mr. Williamson was a principal and General Partner in Commerce Health Ventures, which merged into the private equity firm NewSpring Capital.financial condition.

 

Dr. KraussAll of our patents in the Anti-TNF and Mr. WilliamsonFibrosis program are method of use patents, which may result in biosimilar drugs being used without our permission.

The success of our most advanced drug development platform depends on the enforceability of our method of use patents, as there are currently many biosimilar anti-TNF drugs in the market. If we are unable to obtain a composition of matter patents, and enforce such patents, our ability to generate revenue from the anti-TNF platform may be significantly limited and competitors may be able to use our research to bring competing drugs to market which would reduce our market share.

The majority of our license agreements provide the licensors and/or counter-parties the right to use and/or exploit such licensed intellectual property.

The majority of our license agreements provide the licensors and/or counter-parties the right to use and/or exploit such licensed intellectual property, and in some cases provide them ownership of such intellectual property, know-how and research results. As such, we may be in competition with parties who we have worked togetherlicense agreements with, will likely not have the sole right to monetize, sell or distribute our product candidates and may be subject to restrictions on investmentsuse and transactions for 20 years. However, with respect toterritory of sales. Any or all of the above transactions, past performance by Dr. Kraussmay have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and Mr. Williamson,cash flows and ultimately the value of our securities.


Because the results of preclinical studies and earlier clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, we may not have favorable results in our planned and future clinical trials.

Any positive results from our preclinical testing, Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials of our product candidate for Dupuytren’s disease or any other memberproduct candidate may not necessarily be predictive of the results from planned or future clinical trials for such product candidates. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials after achieving positive results in preclinical and early clinical development, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations in clinical trials, including adverse events. Moreover, our interpretation of clinical data or our conclusions based on the preclinical in vitro and in vivo models may prove inaccurate, as preclinical and clinical data can be susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA approval or a marketing authorization granted by the European Commission. If we fail to produce positive results in our planned clinical trial for our product candidate for the treatment of Dupuytren’s disease, or our future clinical trials, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for such product candidates, and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects, would be materially adversely affected.

We have limited marketing experience, and we may not be able to successfully commercialize any of our combined team, is notfuture product candidates, even if they are approved in the future.

Our ability to generate revenues ultimately will depend on our ability to sell our approved products and secure adequate third-party reimbursement. We currently have no experience in marketing and selling our products. The commercial success of our future products depends on a number of factors beyond our control, including the willingness of physicians to prescribe our future products to patients, payors’ willingness and ability to pay for our future products, the level of pricing achieved, patients’ response to our future products, and the ability of our future marketing partners to generate sales. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to locateestablish or maintain the personnel, systems, arrangements and capabilities necessary to successfully commercialize our future products or any product candidate approved by the FDA or other regulatory authority in the future. If we fail to establish or maintain successful marketing, sales and reimbursement capabilities or fail to enter into successful marketing arrangements with third parties, our product revenues may suffer.

If the price for any of our future approved products decreases or if governmental and other third-party payors do not provide coverage and adequate reimbursement levels, our revenue and prospects for profitability will suffer.

Patients who are prescribed medicine for the treatment of their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their prescription drugs. Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region, and reimbursement approvals generally must be obtained on a suitable candidatecountry-by-country basis. Coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors is critical to new product acceptance. Coverage decisions may depend upon clinical and economic standards that disfavor new drug products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available. Even if we obtain coverage for our initialfuture product candidates, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Patients may not use our future product candidates if coverage is not provided or reimbursement is inadequate to cover a significant portion of a patient’s cost.

In addition, the market for our future product candidates in the U.S. will depend significantly on access to third-party payors’ drug formularies, or lists of medications for which third-party payors provide coverage and reimbursement. The industry competition to be included in such formularies often leads to downward pricing pressures on pharmaceutical companies. Also, third-party payors may refuse to include a particular branded drug in their formularies or otherwise restrict patient access to a branded drug when a less costly generic equivalent or other alternative is available.

Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. The current environment is putting pressure on companies to price products below what they may feel is appropriate. Our future revenues and overall success could be negatively impacted if we sell future product candidates at less than an optimized price. In addition, in the U.S., no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for our future product candidates may differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our future product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage will be obtained. If we are unable to obtain coverage of, and adequate payment levels for, our future product candidates, physicians may limit how much or under what circumstances they will prescribe or administer them and patients may decline to purchase them. This could affect our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, and thereby adversely impact our profitability, results of operations, financial condition and future success.


In addition, where we have chosen to collaborate with a third party on product candidate development and commercialization, our partner may elect to reduce the price of our products to increase the likelihood of obtaining reimbursement approvals. In many countries, products cannot be commercially launched until reimbursement is approved and the negotiation process in some countries can exceed 12 months. In addition, pricing and reimbursement decisions in certain countries can be affected by decisions made in other countries, which can lead to mandatory price reductions and/or additional reimbursement restrictions across a number of other countries, which may adversely affect sales and profitability. In the event that countries impose prices that are not sufficient to allow us or our partners to generate a profit, our partners may refuse to launch the product in such countries or withdraw the product from the market, which would adversely affect sales and profitability.

Business interruptions could delay us in the process of developing our future product candidates and could disrupt our product sales.

Loss of our manufacturing facilities, stored inventory or laboratory facilities through fire, theft or other causes, could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet demand for our future product candidates or to continue product development activities and to conduct our business. Failure to supply our partners with commercial products may lead to adverse consequences, including the right of partners to assume responsibility for product supply. Even if we obtain insurance coverage to compensate us for such business combinationinterruptions, such coverage may prove insufficient to fully compensate us for the damage to our business resulting from any significant property or casualty loss to our inventory.

If product liability lawsuits are successfully brought against us, we will incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit the commercialization of successour future product candidates.

Although we have never had any product liability claims or lawsuits brought against us, we face potential product liability exposure related to the testing of our future product candidates in human clinical trials, and we will face exposure to claims in jurisdictions where we market and distribute in the future. We may face exposure to claims by an even greater number of persons when we begin marketing and distributing our products commercially in the U.S. and elsewhere. In the future, an individual may bring a liability claim against us alleging that one of our future product candidates caused an injury. While we continue to take what we believe are appropriate precautions, we may be unable to avoid significant liability if any product liability lawsuit is brought against us. Large judgments have been awarded in class action or individual lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated side effects. Although we have purchased insurance to cover product liability lawsuits, if we cannot successfully defend our company against product liability claims, or if such insurance coverage is inadequate, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in decreased demand for our products, reputational damage, withdrawal of clinical trial participation participants, litigation costs, product recall costs, monetary awards, increased costs for liability insurance, lost revenues and business interruption.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and legal requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with FDA, SEC or Office of Inspector General regulations, or regulations of any other applicable regulatory authority, failure to provide accurate information to the FDA or the SEC, comply with applicable manufacturing standards, other federal, state or foreign laws and regulations, report information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information, including information obtained in the course of clinical trials, or illegal appropriation of drug product, which could result in government investigations and serious harm to our reputation. Despite our adoption of a Code of Ethics, employee misconduct is not always possible to identify and deter. The precautions we take to detect and prevent these prohibited activities may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against our company, and we are not successful in defending our company or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.


We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries in which we do business. The FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit our company and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We and our commercial partners operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA violations, and we participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the U.S., Canada, Israel, the United Kingdom and authorities in the EU, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control Laws.

However, there is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control Laws. If we are not in compliance with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control Laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws by the U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business, prevent us from accessing critical information or expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of business, we expect to collect and store sensitive data, including legally protected patient health information, credit card information, personally identifiable information about our employees, intellectual property, and proprietary business information. We expect to manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing on-site systems. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business-critical information including research and development information, commercial information and business and financial information.

The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information is vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take measures to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers, or viruses, breaches or interruptions due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions, or lapses in compliance with privacy and security mandates. Any such virus, breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. We have measures in place that are designed to prevent, and if necessary, to detect and respond to such security incidents and breaches of privacy and security mandates. However, in the future, any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as HIPAA and European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), government enforcement actions and regulatory penalties. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations, including our ability to process samples, provide test results, share and monitor safety data, bill payors or patients, provide customer support services, conduct research and development activities, process and prepare company financial information, manage various general and administrative aspects of our business and may damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


In May 2016, the EU formally adopted the GDPR, which applies to all EU member states and became effective on May 25, 2018 and replaced the European Union Data Protection Directive. The regulation introduces stringent new data protection requirements in the EU and substantial fines for breaches of the data protection rules. It may increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. The GDPR is a complex law and the regulatory guidance is still evolving, including with respect to any business combinationhow the GDPR should be applied in the context of clinical trials or other transactions from which we may gain access to personal data. These changes in the law will increase our costs of compliance and result in greater legal risks.

Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of our Future Product Candidates

Clinical trials are expensive, time-consuming, uncertain and susceptible to change, delay or termination. The results of clinical trials are open to differing interpretations.

We have three separate programs for producing anti-inflammatory agents: (1) investigating new clinical opportunities for anti-TNF, (2) identifying orally available, small molecules that are agonists of α7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor, and (3) identifying patentable analogs of CBD that initially will be used as pain medications. However, these programs, including the related clinical trials, are expensive, time consuming and difficult to design and implement.

Regulatory agencies may analyze or interpret the results of clinical trials differently than us. Even if the results of our clinical trials are favorable, the clinical trials for a number of its future product candidates are expected to continue for several years and may take significantly longer to complete. Investors shouldIn addition, the FDA or other regulatory authorities, including state, local and foreign authorities, or an IRB, with respect to a trial at our institution, may suspend, delay or terminate its clinical trials at any time, require us to conduct additional clinical trials, require a particular clinical trial to continue for a longer duration than originally planned, require a change to its development plans such that we conduct clinical trials for a product candidate in a different order, e.g., in a step-wise fashion rather than running two trials of the same product candidate in parallel, or could suspend or terminate the registrations and quota allotments we require in order to procure and handle controlled substances, for various reasons, including the following, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

lack of effectiveness of any product candidate during clinical trials;

discovery of serious or unexpected toxicities or side effects experienced by trial participants or other safety issues, such as drug interactions, including those which cause confounding changes to the levels of other concomitant medications;

slower than expected rates of subject recruitment and enrollment rates in clinical trials;

difficulty in retaining subjects who have initiated a clinical trial but may withdraw at any time due to adverse side effects from the therapy, insufficient efficacy, fatigue with the clinical trial process or for any other reason;

delays or inability in manufacturing or obtaining sufficient quantities of materials for use in clinical trials due to regulatory and manufacturing constraints;

inadequacy of or changes in our manufacturing process or product formulation;

delays in obtaining regulatory authorization to commence a trial, including “clinical holds” or delays requiring suspension or termination of a trial by a regulatory agency, such as the FDA, before or after a trial is commenced;

DEA related recordkeeping, reporting security or other violations at a clinical site, leading the DEA or state authorities to suspend or revoke the site’s-controlled substance license and causing a delay or termination of planned or ongoing trials;

changes in applicable regulatory policies and regulation, including changes to requirements imposed on the extent, nature or timing of studies;


delays or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable terms in clinical trial contracts or protocols with prospective clinical trial sites;

uncertainty regarding proper dosing;

delay or failure to supply product for use in clinical trials which conforms to regulatory specification;

unfavorable results from ongoing pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

failure of our contract research organizations (“CROs”), or other third-party contractors to comply with all contractual requirements or to perform their services in a timely or acceptable manner;

failure by our company, our employees, our CROs or their employees to comply with all applicable FDA or other regulatory requirements relating to the conduct of clinical trials;

scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians and clinical institutions;

failure to design appropriate clinical trial protocols;

regulatory concerns with CBD derivative products generally and the potential for abuse, despite only working with non-plant based non-psychoactive products;

insufficient data to support regulatory approval;

inability or unwillingness of medical investigators to follow our clinical protocols; or

difficulty in maintaining contact with patients during or after treatment, which may result in incomplete data.

Any failure by our company to comply with existing regulations could harm our reputation and operating results.

We are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state and foreign governments in each of the U.S., European and Canadian markets, in which we plan to sell our products, or in markets where we have product candidates progressing through the approval process.

We must adhere to all regulatory requirements including FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice (“GLP”), Good Clinical Practice (“GCP”), and GMP requirements, pharmacovigilance requirements, advertising and promotion restrictions, reporting and recordkeeping requirements, and their European equivalents. If we or our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulations, including FDA pre-or post-approval requirements, then the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities could sanction our company. Even if a drug is approved by the FDA or other competent authorities, regulatory authorities may impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-marketing trials. Any of product candidates which may be approved in the U.S. will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, import, export, advertising, promotion, sampling, recordkeeping and submission of safety and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements. In addition, manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to GMP. As such, we and our contract manufacturers (in the event contract manufacturers are appointed in the future) are subject to continual review and periodic inspections to assess compliance with GMP. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work will have to spend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, quality control and quality assurance. We will also be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA, and to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for its products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. Similar restrictions and requirements exist in the EU and other markets where we operate.


If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of the product, it may impose restrictions on that product or on our company, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may issue warning letters, impose civil or criminal penalties, suspend regulatory approval, suspend any of our ongoing clinical trials, refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us, impose restrictions on our operations, or seize or detain products or require a product recall.

In addition, it is possible that our future products will be regulated by the DEA, under the Controlled Substances Act or under similar laws elsewhere. DEA scheduling is a separate process that can delay when a drug may become available to patients beyond an NDA approval date, and the timing and outcome of such DEA process is uncertain. See also “Risks Related to Controlled Substances.

In addition, any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to spend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from our future product candidates. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our business and our operating results may be adversely affected.

Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and damage our reputation. We expect to spend significant resources on compliance efforts and such expenses are unpredictable. Changing laws, regulations and standards might also create uncertainty, higher expenses and increase insurance costs. As a result, we intend to invest all reasonably necessary resources to comply with evolving standards, and this investment might result in increased management and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

We are subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations and implementation of or changes to such healthcare laws and regulations could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In both the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could impact our ability to sell our future product candidates. If we are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other federal, state or foreign regulations, we may be subject to administrative, civil and/or criminal penalties, damages, fines, individual imprisonment, we from federal health care programs and the restructuring of our operations. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. Since many of these laws have not relybeen fully interpreted by the courts, there is an increased risk that we may be found in violation of one or more of their provisions. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we ultimately are successful in our defense, will cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention away from the operation of our business. In addition, in many foreign countries, particularly the countries of the EU the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to government control.

In some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country.

For example, some EU jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines but monitor and control company profits. Such differences in national pricing regimes may create price differentials between EU member states. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the UK and EU do not follow price structures of the U.S. In the UK and EU, the downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription medicines, has become intense. As a result, barriers to entry of new products are becoming increasingly high and patients are unlikely to use a drug product that is not reimbursed by their government. We may face competition from lower-priced products in foreign countries that have placed price controls on pharmaceutical products. In addition, the importation of foreign products may compete with any future product that we may market, which could negatively impact our profitability.


Specifically, in the U.S., we expect that the 2010 Affordable Care Act (“ACA”), as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the historical recordprice that we may receive for any approved product. There have been judicial challenges to certain aspects of the ACA and numerous legislative attempts to repeal and/or replace the ACA in whole or in part, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. At this time, the full effect that the ACA will have on our management’s performance as indicativebusiness in the future remains unclear. An expansion in the government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may cause general downward pressure on the prices of prescription drug products, lower reimbursements or any other product for which we obtain regulatory approval, reduce product utilization and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize any of our future performance.product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval.

 

Information obtained from expanded access studies may not reliably predict the efficacy of our future product candidates in company-sponsored clinical trials and may lead to adverse events that could limit approval.

1

 

The expanded access studies we are currently supporting are uncontrolled, carried out by individual investigators and not typically conducted in strict compliance with GCPs, all of which can lead to a treatment effect which may differ from that in placebo-controlled trials. These studies provide only anecdotal evidence of efficacy for regulatory review. These studies contain no control or comparator group for reference and this patient data is not designed to be aggregated or reported as study results. Moreover, data from such small numbers of patients may be highly variable. Information obtained from these studies, including the statistical principles that we and the independent investigators have chosen to apply to the data, may not reliably predict data collected via systematic evaluation of the efficacy in company-sponsored clinical trials or evaluated via other statistical principles that may be applied in those trials. Reliance on such information to design our clinical trials may lead to trials that are not adequately designed to demonstrate efficacy and could delay or prevent our ability to seek approval of our future product candidates.

Expanded access programs provide supportive safety information for regulatory review. Physicians conducting these studies may use our future product candidates in a manner inconsistent with the protocol, including in children with conditions beyond those being studied in trials which we sponsor. Any adverse events or reactions experienced by subjects in the expanded access program may be attributed to our future product candidates and may limit its ability to obtain regulatory approval with labeling that we consider desirable, or at all.

 

Competitive StrengthsThere is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials.

Generally, there is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials. We may suffer significant setbacks in our clinical trials similar to the experience of a number of other companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, even after receiving promising results in earlier trials. Further, even if we view the results of a clinical trial to be positive, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of the data. In the event that we obtain negative results from clinical trials for product candidates or other problems related to potential chemistry, manufacturing and control issues or other hurdles occur and our future product candidates are not approved, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue or obtain financing to continue our operations, our ability to execute on our current business plan may be materially impaired, and our reputation in the industry and in the investment community might be significantly damaged. In addition, our inability to properly design, commence and complete clinical trials may negatively impact the timing and results of our clinical trials and ability to seek approvals for our drug candidates.


If we are found in violation of federal or state “fraud and abuse” laws or similar laws in other jurisdictions, we may be required to pay a penalty and/or be suspended from participation in federal or state health care programs, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the U.S., we are subject to various federal and state health care “fraud and abuse” laws, including anti-kickback laws, false claims laws and other laws intended to reduce fraud and abuse in federal and state health care programs, which could affect our company particularly upon successful commercialization of our products in the U.S. The Medicare and Medicaid Patient Protection Act of 1987, or federal Anti-Kickback Statute, makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, order or prescription of a particular drug for which payment may be made under a federal health care program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Under federal law, some arrangements, known as safe harbors, are deemed not to violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Although we seek to structure our business arrangements in compliance with all applicable requirements, it is often difficult to determine precisely how the law will be applied in specific circumstances. Accordingly, it is possible that our practices may be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and Federal False Claims Act. Violations of fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including fines and/or exclusion or suspension from federal and state health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and debarment from contracting with the U.S. government. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions on behalf of the government under the federal False Claims Act as well as under the false claims laws of several states.

While we believe that we have structured our business arrangements to comply with these laws, that the government could allege violations of, or convict us of violating, these laws. If we are found in violation of one of these laws, we could be required to pay a penalty and could be suspended or excluded from participation in federal or state health care programs, and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

The Members States of the EU and other countries also have anti-kickback laws and can impose penalties in case of infringement, which, in some jurisdictions, can also be enforced by competitors.

Serious adverse events or other safety risks could require us to abandon development and preclude, delay or limit approval of our future product candidates, limit the scope of any approved label or market acceptance, or cause the recall or loss of marketing approval of products that are already marketed.

If any of our future product candidates prior to or after any approval for commercial sale, cause serious or unexpected side effects, or are associated with other safety risks such as misuse, abuse or diversion, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

regulatory authorities may interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials;

regulatory authorities may deny regulatory approval of our future product candidates;

regulatory authorities may require certain labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications or limitations on the indications for use, and/or impose restrictions on distribution in the form of a REMS in connection with approval or post-approval;

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval, require more onerous labeling statements, impose a more restrictive REMS, or require it to recall any product that is approved;

we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

our relationships with our collaboration partners may suffer;

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; or

our reputation may suffer. The reputational risk is heightened with respect to those of our future product candidates that are being developed for pediatric indications.


We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that the products present an unacceptable risk to participants, or if preliminary data demonstrates that our future product candidates are unlikely to receive regulatory approval or unlikely to be successfully commercialized. Following receipt of approval for commercial sale of a product, we may voluntarily withdraw or recall that product from the market if at any time we believe that its use, or a person’s exposure to it, may cause adverse health consequences or death. To date, we have not withdrawn, recalled or taken any other action, voluntary or mandatory, to remove an approved product from the market. In addition, regulatory agencies, IRBs or data safety monitoring boards may at any time recommend the temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials or request that we cease using investigators in the clinical trials if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to participants. Although we have never been asked by a regulatory agency, IRB or data safety monitoring board to temporarily or permanently discontinue a clinical trial, if we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate a clinical trial of any of our future product candidates, the commercial prospects for that product will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue from that product may be delayed or eliminated. Furthermore, any of these events may result in labeling statements such as warnings or contraindications. In addition, such events or labeling could prevent us or our partners from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our future product candidates and impair our ability to generate revenue from the commercialization of these products either by our company or by our collaboration partners.

The development of a REMS for our future product candidates could cause delays in the approval process and would add additional layers of regulatory requirements that could impact our ability to commercialize our future product candidates in the U.S. and reduce their market potential.

Even if the FDA approves our NDA for any of our future product candidates without requiring a REMS as a condition of approval of the NDA, the FDA may, post-approval, require a REMS for any of our future product candidates if it becomes aware of new safety information that makes a REMS necessary to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS elements can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use (“ETASU”). ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patient registries. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug’s safety or efficacy. We may be required to adopt a REMS for our future product candidates to ensure that the benefits outweigh the risks of abuse, misuse, diversion and other potential safety concerns. There can be no assurance that the FDA will approve a manageable REMS for our future product candidates, which could create material and significant limits on our ability to successfully commercialize our future product candidates in the U.S. Delays in the REMS approval process could result in delays in the NDA approval process. In addition, as part of the REMS, the FDA could require significant restrictions, such as restrictions on the prescription, distribution and patient use of the product, which could significantly impact our ability to effectively commercialize our future product candidates, and dramatically reduce their market potential, thereby adversely impacting our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if initial REMS are not highly restrictive, if, after launch, our future product candidates were to be subject to significant abuse/non-medical use or diversion from illicit channels, this could lead to negative regulatory consequences, including a more restrictive REMS.

Risks Related to our Reliance Upon Third Parties

 

Our management team has broad healthcareexisting collaboration arrangements and wellness experience and most of them have worked togetherany that we may enter into in the past.future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our future product candidates.

We are focusinga party to, and may seek additional, collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of our future product candidates. We may, with respect to our future product candidates, enter into new arrangements on a selective basis depending on the healthmerits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves as compared to entering into selective collaboration arrangements with leading pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for each product candidate, both in the U.S. and wellness industries becauseinternationally. To the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, we will face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators and the terms of any collaboration or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to it.


Any existing or future collaboration that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our experiencecollaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and becauseactivities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they are large and growing segmentswill apply to these collaborations. Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding development, intellectual property, regulatory or commercialization matters, can lead to delays in the development process or commercialization of the U.S. economy. Our team’s experience is broad, having investedapplicable product candidate and, in many healthcare specialties some of which included cardiology, ophthalmology, orthopedics and dermatology and many sub-verticals of healthcare such as services, healthcare IT, medical devices, and pharmaceuticals. Dr. Krauss and Mr. Williamson will devote approximately 40 hours and 25 hours weekly, respectively, to operating our company, consummating an initial business combination, and potentially working with the company we acquire. We also will utilize the extensive experience of our Board members:

George Hornig, our Chairman, has been involved as an executive officer of several well-known investment firms, including Pinebridge Investments from 2010 to 2016 (Senior Managing director and Chief Operating Officer), Credit Suisse Asset Management from 1999 to 2010 (Co-Global Chief Operating Officer), Deutsche Bank from 1993 to 1999 (Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officercases, termination of the Americas)collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision-making authority. Any such termination or expiration could harm our business reputation and Wasserstein Perella & Co. from 1988 to 1991 (Co- founder and Chief Operating Officer). Mr. Hornig has been an early investor in many high growth healthcare companies including Royalty Pharma, a biopharmaceutical company that invests in revenue-producing royalty interests, FibroGen Inc. (NASDAQ:FGEN), a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery of novel therapeutics to treat serious unmet medical needs, and Cibus, a precision gene-editing company for agriculture.

Andrew Sherman, a director, is the Chief Development Officer for Women’s Care Enterprises, and leads the corporate development activity for a leading multi-specialty provider of women’s health services. Mr. Sherman has worked for 22 years in investment banking, M&A and buyside roles with Morgan Joseph TriArtisan (Managing Director in Healthcare), Madison Williams, Banc of America Securities, Montgomery Securities and James D. Wolfensohn, Inc. Mr. Sherman also worked in principal investing as a Partner at DCH Partners, a healthcare-focused private equity firm. Mr. Sherman was also a consultant to Capitol Acquisition Corp, a special purpose acquisition corporation which completed a merger with Two Harbors Investment Corp (NYSE:TWO), a real estate investment trust, helping source, evaluate, and conduct due diligence of, potential target companies. 

Sherrill Neff, a director, is the Founding Partner of Quaker Partners where he launched and manages five life sciences venture funds with over $700 million in total assets. Through Quaker Partners he invested in and was on the Board of numerous healthcare companies. Some of these include: Amicus Therapeutics (NASDAQ:FOLD); BioRexis Therapeutics (sold to Pfizer); MedMark (sold to Walgreens); Durata Therapeutics (sold to Actavis); Protez Pharmaceuticals (sold to Novartis); Regado BioSciences (sold to Allergan); and Cempra Pharmaceuticals (NASDAQ:CEMP). Mr. Neff was a Senior Vice President of U.S. Healthcare from 1993 to 1994.may adversely affect it financially.

 

Our ScientificWe expect to depend on a limited number of suppliers for materials and Advisory Board is not only groundedcomponents in clinical practice but is also comprisedorder to manufacture our future product candidates. The loss of experienced healthcare innovators, investorsthese suppliers, or their failure to supply us on a timely basis, could cause delays in our current and operators.future capacity and adversely affect our business.

Dr. Jean-Pierre Garnier, Ph.D. was the former Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer andWe expect to depend on a memberlimited number of the Board at GlaxoSmithKline plc from 1996 to 2008. Since 2015, Mr. Garnier has been a Director of Radius Health, Inc. (NASDAQ:RDUS); since 2011, he has been the Chairman of Actelion Ltd. (SIX: ATLN); since 1997, he has been a Director of United Technologies (NYSE: UTX); and since 2015, he has been the Board Chair at Alzheon, a clinical-stage private biopharmaceutical company focused on brain health, memory and aging. He was an Operating Partner at Advent International Corporation, a global private equity fund. He has been a board member of Renault S.A., Weill Cornell Medical College and on the Dubai International Capital Advisory Board.

Myron Weisfeldt, M.D. was the former Chairman of the Department of Medicine at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine for 13 years. He was also the Chairman of the Department of Medicine at the Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeonssuppliers for the prior 10 years. He served as the Presidentmaterials and components required to manufacture our future product candidates. As a result, we may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of the American Heart Association. Dr. Weisfeldt played a major rolecritical materials and components in the first implantationfuture. A delay or interruption by our suppliers may also harm our business, results of automatic implantable defibrillatorsoperations and financial condition. In addition, the lead time needed to establish a relationship with a new supplier can be lengthy, and we may experience delays in human beings and helped develop and test the Automatic External Defibrillators for bystander use that are now seen in many public locationsmeeting demand in the United States. Dr. Weisfeldt has served on the advisory boards of various healthcare companies including Merck & Co., Inc (NYSE:MRK), InControl, Inc., CardioLogic, Inc., Cambridge Heart, Inc.,event we must switch to a new supplier. The time and CHF Solutions (Intellicardia, Inc.) as well as several portfolio companies in which KBL funds were invested.

2

Phyllis Gardner, M.D. has been a tenured Professor of Medicine at Stanford Universityeffort to qualify for the past 32 years. From 1996 to 1998, Dr. Gardner served as Vice President of Research and Principal Scientist at ALZA Corporation and Head of the ALZA Technology Institute. In 2001, ALZA merged with Johnson & Johnson Services, Inc.. She is and has been a director of various global life science companies such as Revance Therapeutics, Inc.(NASDAQ:RUNC) and Corium International, Inc. (NASDAQ:CORI), both biotechnology companies, and was a director of Pharmacyclics, Inc., which was bought by AbbVie, Inc. in 2015. She has been an adjunct partner at Essex Woodlands Health Ventures since 2000.

Roy Geronemus, M.D. is the Director of the Laser and Skin Surgery Center, a Dermatology center in New York. Dr. Geronemus has published over 240 medical articles, chapters and books. He has been involved with the development of multiple new laser and related technology systems as well as therapeutic techniques, which are now commonly used throughout the world for the treatment of vascular and pigmented birthmarks, tattoo removal, laser resurfacing for rejuvenation and technology based fat reduction. He has consulted with many technology and cosmetic companies such as Candela/Syneron (NASDAQ:ELOS), Zeltiq, Inc. (NASDAQ:ZLTQ), Cutera, Inc. (NASDAQ:CUTR), Cynosure (NASDAQ:CYNO), Allergan plc (NYSE:AGN), Galderma SA (now a subsidiary of Nestlé (VTX:NESN)), L’Oreal SA (EPA:OR) and Merz Pharma GmbH & Co. KGaA.

Ellen R. Marram, our special advisor, has significant expertise in the consumer and wellness area. She has been a Director of Ford Motor Company since 1988, The New York Times Company since 1998, and Eli Lilly and Company since 2002. She was a former Chief Executive Officer and President of Tropicana Beverage Group and Nabisco Biscuit Company and she was the executive Vice President of the Seagram Company Ltd. She was also a Managing Director at North Castle Partners, LLC, a private equity firm focused on investments in the healthy living and aging sector from 2000 to 2005 and from 2006 to 2010 was an advisor to the firm.

Our management team is supported by the members of our Scientific and Advisory Board, who are not only grounded in clinical practice but are also experienced healthcare innovators, investors and operators. We currently expect our Scientific and Advisory Board to (i) assist us in sourcing potential business combination targets and, in related due diligence, (ii) provide their scientificsome cases, obtain regulatory approval for a new supplier could result in additional costs, diversion of resources or reduced manufacturing yields, any of which would negatively impact our operating results. Our dependence on single-source suppliers exposes us to numerous risks, including the following: our suppliers may cease or reduce production or deliveries, they may be subject to government investigations and business insights whenregulatory actions that limit or prevent production capabilities for an extended period of time, raise prices or renegotiate terms; our suppliers may become insolvent; we assess potential business combination targetsmay be unable to locate a suitable replacement supplier on acceptable terms or on a timely basis, or at all; and (iii) upondelays caused by supply issues may harm our request, provide their scientificreputation, frustrate our customers and business insights as we workcause them to create additional value in the businesses that we acquire. In this regard, they will fulfill some of the same functions asturn to our board members. However, the members of our Scientific and Advisory Board have no obligation to provide advice or services to us. For additional information on the backgrounds of our Management, Board of Directors and Scientific and Advisory Board, including their blank check company and acquisition experience, please see the section in this prospectus titled “Management.”competitors for future needs.

 

Our network is extensive and we have decades of deal sourcing experience.

We believeRisks Related to our search for a strong acquisition candidate will be aided by the myriad of contacts we have developed over the years, including seasoned healthcare investors in private equity and venture capital funds, many of whom have co-invested with our management team in the past. As entrepreneurs, our management team have contacts with many private companies founded by families and serial entrepreneurs which have grown into substantial commercial businesses. In addition, they have extensive experience navigating the public markets which we believe will be value-enhancing to these companies, which are seeking a public market exit. Our management team also has extensive relationships with the healthcare teams at many investment banks. We intend to be proactive in sourcing potential acquisition targets and we are very cognizant of medical opportunities and trends; as a result we feel we can identify the acquisitions in the forefront of these trends. We are targeting companies that have strong management teams, reliable and stable cash flow, competitive advantages and attractive growth prospects. However, the company we intend to acquire may not exhibit all these characteristics.

3

Areas of FocusIntellectual Property

 

Healthcare

The healthcare industry constitutes a large and growing segment of the United States economy. It was 17.8% of United States GDP in 2015 and is expectedWe may not be able to constitute 18.7% in 2020. Healthcare spendingadequately protect our future product candidates or our proprietary technology in the United States is estimated to be close to $3.2 trillion in 2015 and will grow at about a 5.6% compounded annual growth rate from 2015 to 2020 based on the national health expenditure data published by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS). Newly passed regulations such as Patient Protection and the Affordable Care Act and Medicaid expansion are altering the interactions within the healthcare eco-system. We believe the key drivers of growth in healthcare include the following:

Aging population and rising incidence of chronic diseases. It is estimated that the 65-year and older population group in the U.S. will make up over 16.0% of the total U.S population in 2020, up from 14.6% estimated for 2015. On a per capita basis, health care spending for the 65 and older population was over five times higher than the spending per child and approximately three times the spending per working-age person claimed by a 2012 CMS research report. Chronic diseases — such as diabetes, heart disease, cancer and mental health diseases —will affect over 45% of the U.S. population by 2020. Treating people with chronic diseases accounts for more than 75% of the health care costs based on data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). This data leads us to consider companies that focus on areas such as home healthcare, assisted living, disease management, behavioral health facilities and services, and preventive care, among others.
Scientific Advances. Our management believes technological advances create significant new markets and alter the competitive landscape of established healthcare sub-verticals. More importantly, the regulatory environment has improved since 2010. According to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, both the approval rate and approval time for FDA approval and 510(k) applications have reached their optimal levels in the last six years. We believe the stabilization in such regulatory processes will encourage continued innovation and commercialization activities in the healthcare space.
Shift to value-based care. The traditional fee-for-service reimbursement model has been a major contributor to the ballooning healthcare spending in the U.S. in the past decades. In response, both the public and private sectors are shifting away from the fee-for-service models toward value-based, performance-measured models that are designed to realign value and quality at an individual patient level. We believe this transition will fundamentally change the behaviors of healthcare providers, payors and consumers in the coming years and create opportunities for companies that offer solutions for cost containment, clinical results measurement, regulatory compliance and patient engagement.
Increasing global pharmaceutical outsourcing activities. Worldwide prescription drug sales are expected to reach almost $1 trillion by 2020, up from approximately $734 billion in 2015. U.S. pharmaceutical spending is projected to be over $600 billion by 2020 on a gross basis with steady mid-single digit growth. On the other hand, research and developmental spending for the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry is expected to reach $160 billion in 2020, representing a forecasted growth of only 2.6%. The need for companies to contain R&D expenditures while achieving greater clinical and regulatory success will stimulate pharmaceutical outsourcing activities to organizations such as contracted research organizations (“CROs”), contracted manufacturing organizations (“CMOs”) and In Vitro Diagnostics (“IVDs”).
Consumer empowerment and need for information. The U.S. health insurance marketplace is undergoing a structural change which results in broader consumer access to health insurance, more plan options for individuals, and a higher cost burden to insurers. Consumers saw a 13% increase in their average deductible and out-of-pocket maximum costs according to a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau report issued in 2014. Because consumers are responsible for more of their healthcare spending, they are motivated to take more preventive care, research their conditions, discuss treatment plans with their physicians and choose the best providers with the lowest cost. This provides opportunities for digital health, wellness, telemedicine and disease management.

4

Wellnessmarketplace.

The wellness industry, including areas such as healthy eating, nutrition, weight loss, preventive healthcare, work place wellness, fitness and monitoring devices, is estimated by PricewaterhouseCoopers to be a $1.5 trillion industry. This industry, a convergence between healthcare, technology, media, and consumer retail, is less regulated and fosters a business environment that allows for rapid growth and profitability. As healthcare cost rises and the financial burden shifts more to consumers, wellness companies are playing a pivotal role to fill the gap between consumer expectations and the current medical infrastructure. We believe the key drivers of growth in wellness include the following:

Millennials and Generation X redefine the concept of wellness. Millennials and Generation X together represent close to half of the U.S. population. They have strong spending power and they view wellness as an active daily pursuit. They approach wellness in a more holistic way than previous generations and are devoted to eating the right food and staying active both mentally and physically. They also have a high affinity for technology and are frequent users of websites, blogs and apps to track training data, review health and wellness options, and stay connected with the communities.
Higher healthcare costs are stimulating the rise of corporate wellness initiatives. It is estimated that about 70% of U.S. employers currently offer a general wellness program, up from 58% in 2008. The market is estimated to be $6.0 billion today and constitutes offers such as annual health screening, on-site fitness centers and fitness classes, transit options, smoke cessation facilitation, and a healthy pantry.
Increased accessibility through the digital media. Mobile is now the leading digital platform, with the total activity on smartphones and tablets accounting for 62% of the digital media time spent, and apps alone now representing the majority of digital media time at 54%. A growing number of mobile applications and wellness-focused websites are helping digital services and connected devices to expand audience, to raise awareness and offer solutions.
Rising income levels. Growth in select household disposable income and rising consumer confidence allow consumers more time and resources for participating in wellness and fitness programs and preparing a healthy diet. Based on data compiled by Trading Economics, total disposable personal income in the United States is projected to grow from $13.9 billion in June 2016 to $16.1 billion in 2020, representing a compound annual growth rate of roughly 3.7%.

Business Strategy

 

Our business strategysuccess will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patents, protect our trade secrets and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection (i.e., know-how), and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property of our future product candidates. The strengths of patents in the pharmaceutical field involve complex legal and scientific questions, and can be uncertain. Where appropriate, we seek patent protection for certain aspects of our products and technology. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents globally can be prohibitively expensive.

Our policy is to identifylook to patent technologies with commercial potential in jurisdictions with significant commercial opportunities. However, patent protection may not be available for some of the products or technology we are developing. If we must spend significant time and acquire a company with a strong value proposition mainlymoney protecting, defending or enforcing our patents, designing around patents held by others or licensing, potentially for large fees, patents or other proprietary rights held by others, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed. We may not develop additional proprietary products that are patentable. As of the date hereof, we have an extensive portfolio of patents, including many granted patents and patents pending approval.

The patent positions of pharmaceutical products are complex and uncertain. The scope and extent of patent protection for our future product candidates are particularly uncertain. Our future product candidates will be based on medicinal chemistry instead of cannabis plants. While we have sought patent protection, where appropriate, directed to, among other things, composition-of-matter for its specific formulations, their methods of use, and methods of manufacture, we do not have and will not be able to obtain composition of matter protection on these previously known CBD derivatives per se. We anticipate that the products we develop in the U.S. healthcare orfuture will be based upon synthetic compounds we may discover. Although we have sought, and will continue to seek, patent protection in the healthcare-related wellness industry. We are seeking a company with a management team that has a track record of developing and growing this business. As seasoned investors, entrepreneurs, operators and clinicians, we intend to collaborate with this company by bringing it growth capital, clinical and commercial knowledge and public market and investor relations expertise. Our acquisition selection process leverages our Management’s and Board’s network of potential transaction sources, ranging from owners and directors of private and public companies, venture capital and private equity funds, investment bankers, lenders, attorneys, accountantsU.S., Europe and other trusted advisors across various sectors. This network has providedcountries for our management teamproprietary technologies, future product candidates, their methods of use, and methods of manufacture, any or all of them may not be subject to effective patent protection. If any of our products are approved and marketed for an indication for which we do not have an issued patent, our ability to use our patents to prevent a competitor from commercializing a non-branded version of our commercial products for that non-patented indication could be significantly impaired or even eliminated.


Publication of information related to our future product candidates by our company or others may prevent it from obtaining or enforcing patents relating to these products and product candidates. Furthermore, others may independently develop similar products, may duplicate our products, or may design around our patent rights. In addition, any of our issued patents may be opposed and/or declared invalid or unenforceable. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, we may face competition from companies who attempt to create a generic product to compete with our future product candidates. We may also face competition from companies who develop a robustsubstantially similar product to our future product candidates that is not covered by any of our patents.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting, defending and consistent flowenforcing intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of acquisition opportunities.certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

 

Acquisition CriteriaIf third parties claim that intellectual property used by our company infringes upon their intellectual property, our operating profits could be adversely affected.

There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the U.S., involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. We may, from time to time, be notified of claims that we are infringing upon patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties, and we cannot provide assurances that other companies will not, in the future, pursue such infringement claims against us, our commercial partners or any third-party proprietary technologies we have licensed. If we were found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property right, or if we failed to obtain or renew a license under a patent or other intellectual property right from a third party, or if a third party from whom we were licensing technologies was found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property rights of another third party, we may be required to pay damages, including damages of up to three times the damages found or assessed, if the infringement is found to be willful, suspend the manufacture of certain products or reengineer or rebrand our products, if feasible, or we may be unable to enter certain new product markets. Any such claims could also be expensive and time consuming to defend and divert management’s attention and resources. Our competitive position could suffer as a result. In addition, if we have declined or failed to enter into a valid non-disclosure or assignment agreement for any reason, we may not own the invention or its intellectual property, and our products may not be adequately protected. Thus, we cannot guarantee that any of our future product candidates, or our commercialization thereof, does not and will not infringe any third party’s intellectual property.

If we are not able to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information, the value of our technology and products could be significantly diminished.

 

We rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary technologies, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with current and former employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers, contract manufacturers, vendors and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the majorityevent of the transactionsunauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, we will reviewcannot guarantee that we have executed these agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets. Any party with whom we or they have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and consider fall into the following categories, althoughdisclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may decidenot be able to enter into a business combination with a target that falls outside of these categories:

Portfolio Companies of Private Equity and Later Stage Venture Capital funds Due to a lackluster IPO market, it is more difficultobtain adequate remedies for portfolio companies to go public and raise capital. In addition, both venture capital and private equity investors may be seeking a public currency and partial exit for investments they made many years ago.
Private Middle Market Companies. Owners of privately held middle market companies may seek to realize the value of their investments through a sale of all or part of their company.
Industry Consolidations. Opportunities in fragmented industries in which revenue growth is driven, and operating expenses are leveraged, via strategic acquisitions.
Divisional Spin-outs. Operating units of larger companies that are profitable but may be deemed non-core by the parent organization.

5

Whilewe do not have set criteria for a target business, we have established general guidelines:
Established Companies. We will focus on companies with a good history of operating and financial results, with an EBITDA of greater than $15 million and a valuation in the $300 million to $700 million range.
Strong Free Cash Flow Characteristics. We will seek to acquire companies that have a history of, or the ability to generate, strong, stable free cash flow. This may include companies with opportunities for cash flow growth through operational expansion or turnarounds.
Growth Scenarios. We will target situations where companies have the opportunity for organic growth through market development, incremental marketing or increases in working capital.
Strong Competitive Industry Position. We will focus on companies that have a leading market position or that we believe have an opportunity to develop such a position. We will seek to acquire businesses that demonstrate advantages when compared to their competitors, which may help to protect their market position and profitability and deliver strong free cash flow.
Experienced Management Team. We will seek to acquire businesses that have strong, experienced management teams. We may also seek to supplement a target business’s management team with seasoned and experienced executives recruited through our extensive professional network. We will focus on management teams with a proven track record of driving revenue growth, enhancing profitability and generating strong free cash flow.
Diversified Customer and Supplier Base. We will seek to acquire businesses that have a diversified customer and supplier base. These companies are generally better able to endure economic downturns, industry consolidation, changing business preferences and other factors that may negatively influence their customers, suppliers and competitors.

We believe such factors are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, regardless of whether we acquire a target business in the healthcare or healthcare related wellness industry and anticipate using these same criteria to analyze a target business in any industry that we ultimately may explore. These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. We may enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria or guidelines. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination has been, and will be, based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting an initial business combination consistent with our business objective.breaches.

 

Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Also, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they disclose such trade secrets, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third-party, our competitive position would be harmed.


Risks Related to Controlled Substances

Controlled substance legislation differs between countries, and legislation in certain countries may restrict or limit our ability to sell our future product candidates.

Most countries are parties to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961 and the Convention on Psychotropic Substances 1971, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances, including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to us obtaining marketing approval for our future products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit our future products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. In evaluatingthat case, we would be unable to market our future product candidates in those countries in the near future or perhaps at all.

The product candidates that we are developing may be subject to U.S. controlled substance laws and regulations and failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or the cost of compliance with these laws and regulations, may adversely affect the results of our business operations, both during clinical development and post approval, and our financial condition.

The product candidates that we are developing may contain controlled substances as defined in The United States Federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970 and the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act, as amended (“CSA”). Controlled substances that are pharmaceutical products are subject to a prospective target business, we conduct an extensive due diligence reviewhigh degree of regulation under the CSA, which encompasses,establishes, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financialcertain registration, manufacturing quotas, security, recordkeeping, reporting, import, export and other information which is made available to us. This due diligence review is conducted eitherrequirements administered by our managementthe DEA. The DEA classifies controlled substances into five schedules: Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by unaffiliated third parties we may engage. We are also required todefinition have all prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies helda high potential for abuse, no currently “accepted medical use in the trust account. If any prospective target business refusedU.S., lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision, and may not be prescribed, marketed or sold in the U.S. Pharmaceutical products approved for use in the U.S. which contain a controlled substance are listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to executepresent the highest potential for abuse or dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such agreement, we would cease negotiations with such target business.substances.

 

Initial Business CombinationWhile cannabis is a Schedule I controlled substance, products approved for medical use in the U.S. that contain cannabis or cannabis extracts should be placed in Schedules II-V, since approval by the FDA satisfies the “accepted medical use” requirement. If and when any of our future product candidates receive FDA approval, the DEA will make a scheduling determination. If the FDA, the DEA or any foreign regulatory authority determines that our future product candidates may have potential for abuse, it may require us to generate more clinical or other data than we currently anticipate to establish whether or to what extent the substance has an abuse potential, which could increase the cost and/or delay the launch of that product.

 

NASDAQ rules provide that our initial business combinationFacilities conducting research, manufacturing, distributing, importing or exporting, or dispensing controlled substances must be registered (licensed) to perform these activities and have the security, control, recordkeeping, reporting and inventory mechanisms required by the DEA to prevent drug loss and diversion. All these facilities must renew their registrations annually, except dispensing facilities, which must renew every three years. The DEA conducts periodic inspections of certain registered establishments that handle controlled substances. Obtaining the necessary registrations may result in delay of the importation, manufacturing or distribution of our future products. Furthermore, failure to maintain compliance with the CSA, particularly non-compliance resulting in loss or diversion, can result in regulatory action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to restrict, suspend or revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings.

Individual states have also established controlled substance laws and regulations. Although state-controlled substances laws often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may separately schedule our future product candidates as well. State scheduling may delay commercial sale of any product for which we obtain federal regulatory approval and adverse scheduling could have a material adverse effect on the commercial attractiveness of such product. We or our partners must also obtain separate state registrations, permits or licenses in order to be able to obtain, handle, and distribute controlled substances for clinical trials or commercial sale, and failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements could lead to enforcement and sanctions by the states in addition to those from the DEA or otherwise arising under federal law.


Because our products may be controlled substances in the U.S., to conduct clinical trials in the U.S., each of our research sites must submit a research protocol to the DEA and obtain and maintain a DEA researcher registration that will allow those sites to handle and dispense our products and to obtain product from our importer. If the DEA delays or denies the grant of a research registration to one or more target businesses that together haveresearch sites, the clinical trial could be significantly delayed, and we could lose clinical trial sites. The importer for the clinical trials must also obtain an importer registration and an import permit for each import.

The legislation on cannabis in the EU differs among the member states, as this area is not yet fully harmonized. In Germany, for example, cannabis is regulated as a fair market value equalcontrolled substance (Betäubungsmittel) and its handling requires specific authorization.

The legalization and use of medical and recreational cannabis in the U.S. and abroad may impact our business.

There is a substantial amount of change occurring in the U.S. regarding the use of medical and recreational cannabis products. While cannabis products not approved by the FDA are Schedule I substances as defined under federal law, and their possession and use is not permitted according to federal law (except for research purposes, under DEA registration), at least 80%36 jurisdictions and the District of Columbia have enacted state laws to enable possession and use of cannabis for medical purposes, and at least 25 jurisdictions for recreational purposes. The U.S. Farm Bill, which was passed in 2018, descheduled certain material derived from hemp plants with extremely low tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”) content. Although our business is quite distinct from that of online and dispensary cannabis companies, future legislation authorizing the balance in the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissionssale, distribution, use, and taxes payable on interest earned) at the timeinsurance reimbursement of non-FDA approved cannabis products could affect our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, or a qualified independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. If our securities are not listed on NASDAQ, we would not be required to satisfy the 80% requirement. However, we intend to satisfy the 80% requirement even if our securities are not listed on NASDAQ at the time of our initial business combination.business.

 

General Business Risks Relating to our Company

6

 

We anticipate structuringThe December 2017 tax reform bill could adversely affect our initialfinancial condition and results of operations.

On December 22, 2017, then President Trump signed into law a comprehensive tax reform bill (the “Tax Act”), that significantly reforms the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Tax Act, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including a permanent reduction of the corporate income tax rate, a partial limitation on the deductibility of business combination so thatinterest expense, limitation of the post-transaction companydeduction for certain net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income, an indefinite net operating loss carryforward, immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time and modification or repeal of many business deductions and credits. The presentation of our financial condition and results of operations have been recorded in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), which requires the financial statement impact of the Tax Act to be recorded in the period in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100%the Tax Act was enacted. The financial statement impact of the equity interests or assetsTax Act is based on our current interpretation of the target businessprovisions contained in the Tax Act and the Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance relating thereto. Any significant variance of our current interpretation of this law from any future Treasury Regulations or businesses. We may, however, structureadministrative guidance could result in a change to the presentation of our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100%financial condition and results of such interests or assetsoperations and could negatively affect our business. The overall impact of the targetTax Act and any future tax reform is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Changes in orderlaws or regulations, or a failure to meet certain objectivescomply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. If our securities are not listed on NASDAQ, we would not be required to satisfy the 80% requirement. However, we intend to satisfy the 80% requirement even if our securities are not listed on NASDAQ at the time of our initial business combination.operations.

 

We are not prohibitedsubject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC, NASDAQ and other legal or regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations and rules and their interpretation and application may also change from pursuing an initialtime to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, combinationinvestments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a company that ismaterial adverse effect on our business and results of operations.


Certain of our executive officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seekentities engaged in business activities similar to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or a qualified independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team indirectly own common stock, rights and warrants,those conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a conflictparticular business opportunity should be presented.

Our executive officers and directors are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in business activities similar to those that are conducted by us. Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respectopportunity should be presented to our initial business combination.

Each ofcompany or to another entity. These conflicts may not be resolved in our officersfavor and directors presently has, and any of them in the futurea potential opportunity may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligationsbe presented to another entity pursuantprior to which such officer or director is requiredits presentation to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if anyus. Our Certificate of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our executive officers will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporationIncorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

 

Our executive officers have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to become an officer or director of any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable).

7

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock or for a combination of shares of our stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this process a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, road show and public reporting efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, without an operating history, and the uncertainty relating to our ability to obtain stockholder approval of our proposed initial business combination and retain sufficient funds in our trust account in connection therewith, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Financial Position

With funds available in the Trust Account for a business combination in the amount of approximately $112,563,000 assuming no redemptions and after payment of up to $4,025,000 of deferred underwriting fees, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of the private placement units, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using stock or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of our common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

8

There is no current basis for investors to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete our initial business combination. Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which we may combine, we cannot assure you that this assessment will result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter. Furthermore, some of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning that we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the trust account. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would complete such financing only simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise.

Origination and Sourcing of Target Business Opportunities

We believe our combined team’s extensive investment and transaction experience, along with relationships with intermediaries and companies, will provide us with a substantial number of potential business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our combined team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships. This network has been developed over the course of a combined 65 years, in the case of our Chief Executive Officer.

We expect that the combined team’s network of existing contacts and relationships will be able to deliver a flow of potential platform and add-on acquisition opportunities which are proprietary or where a limited group of established, credentialed buyers have been invited to participate in the sale process. In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various sources, including, private equity funds, late stage venture capital funds, investment banks and large business enterprises seeking to divest non-core assets or divisions.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, executive officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete an initial business combination with a target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or a qualified independent accounting firm that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

If any of our executive officers becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Certain of our executive officers currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

9

Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination

NASDAQ rules provide that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or a qualified independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. If our securities are not listed on NASDAQ, we would not be required to satisfy the 80% requirement. However, we intend to satisfy the 80% requirement even if our securities are not listed on NASDAQ at the time of our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our business combination.

To the extent we effect our business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Lack of business diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and
cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited ability to evaluate the target’s management team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

10

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that the additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders may not have the ability to approve our initial business combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

Type of TransactionWhether
Stockholder
Approval is
Required
Purchase of assetsNo
Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the companyNo
Merger of target into a subsidiary of the companyNo
Merger of the company with a targetYes

Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

we issue common stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding;
any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by NASDAQ rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of common stock could result in an increase in outstanding shares of common stock or voting power of 5% or more; or
the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted purchases of our securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions. They will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. We have adopted an insider trading policy which will require insiders to: (i) refrain from purchasing shares during certain blackout periods and when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information and (ii) clear all trades with our legal counsel prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as it will be dependent upon several factors, including but not limited to, the timing and size of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary.

11

In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of such purchases would be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or (ii) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our common stock may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against the business combination. Our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Redemption rights for public stockholders upon completion of our initial business combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is anticipated to be approximately $10.10 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our sponsor, officers, directors and the underwriters have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and (except for the underwriters) any public shares they may hold in connection with the completion of our business combination.

12

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. We intend to conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and
file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets upon consummation of our initial business combination to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and
file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

13

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. In such case, our sponsor has agreed to vote its founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares purchased after our initial public offering in favor of our initial business combination. The underwriters have not committed to vote any private placement shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, assuming all shareholders are present at the stockholders’ meeting held to approve our initial business combination, we would need only 4,061,251 of the 11,500,000 public shares, or approximately 35.3%, sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of our initial business combination in order to have such transaction approved. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our sponsor, officer, directors and the underwriters have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and (except for the underwriters) public shares in connection with the completion of a business combination.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets upon consummation of our initial business combination to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Redemptions of our public shares may also be subject to a higher net tangible asset test or cash requirement pursuant to an agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceeds the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Limitation on redemption upon completion of our initial business combination if we seek stockholder approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination.

Tendering stock certificates in connection with redemption rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The proxy materials that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from two days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

14

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $35.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable).

Redemption of public shares and liquidation if no initial business combination

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed that we will have only December 7, 2018, or March 7, 2019 if we have executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for an initial business combination by December 7, 2018 but have not completed the initial business combination within such period to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within such period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay liquidation expenses (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our rights and warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) time period.

15

Our sponsor, officers, directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares and private placement shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable). However, if they acquire public shares after our initial public offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) time period.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets upon consummation of our initial business combination to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement (described above), we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. Prior to acquiring any founder shares or private placement shares from our sponsor, officers, directors or the underwriters, permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement with us agreeing to be bound by the same restriction.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts held outside the trust account ($428,000 as of December 31, 2017), although we cannot assure you that there are sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay taxes, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $50,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.10. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.10. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets other than due to the failure to obtain such waiver, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.10 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

16

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets other than due to the failure to obtain such waiver, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.10 per public share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We have access to up to approximately $428,000 from the proceeds of our initial public offering (as of December 31, 2017) with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $50,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors. 

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) may be considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

17

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), is not considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidation distribution. If we are unable to complete our business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes and less up to $50,000 of interest to pay liquidation expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations are limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account.

As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets other than due to the failure to obtain such waiver, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and less any per-share amounts distributed from our trust account to our public stockholders in the event we are unable to complete our business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

18

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.10 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) or if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to our initial public offering that apply to us until the consummation of our initial business combination. If we seek to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, we will provide dissenting public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with any such vote. Our sponsor, officers, directors and the underwriters agreed to waive any redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and (except for the underwriters) public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we shall either (1) seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), or (2) provide our stockholders with the opportunity to tender their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein;
we will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets upon consummation of our initial business combination of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination;
if our initial business combination is not consummated by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), then our existence will terminate and we will distribute all amounts in the trust account; and
prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination.

These provisions cannot be amended without the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may consummate our initial business combination only if approved by a majority of the shares of common stock voted by our stockholders at a duly held stockholders meeting.

19

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our business combination, we encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses are limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business.

Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding rights and warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Employees

We currently have two executive officers. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that Dr. Krauss or any other members of our management devote in any time period varies based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process, but we expect that she will devote a substantial portion of her professional time to our affairs.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We registered our units, common stock, rights and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accounting firm.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with GAAP. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our business combination.

20

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Item 1A.Risk Factors

You should carefully consider all of the following risk factors and all the other information contained in this report, including the financial statements. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. The risk factors described below are not necessarily exhaustive and you are encouraged to perform your own investigation with respect to us and our business.

We are a recently formed company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently formed company with no operating results. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We may be unable to complete our business combination. If we fail to complete our business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Our auditors have expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern in their report.

In its report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. A “going concern” opinion means, in general, that our independent registered public accounting firm has substantial doubt about our ability to continue our operations unless we complete a business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable).

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable state law or the rules of NASDAQ or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons. For instance, NASDAQ rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a stockholder meeting but would still require us to obtain stockholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any business combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a business combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares, we would seek stockholder approval of such business combination. However, except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock do not approve of the business combination we consummate.

21

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor has agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the initial stockholders agree to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public stockholders in connection with an initial business combination, our sponsor has agreed to vote its founder shares and private placement shares, as well as any public shares purchased, in favor of our initial business combination. Our sponsor currently owns 21.9% of our outstanding shares of common stock. As a result, assuming all shareholders are present at the stockholders’ meeting held to approve our initial business combination, we would need only 4,061,251 of the 11,500,000 public shares, or approximately 35.3%, sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of our initial business combination in order to have such transaction approved. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if our sponsor agreed to vote their founder shares and private placement shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination is limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of the business combination.

You may not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval (unless stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons), public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets upon consummation of our initial business combination to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets upon consummation of our initial business combination to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

22

The ability of our stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable). Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time frame described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We must complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable). We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and less up to $50,000 of interest to pay liquidation expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

23

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our common stock and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a public stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a public stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. In the event that a public stockholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares, rights or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those shares of our common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), subject to applicable law and as further described herein and (iii) the redemption of our public shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares, rights or warrants, potentially at a loss.

NASDAQ may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our securities are currently listed on NASDAQ. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on NASDAQ in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on NASDAQ prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 round-lot holders).

24

Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with NASDAQ’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than NASDAQ’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on NASDAQ. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4 per share and our stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5 million. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If NASDAQ delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity for our securities;
a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

In addition, although we intend to satisfy the 80% requirement even if our securities are not listed on NASDAQ at the time of our initial business combination, if NASDAQ were to delist our securities for any reason, we may choose at that time not to comply with the requirement that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units, common stock, rights and warrants are listed on NASDAQ, our units, common stock, rights and warrants are covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the state of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on NASDAQ, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

We may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means we will have a longer period of time to complete our business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if our initial public offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

25

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share, on our redemption, and our rights and warrants will expire worthless.

We have encountered and expect to continue to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources are relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement units, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable is limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, if we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of common stock redeemed and, in the event we seek stockholder approval of our business combination, we make purchases of our common stock, this may potentially reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights and warrants will expire worthless.

If the funds not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate until December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account ($428,000 as of December 31, 2017) may not be sufficient to allow us to operate until December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights and warrants will expire worthless. 

26

If the net proceeds of our initial public offering not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search, to pay our taxes and to complete our business combination.

Of the net proceeds of our initial public offering, only approximately $428,000 (as of December 31, 2017) are available to us outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.10 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our rights and warrants will expire worthless.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to subsequently take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and would not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

27

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our business combination within the prescribed time frame, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption.

Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.10 per share held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets other than due to the failure to obtain such waiver, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, our sponsor may not be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.10 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets other than due to the failure to obtain such waiver, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.10 per share.

28

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments, and
restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;
adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and
reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

We do not believe that our principal activities subject us to the Investment Company Act. The proceeds held in the trust account may be invested by the trustee only in United States government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in United States Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. Because the investment of the proceeds is restricted to these instruments, we believe we meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights and warrants will expire worthless.

29

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) may be considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) in the event we do not complete our business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations are limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable) is not considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidation distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our stockholders to elect directors.

In accordance with NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on NASDAQ. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

30

We have not registered the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants and causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We have not registered the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued in our initial public offering under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the closing of our initial business combination, to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued in our initial public offering are not registered under the Securities Act within 90 days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares under blue sky laws, and in the event we do not so elect, we will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under the blue sky laws of the state of residence in those states in which the warrants were initially offered by us in our initial public offering. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of common stock included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may not exercise our redemption right if the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or we are unable to effect such registration or qualification. We will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares of common stock under the blue sky laws of the state of residence in those states in which the warrants were initially offered by us in our initial public offering. Furthermore, there may be instances in which holders of our public warrants may be unable to exercise such public warrants but holders of our private warrants may be able to exercise such private warrants.

We have no obligation to net cash settle the rights.

In no event will we have any obligation to net cash settle the rights. Furthermore, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of an initial business combination. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

31

The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholder, its permitted transferees and holders of our private placement units and their permitted transferees may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in our initial public offering, our initial stockholder and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the founder shares and holders of our private placement units (and their constituent securities) and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the private placement units, private placement shares, private placement rights, private placement warrants, the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the private placement rights and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholder, holders of our private placement units (and their constituent securities) or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

We may seek investment opportunities in industries outside of the healthcare or the healthcare related wellness industry (which industry may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise).

Although we have focused on identifying business combination candidates in the healthcare or the healthcare related wellness industry, and do not intend to actively seek to identify business combination candidates in other industries (which industries may be outside our management’s area of expertise), we will consider a business combination outside of the healthcare or the healthcare related wellness industry if a business combination candidate is identified and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive investment opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in the healthcare or the healthcare related wellness industry after having expended a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to our investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate.

In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of the healthcare or the healthcare related wellness industry, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained herein regarding the healthcare or the healthcare related wellness industry would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We intend to seek a business combination with an operating company in the healthcare or the healthcare related wellness industry, but may also pursue acquisition opportunities in other industries, except that we are not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, permitted to effectuate our business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet executed a definitive agreement with any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a potential business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

32

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights and warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek investment opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

33

We may issue additional common or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination, any one of which would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 35,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are currently 12,921,000 authorized but unissued shares of common stock available for issuance, which amount takes into account shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of outstanding rights and exercise of outstanding warrants. There are currently no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination, however our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote. However, our executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of existing investors;
may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;
could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, common stock, rights and/or warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights and warrants will expire worthless.

The investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights and warrants will expire worthless.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our executive officers and directors, at least until we have completed our business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

34

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements and take time away from oversight of our operations.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a potential business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

35

Our executive officers and directors allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and some of them do not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he or she may be entitled to substantial compensation and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our executive officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us following our initial business combination and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented to our company or to another entity.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we will continue to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our executive officers and directors are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us following our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented to our company or to another entity. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Members of our management team indirectly own common stock, rights and warrants, and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

 

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combinationstrategic transaction with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or executive officers, although we do not intend to do so.officers. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

36

We may engage in a business combination Certain of our officers and directors hold positions with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities thatcompanies which may be affiliated withcompetitors of us. See also the biographies of our executive officers and directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.below under “Directors, Officers and Corporate Governance“.

 

In light ofWe face significant penalties and damages in the involvementevent registration statements we filed to register certain securities sold in our prior offerings are subsequently suspended or terminated and/or if we fail to timely deliver securities upon conversion of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers and directors. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Although we are not specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.convertible notes.

 

As ofWe previously registered the date of this report, our sponsor, executive officers and directors beneficially own or have a pecuniary interest in an aggregate of 3,252,000 founder shares for which they paid an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. In addition, our sponsor and underwriters purchased an aggregate of 502,500 private placement units, each consisting of one share of common stock one rightissuable upon conversion of certain outstanding convertible promissory notes under the Securities Act, for resale. The agreements pursuant to receive one-tenth (1/10)which we sold such securities, and in some cases, the securities themselves, provide for liquidated damages upon the occurrence of one sharecertain events. Due to the recent requirement that we restate our June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 quarterly financial statements, and the similar requirement that we update such registration statement to reflect such restatement, the holders are due certain penalties.

For example, because the registration statement was unavailable for the resale of the shares of common stock uponunderlying the consummationconvertible notes, for more than ten consecutive calendar days, then, in addition to any other rights the holders may have under the convertible notes or under applicable law, on the tenth day after the registration statement was unavailable for use for the resale of an initial business combinationshares, and one warranton each monthly anniversary of each such date thereafter, until the registration statement is available for us or sixty calendar days after the applicable event date, whichever occurs first, we are required to purchase one-halfpay to each holder of one share of common stock with an exercise price of $5.75 per half share, at a price of $10.00 per unit (a total of $5,025,000), simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of these securities will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. 

The personal and financial interestscertain of our executive officersconvertible notes an amount in cash, as partial liquidated damages and directors,not as well as underwriters, may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operationpenalty, equal to 2% of the business followingamount each holder paid the initial business combination.

Since our sponsor, executive officersCompany for the original subscription of convertible notes and directors willpreferred stock; provided, that the maximum amount payable shall not be eligible to be reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses if our business combination isexceed 4%. If not completed, a conflict ofin paid in full within seven days after the date payable, such amount accrues interest may ariseat 18% per annum until paid in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

At the closing of our initial business combination, our sponsor, executive officersfull; and directors, such amount was not timely paid. Such penalties and/or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf. These financial interests of our sponsor, executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination and completing an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination,others which maywe are subject, could adversely affect our leveragecash flow and financial condition and thus negatively impactcause the value of our stockholders’ investmentsecurities to decline in us.value.

 

Although we have no commitments asSuch requirement to amend the registration statement also represented an event of default under certain of the date of this report to issue anyconvertible notes, or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt couldwhich have a varietyprincipal balance of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

37

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;
our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;
our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;
using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;
increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and
limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds$316,111. As a result of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement units, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of productssuch default, immediately, without need for notice or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from our initial public offering and the private placement of units have provided us with approximately $112,563,000 in the Trust Account that we may use to complete our business combination (excluding up to approximately $4,025,000 of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account). 

We may effectuate our business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or
dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any ordemand all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our business combination.

38

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingentwaived, interest on the simultaneous closingsnotes accrues and is owed daily at an increased interest rate equal to the lesser of two percent per month (twenty-four percent (24.0%) per annum) or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, and the convertible notes may be accelerated at the option of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability,holders thereof (payable in either cash or shares of common stock), in an amount equal to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilationgreater of (a) one hundred thirty percent (130%) of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure a business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or moresum of the outstanding voting securitiesamount of the target or otherwise acquires a controllingnotes (including principal, interest, in penalties and other amounts due thereunder)(the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company“Default Sum”); and (i) the Default Sum, divided by the conversion price, multiplied by (ii) the highest closing price of the Company’s common stock on the period from the first date of default under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transactionconvertible notes until such default amount is paid.


Separately, we face penalties of $1,000 per day for each day that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders priorwe fail to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of newdeliver shares of common stock in exchange for allissuable upon conversion of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majoritycertain of our outstanding convertible notes, if such shares of common stock subsequent toare not delivered within two trading days after a conversion notice is given and in such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share ofcase the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absenceholders of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets upon consummation of our initial business combination to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction andnotes also have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combinationbuy-in rights pursuant to the tender offer rules,which additional penalties could be due. To date we have entered into privately negotiated agreementsfailed to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceeds the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

39

The exercise price for the public warrants is higher than in many similar blank check company offerings in the past, and, accordingly, the warrants are more likely to expire worthless.

The exercise price of the public warrants is higher than is typical in many similar blank check companies in the past. Historically, the exercise price of a warrant was generally a fraction of the purchase price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our public warrants is $5.75 per half share, or $11.50 per whole share. As a result, the warrants are less likely to ever be in the money and more likely to expire worthless.

In order to effectuate our initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds as well as the time needed to complete an initial business combination. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment oftimely deliver certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of units into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our common stock, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholder, who beneficially owns 21.9% of our common stock, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

40

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable), unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approvalconversion of any such amendment at a per-share price, payableoutstanding convertible notes. Such penalties and/or others which we are subject, could adversely affect our cash flow and cause the value of our securities to decline in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with our sponsor, executive officers and directors. Prior to acquiring any founder shares or private placement shares from our sponsor, officers, directors or the underwriters, permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement with us agreeing to be bound by the same restriction. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.value.

 

Certain agreements related to our initial public offering may be amended without stockholder approval.

Certain agreements, including the underwriting agreement relating to our initial public offering, the investment management trust agreement between us and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the letter agreements among us and our sponsor, officers, directors and the underwriters, the registration rights agreement among us and our initial stockholders and the administrative services agreement between us and our sponsor, may be amended without stockholder approval. These agreements contain various provisions that our public stockholders might deem to be material. For example, the underwriting agreement related to our initial public offering contains (i) a representation that we will not consummate any public or private equity or debt financing prior to the consummation of a business combination, unless all investors in such financing expressly waive, in writing, any rights in or claims against the trust account and (ii) a covenant that the target company that we acquire must have a fair marketThe value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of signing the definitive agreement for the transaction with such target business (excluding taxes payable). While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to any of these agreements prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to any such agreement in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Any such amendmentexisting intangible assets may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we have not yet entered into a definitive agreement with any prospective target business, and thus cannot ascertain the capital requirements for our initial business combination, we anticipate that we will find the greatest number of opportunities for our initial business combination among companies with aggregate enterprise value of approximately $300 million to $700 million. If we are unable to use our capital stock in sufficient quantity in addition to the proceeds from our initial public offering and the private placement of units, the acquisition of a target business with enterprise value within this range will require that we seek additional financing in excess of the net proceeds of our initial public offering the sale of the private placement units. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account, and our rights and warrants will expire worthless.

41

Our initial stockholder controls a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.become impaired, depending upon future operating results.

 

Our initial stockholder owns 21.9%intangible assets were approximately $51.5 million as of December 31, 2020, representing approximately 93% of our issued and outstanding sharestotal assets. We evaluate our intangible assets annually, or more often if there is a triggering event, to determine whether all or a portion of common stock. Accordingly, ittheir carrying value may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. If our initial stockholder purchases any additional shares of common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Neither our initial stockholder nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this report. Factors that wouldno longer be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our common stock. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our sponsor, is divided into two classes, each of which generally serves for a term of two years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our business combination,recoverable, in which case alla charge to earnings may be necessary. Any future evaluations requiring an asset impairment charge for intangible assets would adversely affect future reported results of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence ofoperations and stockholders’ equity, although such charges would not affect our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial stockholder, because of its ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial stockholder will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our business combination.cash flow.

 

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the thenOur outstanding public warrants.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may amend the terms of the rights in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public rights.

Our rights were issued in registered form under a rights agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as right agent, and us. The rights agreement provides that the terms of the rights may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public rights to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the rights in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public rights approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the rights with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public rights is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, add a price payable upon conversion of a right, or increase such a price if added, shorten the conversion period of a right or decrease the number of shares of our common stock purchasable upon conversion of a right.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may not exercise our redemption right if the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or we are unable to effect such registration or qualification. We will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares of common stock under the blue sky laws of the state of residence in those states in which the warrants were initially offered by us in our initial public offering. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by their initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.

42

Our rights and warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our business combination.stock.

 

In our initial public offering,IPO, we issued (i) rights to receive 1,150,000 shares of common stock upon consummation of our business combination as part of the units offered by this report and (ii) warrants to purchase 5,750,000 shares of common stock as part of the units offered in our initial public offeringIPO and, simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering,IPO, we issued in a private placement an aggregate of (a) 502,500 private placement rights contained in the private placement units, each convertible into one tenth (1/10) of one share of common stock (or an aggregate of 50,250 shares of common stock) and (b) 502,500 private placement warrants contained in the private placement units, each exercisable to purchase one-half of one share of common stock (or an aggregate of 251,250 shares of common stock) at $5.75 per half share. To the extentAdditionally, in February 2021, we issuesold warrants to purchase up to 2,564,000 shares of common stock to effectuate a business transaction, the potential for the issuancewith an exercise price of a substantial number of additional shares of common stock upon conversion of these rights$5.00 per share. Such warrants, if and exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such rights, when converted, and such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock and potentially reduce the value of the outstanding shares of common stock.

We may not be able to establish appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could lead to misstatements in our financial reporting and adversely affect our business.

As a private company, 180 was not required to document and test its internal controls over financial reporting nor was its management required to certify the effectiveness of internal controls and its auditors were not required to opine on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort. The growth of our operations has created a need for additional resources within the accounting and finance functions due to the increasing need to produce timely financial information and to ensure the level of segregation of duties customary for a U.S. public company. Even after establishing internal controls, our management does not expect that our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. No evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the business will have been detected.

Our business has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. In January 2020, COVID-19 spread to other parts of the word, including the United States and Europe, and efforts to contain its spread have intensified, with varying degrees of success. As a result, businesses have closed and limits have been placed on travel and everyday activities. The extent to which COVID-19 may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the duration of the outbreak, travel restrictions and social distancing in the United States and other countries, business closures or business disruptions, and the effectiveness of actions taken in the United States and other countries to contain and treat the disease. Should the COVID-19 pandemic continue, our plans could be delayed or interrupted. The spread of COVID-19 has also created global economic uncertainty, which may cause partners, suppliers and potential customers to closely monitor their costs and reduce their spending budget. The foregoing could materially adversely affect the clinical trials, supply chain, financial condition and financial performance of our company.


Enrollment of patients in our clinical trials, maintaining patients in our ongoing clinical trials, doing follow up visits with recruited patients and collecting data have been, and may continue to be, delayed or limited as certain of our clinical trial sites limit their onsite staff or temporarily close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing government restrictions. In addition, patients may not be able or willing to visit clinical trial sites for dosing or data collection purposes due to limitations on travel and physical distancing imposed or recommended by federal or state governments or patients’ reluctance to visit the clinical trial sites during the pandemic. These factors resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic could delay or prevent the anticipated readouts from our clinical trials, which could ultimately delay or prevent our ability to generate revenues and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Risks Related to our Common Stock and Warrants

The market price of our common stock has been extremely volatile and may continue to be volatile due to numerous circumstances beyond our control.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated, and may continue to fluctuate, widely, due to many factors, some of which may be beyond our control. These factors include, without limitation:

short squeezes”;

comments by securities analysts or other third parties, including blogs, articles, message boards and social and other media;

large stockholders exiting their position in our securities or an increase or decrease in the short interest in our securities;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial and operating results;

risks and uncertainties associated with the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic;

changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

the commencement, enrollment or results of our planned or future clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

the success of competitive drugs or therapies;

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

the success of competitive products or technologies;

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the level of expenses related to our product candidates or clinical development programs;

the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates;

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

our inability to obtain or delays in obtaining adequate drug supply for any approved drug or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;


significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems, including coverage and adequate reimbursement for any approved drug;

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

general economic, political, and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the financial markets in the United States and abroad; and

investors’ general perception of us and our business.

Stock markets in general and our stock price in particular have recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies and our company. For example, on March 26, 2021, our common stock experienced an intra-day trading high of $10.60 per share and a low of $6.72 per share. In addition, since the closing of the Business Combination, the sale prices of our common stock has ranged from a high of $13.05 per share (on April 13, 2021) to a low of $1.90 per share (on November 19, 2020). During this time, we have not experienced any material changes in our financial condition or results of operations that would explain such price volatility or trading volume. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our securities. Additionally, these and other external factors have caused and may continue to cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent our stockholders from readily selling their shares of our common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock.

Information available in public media that is published by third parties, including blogs, articles, message boards and social and other media may include statements not attributable to the Company and may not be reliable or accurate.

We are aware of a large volume of information being disseminated by third parties relating to our operations, including in blogs, message boards and social and other media. Such information as reported by third parties may not be accurate, may lead to significant volatility in our securities and may ultimately result in our common stock or other securities declining in value.

A significant number of our shares are eligible for sale and their sale or potential sale may depress the market price of our common stock.

Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public market could harm the market price of our common stock. Most of our common stock is available for resale in the public market and we are also required to register for resale the 2,564,000 shares of common stock issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our rights and warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost2,564,000 shares of acquiring the target business.

The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering except that, so long as they are held by our sponsor, the underwriters or their permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned orwarrants, sold by us in a private transaction in February 2021. If a significant number of shares were sold, such sales would increase the sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis. In addition, for as long as the private placement warrants are held by the underwriters or their designees or affiliates, they may not be exercised after June 1, 2022.

Because each warrant is exercisable for only one-half of one sharesupply of our common stock, and each rightthereby potentially causing a decrease in its price. Some or all of our shares of common stock may be offered from time to time in the open market pursuant to effective registration statements and/or compliance with Rule 144 (which is exchangeableavailable starting November 6, 2021, subject to compliance with Rule 144, due to our status as a former “shell company”), which sales could have a depressive effect on the market for only one-tenthour shares of one sharecommon stock. Subject to certain restrictions, a person who has held restricted shares for a period of six months may generally sell common stock into the market. The sale of a significant portion of such shares when such shares are eligible for public sale may cause the value of our common stock the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.to decline in value. 

 

Each warrant is exercisableCertain of our outstanding securities include lower priced and most favored nation rights.

A total of $316,111 of outstanding convertible notes include rights to adjust the conversion price thereof (currently equal to the lowest of the last five days of volume weighted average price of our common stock), to the price of any securities we sell or issue in the future (including convertible securities), which a price less than then conversion price thereof, subject to certain customary exceptions. Additionally, such notes include a most favored nation right whereby such notes are deemed updated with any more favorable terms that of securities we issue or sell in the future. Such lower priced and most favorable nation rights may make it harder or more costly for one-halfus to raise funding in the future, may significantly lower the conversion price of, one shareor material adjust the terms of, such applicable convertible notes, and/or may cause significant dilution to existing stockholders.


There may not be sufficient liquidity in the market for our securities in order for investors to sell their shares. The market price of our common stock may continue to be volatile.

The market price of our common stock will likely continue to be highly volatile. Some of the factors that may materially affect the market price of our common stock are beyond our control, such as conditions or trends in the industry in which we operate or sales of our common stock. No fractionalThis situation is attributable to a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company which is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume, and that even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and would be reluctant to follow an unproven company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of our shares until such time as we became more seasoned and viable.

As a consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our shares is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a mature issuer which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on share price. It is possible that a broader or more active public trading market for our common stock will not develop or be issued upon exercisesustained, or that trading levels will not continue. These factors may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our performance. In addition, the public stock markets have experienced extreme price and trading volume volatility. This volatility has significantly affected the market prices of securities of many companies for reasons frequently unrelated to the operating performance of the warrants. If, upon exercisespecific companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Risks Associated with Our Governing Documents and Delaware Law

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides for indemnification of officers and directors at our expense and limits their liability, which may result in a major cost to us and hurt the interests of our stockholders because corporate resources may be expended for the benefit of officers or directors.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides for indemnification as follows: “To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, such agents of the warrants, a holder would be entitledCorporation (and any other persons to receive a fractional interestwhich Delaware law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the warrant holder. In addition, each holder of a right will receive one-tenth (1/10) of one share of common stock upon consummation of our initial business combination. We will not issue fractional shares upon exchangeexcess of the rights. If, upon exchange of the rights, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exchange, either round up to the nearest whole number the number of shares to be issued to the right holder orindemnification and advancement otherwise comply withpermitted by Section 155145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (which providessubject only to limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders and others.”

We have been advised that, Delaware companies shall either (1) arrange forin the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share asopinion of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determinedSEC, indemnification for liabilities arising under federal securities laws is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification for liabilities arising under federal securities laws, other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either representedpaid by a certificatedirector, officer or uncertificated)controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or in bearer form (representedproceeding, is asserted by a certificate) which shall entitledirector, officer or controlling person in connection with our activities, we will (unless in the holderopinion of our counsel, the matter has been settled by controlling precedent) submit to receive a full share uponcourt of appropriate jurisdiction, the surrenderquestion whether indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share). Thisissue. The legal process relating to this matter if it were to occur is different from other blank check companies similar to ours whose units include one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one whole share. This unit structure may cause our unitslikely to be worth less than if it included a warrantvery costly and may result in us receiving negative publicity, either of which factors is likely to purchase one whole share.materially reduce the market and price for our shares.

 

43

A market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affectOur Certificate of Incorporation contains a specific provision that limits the liquidity and priceliability of our securities.directors for monetary damages to the Company and the Company’s stockholders and requires us, under certain circumstances, to indemnify officers, directors and employees.

 

The pricelimitation of monetary liability against our directors, officers and employees under Delaware law and the existence of indemnification rights to them may result in substantial expenditures by us and may discourage lawsuits against our directors, officers and employees.


Our Certificate of Incorporation contains a specific provision that limits the liability of our securities may vary significantly duedirectors for monetary damages to onethe Company and the Company’s stockholders. We also have contractual indemnification obligations under our employment and engagement agreements with our executive officers and directors. The foregoing indemnification obligations could result in us incurring substantial expenditures to cover the cost of settlement or more potential business combinationsdamage awards against our directors and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. Youofficers, which the Company may be unable to sell your securities unlessrecoup. These provisions and resultant costs may also discourage us from bringing a market can be establishedlawsuit against our directors and sustained.officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties and may similarly discourage the filing of derivative litigation by our stockholders against our directors and officers, even though such actions, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders.

 

Because we must furnishOur directors have the right to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and additional shares of our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.common stock.

 

The federal proxy rules require thatOur directors, within the limitations and restrictions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation and without further action by our stockholders, have the authority to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series and to fix the number of shares and the relative rights, conversion rights, voting rights, and terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and any other preferences, special rights and qualifications of any such series. Any issuance of shares of preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock. Should we issue additional shares of our common stock at a proxy statementlater time, each investor’s ownership interest in our stock would be proportionally reduced.

Anti-takeover provisions may impede the acquisition of the Company.

Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL) have anti-takeover effects and may inhibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination. These provisions are intended to encourage any person interested in acquiring control of us to negotiate with, respectand to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will includeobtain the same financial statement disclosureapproval of, our directors, in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statementssuch a transaction. As a result, certain of these provisions may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standardsdiscourage a future acquisition of the Public Company, Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirementsincluding an acquisition in which the stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, we can also authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unablecontain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.common stock.

 

Compliance, Reporting and Listing Risks

We are an emerging growthincur significant costs to ensure compliance with U.S. and NASDAQ Capital Market reporting and corporate governance requirements.

We incur significant costs associated with our public company withinreporting requirements and with applicable U.S. and NASDAQ Capital Market corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the meaningSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules implemented by the Securities ActSEC and if we take advantageThe NASDAQ Capital Market. The rules of certain exemptionsThe NASDAQ Capital Market include requiring us to maintain independent directors, comply with other corporate governance requirements and pay annual listing and stock issuance fees. All of such SEC and NASDAQ obligations require a commitment of additional resources including, but not limited, to additional expenses, and may result in the diversion of our senior management’s time and attention from disclosure requirements availableour day-to-day operations. We expect all of these applicable rules and regulations to emerging growth companies, this couldsignificantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make our securities less attractive to investorssome activities more time consuming and costly. We also expect that these applicable rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to compareobtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our performance with other public companies.board of directors or as executive officers.

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of being a reporting company, and given our limited capital resources, such additional costs may have an adverse impact on our profitability.

 

We are an “emerging growth company”SEC-reporting company. The rules and regulations under the Exchange Act require reporting companies to provide periodic reports with interactive data files, which require that we engage legal, accounting and auditing professionals, and eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) and EDGAR (Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval) service providers. The engagement of such services can be costly, and we may continue to incur additional losses, which may adversely affect our ability to continue as a going concern. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as a variety of related rules implemented by the SEC, have required changes in corporate governance practices and generally increased the disclosure requirements of public companies. For example, as a result of being a reporting company, we are required to file periodic and current reports and other information with the SEC and we have adopted policies regarding disclosure controls and procedures and regularly evaluate those controls and procedures.


The additional costs we continue to incur in connection with becoming a reporting company (expected to be several hundred thousand dollars per year) will continue to further stretch our limited capital resources. Due to our limited resources, we have to allocate resources away from other productive uses in order to continue to comply with our obligations as an SEC reporting company. Further, there is no guarantee that we will have sufficient resources to continue to meet our reporting and filing obligations with the SEC as they come due.

We may not be able to comply with NASDAQ’s continued listing standards.

Our common stock and warrants trade on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols BURL “ATNF” and “ATNFW,” respectively. Notwithstanding such listing, there can be no assurance any broker will be interested in trading our securities. Therefore, it may be difficult to sell your securities if you desire or need to sell them. Our underwriters are not obligated to make a market in our securities, and even they do make a market, they can discontinue market making at any time without notice. Neither we nor the underwriters can provide any assurance that an active and liquid trading market in our securities will develop or, if developed, that such market will continue.

There is also no guarantee that we will be able to maintain our listings on The NASDAQ Capital Market for any period of time by perpetually satisfying NASDAQ’s continued listing requirements. Our failure to continue to meet these requirements may result in our securities being delisted from NASDAQ.

Among the conditions required for continued listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market, NASDAQ requires us to maintain at least $2.5 million in stockholders’ equity or $500,000 in net income over the prior two years or two of the prior three years, to have a majority of independent directors, and to maintain a stock price over $1.00 per share. Our stockholders’ equity may not remain above NASDAQ’s $2.5 million minimum, we may not generate over $500,000 of yearly net income, we may not be able to maintain independent directors, and we may not be able to maintain a stock price over $1.00 per share.

Furthermore, we are required to maintain a majority of independent directors and at least three members on our audit committee. On January 5, 2021, the Company received a letter from the NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC that the Company was no longer in compliance with NASDAQ Listing Rules 5605(b)(1) and 5605(c)(2), which require that the Company’s board of directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors and that the Company have an Audit Committee consisting of at least three independent members, respectively (the “Continued Listing Rules”). NASDAQ provided the Company 45 days, or until February 19, 2021, to submit to NASDAQ a plan detailing how the Company intended to regain compliance with the rules. The Company timely submitted such plan and on March 1, 2021, the Company received notice from NASDAQ that the Company has been granted an extension until June 30, 2021 to regain compliance with the Continued Listing Rules. On May 27, 2021, June 10, 2021 and June 28, 2021, we issued Form 8-Ks announcing that four independent directors will be joining the Board of the Company with two appointments effective on the earlier of (a) the same business day following the filing of this Report with the SEC; and (b) July 2, 2021, and two appointments effective on the same business day following the filing of this Report with the SEC, which we believe will put us in compliance with the above noted NASDAQ Listing Rule.

On April 16, 2021, the Company received a notice from NASDAQ stating that the Company was not in compliance with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5250(c)(1) because it had not yet filed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 with the SEC by the required date such filing was due. Under NASDAQ rules, the Company had 60 calendar days from the date of the NASDAQ notification letter, or until June 15, 2021, to file this report with the SEC, which report was filed by such required date.

On May 19, 2021, the Company received another notice from NASDAQ stating that the Company is not in compliance with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5250(c)(1) because it has not yet filed its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 (the “Q1 2021 Form 10-Q”) with the SEC. Under NASDAQ rules, the Company has 60 calendar days from the date of the initial NASDAQ notification letter, relating to this Annual Report (discussed above), or until June 15, 2021, to file the Q1 2021 Form 10-Q with the SEC. If the Company was unable to file the Q1 2021 Form 10-Q with the SEC by June 15, 2021, the Company was permitted to submit a plan to regain compliance with NASDAQ’s listing rules on or prior to that date, which plan of compliance has been submitted to NASDAQ. The Company timely submitted such plan and on June 22, 2021, and the Company received notice from Nasdaq that the Company has been granted an extension until July 31, 2021, to regain compliance with Nasdaq’s continued listing rule as it relates to the untimely filings. In the event the Company does not regain compliance within the meaningextension period, Nasdaq will provide the Company written notice of the Securities Act,delisting of the Company’s securities, at which time the Company may appeal the decision to a Hearings Panel. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to regain compliance within any extension period granted by NASDAQ.


If we fail to comply with NASDAQ rules and requirements, our stock may be delisted. In addition, even if we demonstrate compliance with the requirements above, we will have to continue to meet other objective and subjective listing requirements to continue to be listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market. Delisting from The NASDAQ Capital Market could make trading our common stock and/or warrants more difficult for investors, potentially leading to declines in our share price and liquidity. Without a NASDAQ Capital Market listing, stockholders may have a difficult time getting a quote for the sale or purchase of our stock, the sale or purchase of our stock would likely be made more difficult and the trading volume and liquidity of our stock could decline. Delisting from The NASDAQ Capital Market could also result in negative publicity and could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital. The absence of such a listing may adversely affect the acceptance of our common stock and/or warrants as modifiedcurrency or the value accorded by other parties. Further, if we are delisted, we would also incur additional costs under state blue sky laws in connection with any sales of our securities. These requirements could severely limit the market liquidity of our common stock and/or warrants and the ability of our stockholders to sell our common stock and/or warrants in the secondary market. If our common stock and/or warrants are delisted by NASDAQ, our common stock and/or warrants may be eligible to trade on an over-the-counter quotation system, such as the OTCQB Market, where an investor may find it more difficult to sell our stock or obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of our common stock and/or warrants. In the event our common stock and/or warrants are delisted from The NASDAQ Capital Market, we may not be able to list our common stock and/or warrants on another national securities exchange or obtain quotation on an over-the counter quotation system.

We have identified material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. If not remediated, our failure to establish and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could result in material misstatements in our financial statements and a failure to meet our reporting and financial obligations, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and the trading price of our common stock.

Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and effective disclosure controls and procedures are necessary for us to produce reliable financial statements. As reported herein under “Controls and Procedures“, we have determined that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. Separately, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, and determined that such internal control over financial reporting were not effective as a result of such assessments. Such determinations were based in part, on our need to restate our financial statements for the three and six and three and nine months ended June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, because of errors in such financial statements, which we believe were the result of misrepresentations by and actions of, and are the responsibility of, the management of KBL (none of whom remain employed by the Company), which were identified after such financial statements were filed with the SEC in our quarterly reports for the quarters ended June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, which restated financial statements have been filed to date.


A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A control deficiency exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis.

Maintaining effective disclosure controls and procedures and effective internal control over financial reporting are necessary for us to produce reliable financial statements and the Company is committed to remediating its material weaknesses in such controls as promptly as possible. However, there can be no assurance as to when these material weaknesses will be remediated or that additional material weaknesses will not arise in the future. Any failure to remediate the material weaknesses, or the development of new material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements and cause us to fail to meet our reporting and financial obligations, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and the trading price of our common stock, and/or result in litigation against us or our management. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or facilitate the fair presentation of our financial statements or our periodic reports filed with the SEC.

We may experience adverse impacts on our reported results of operations as a result of adopting new accounting standards or interpretations.

Our implementation of and compliance with changes in accounting rules, including new accounting rules and interpretations, could adversely affect our reported financial position or operating results or cause unanticipated fluctuations in our reported operating results in future periods.

Risks Relating to The JOBS Act

The JOBS Act allows us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations and to reduce the amount of information provided in reports filed with the SEC. We cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which our total annual revenues equal or exceed $1.07 billion (subject to adjustment for inflation), (ii) the last day of the end of our 2022 fiscal year (5 years from our first public offering), (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt, or (iv) the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated filer” (with at least $700 million in public float) under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with” as described in further detail in the auditor internal controls attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.risk factors below. We cannot predict whetherif investors will find our securitiescommon stock less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our securitiescommon stock less attractive as a result, of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securitiescommon stock and the trading prices of our securitiesstock price may be more volatile. If we avail ourselves of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements, as is currently our plan, our reduced disclosure may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us and may result in less investor confidence.

 

Further, Section 102(b)(1)Our election not to opt out of the JOBS Act exempts extended accounting transition period may not make our financial statements easily comparable to other companies.

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company”, we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply withfor any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable.Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) or the SEC. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company”, can adopt the new or revised standard atfor the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.company. This may make a comparison of our financial statements with anotherany other public company which is neithernot either an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period, more difficult or impossible becauseas possible different or revised standards may be used.


The JOBS Act also allows us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in reports filed with the SEC.

The JOBS Act is intended to reduce the regulatory burden on “emerging growth companies”. The Company meets the definition of an “emerging growth company” and so long as it qualifies as an “emerging growth company,” it will, among other things:

be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that its independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting;

be exempt from the “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of Chief Executive Officers;

be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act and instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation; and

be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

The Company currently intends to take advantage of all of the potential differences inreduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to it so long as it qualifies as an “emerging growth company”. The Company has elected not to opt out of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards used.

44

Compliance obligationsavailable under Section 102(b)(1) of the Sarbanes-Oxley ActJOBS Act. Among other things, this means that the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting so long as it qualifies as an “emerging growth company”, which may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in the internal control over financial reporting go undetected. Likewise, so long as it qualifies as an “emerging growth company”, the Company may elect not to provide certain information, including certain financial information and certain information regarding compensation of executive officers, which it would otherwise have been required to provide in filings with the SEC, which may make it more difficult for usinvestors and securities analysts to effectuate our business combination, require substantial financialevaluate the Company. As a result, investor confidence in the Company and management resources, and increase the time and costsmarket price of completing an acquisition.its common stock may be adversely affected.

 

Notwithstanding the above, we are also currently a “smaller reporting company”, meaning that we are not an investment company, an asset-backed issuer, or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent company that is not a smaller reporting company and have a public float of less than $75 million and annual revenues of less than $50 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. In the event that we are still considered a “smaller reporting company”, at such time are we cease being an “emerging growth company”, the disclosure we will be required to provide in our SEC filings will increase, but will still be less than it would be if we were not considered either an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting company”. Specifically, similar to “emerging growth companies”, “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiresrequiring that we evaluate andindependent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on our systemthe effectiveness of internal controls beginning withcontrol over financial reporting; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings, including, among other things, only being required to provide two years of audited financial statements in annual reports. Decreased disclosures in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2018. As long as we maintainSEC filings due to our status as an emerging growth company we will not be required” or “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to comply withanalyze the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control overCompany’s results of operations and financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.prospects.


General Risk Factors

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificateCertificate of incorporationIncorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common stock and could entrench management.

 

Our amended and restated certificateCertificate of incorporationIncorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

 

An investment inFailure to adequately manage our securitiesplanned aggressive growth strategy may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.harm our business or increase our risk of failure.

 

An investmentFor the foreseeable future, we intend to pursue an aggressive growth strategy for the expansion of our operations through increased product development and marketing. Our ability to rapidly expand our operations will depend upon many factors, including our ability to work in a regulated environment, market value-added products effectively to independent pharmacies, establish and maintain strategic relationships with suppliers, and obtain adequate capital resources on acceptable terms. Any restrictions on our ability to expand may have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Accordingly, we may be unable to achieve our targets for sales growth, and our operations may not be successful or achieve anticipated operating results.

 Additionally, our growth may place a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, and financial resources and our infrastructure. Our future success will depend, in part, upon the ability of our senior management to manage growth effectively. This will require us to, among other things:

implement additional management information systems;

further develop our operating, administrative, legal, financial, and accounting systems and controls;

hire additional personnel;

develop additional levels of management within our company;

locate additional office space;

maintain close coordination among our engineering, operations, legal, finance, sales and marketing, and client service and support organizations; and

manage our expanding international operations.

As a result, we may lack the resources to deploy our services on a timely and cost-effective basis. Failure to accomplish any of these requirements could impair our ability to deliver services in a timely fashion or attract and retain new customers.

Our proprietary information, or that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, may be lost or we may suffer security breaches.

In the ordinary course of our business, we expect to collect and store sensitive data, including valuable and commercially sensitive intellectual property, clinical trial data, its proprietary business information and that of our future customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of our customers, clinical trial subjects and employees, patients, in its data centers and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, regulatory penalties, disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in our products and our ability to conduct clinical trials, which could adversely affect our business and reputation and lead to delays in gaining regulatory approvals for our future product candidates. Although we maintain business interruption insurance coverage, our insurance might not cover all losses from any future breaches of our systems.


Failure of our information technology systems, including cybersecurity attacks or other data security incidents, could significantly disrupt the operation of our business.

Our business increasingly depends on the use of information technologies, which means that certain key areas such as research and development, production and sales are to a large extent dependent on our information systems or those of third-party providers. Our ability to execute our business plan and to comply with regulators’ requirements with respect to data control and data integrity, depends, in part, on the continued and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems, or IT systems and the IT systems supplied by third-party service providers. As information systems and the use of software and related applications by our company, our business partners, suppliers, and customers become more cloud-based, there has been an increase in global cybersecurity vulnerabilities and threats, including more sophisticated and targeted cyber-related attacks that pose a risk to the security of our information systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of data and information. In addition, our IT systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and backup measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the precautionary measures we and our third-party service providers have taken to prevent unanticipated problems that could affect our IT systems, a successful cybersecurity attack or other data security incident could result in the misappropriation and/or loss of confidential or personal information, create system interruptions, or deploy malicious software that attacks our systems. It is also possible that a cybersecurity attack might not be noticed for some period of time. In addition, sustained or repeated system failures or problems arising during the upgrade of any of our IT systems that interrupt our ability to generate and maintain data, and in particular to operate our proprietary technology platform, could adversely affect our ability to operate our business. The occurrence of a cybersecurity attack or incident could result in business interruptions from the disruption of our IT systems, or negative publicity resulting in reputational damage with our stockholders and other stakeholders and/or increased costs to prevent, respond to or mitigate cybersecurity events. In addition, the unauthorized dissemination of sensitive personal information or proprietary or confidential information could expose us or other third-parties to regulatory fines or penalties, litigation and potential liability, or otherwise harm our business.

We may acquire other companies which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

We may in the future seek to acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our product offerings, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition or realize anticipated cost savings or synergies. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

harm to our existing business relationships with collaboration partners as a result of the acquisition;

harm to our brand and reputation;

the potential loss of key employees;

use of resources that are needed in other parts of its business; and

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.


In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results arising from the impairment assessment process. Acquisitions may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, results of operations and financial condition may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance:be adversely affected.

If we make any acquisitions, they may disrupt or have a negative impact on our business.

If we make acquisitions in the future, funding permitting, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all, we could have difficulty integrating the acquired company’s assets, personnel and operations with our own. We do not anticipate that any acquisitions or mergers we may enter into in the future would result in a change of control of the Company. In addition, the key personnel of the acquired business may not be willing to work for us. We cannot predict the effect expansion may have on our core business. Regardless of whether we are successful in making an acquisition, the negotiations could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees and increase our expenses. In addition to the risks described above, acquisitions are accompanied by a number of inherent risks, including, without limitation, the following:

 

 if we make distributions on our common stock, such distributions generally will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extentdifficulty of our currentintegrating acquired products, services or accumulated earnings and profits. The ability of a holder to seek conversion of their shares may be viewed as a position with respect to substantially similar or related property which diminishes your risk of loss and thereby affects your ability to satisfy the holding period requirements for the dividends received deduction or the preferential tax rate on qualified dividend income with respect to the time period prior to the approval of an initial business combination.operations;

 our warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis in certain situations as described herein. Although there is no direct legal authority as to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an exercise of a warrant on a cashless basis, we intend to take the position that such exercise will not be taxable, either because the exercise is not a gain realization event or because it qualifies as a tax-free recapitalization. In the former case, the holding periodpotential disruption of the common stock should commence on the day after the warrant is exercised. In the latter case, the holding periodongoing businesses and distraction of the common stock would include the holding period of the exercised warrants. However, our position is not binding on the IRSmanagement and the IRS may treat a cashless exercisemanagement of a warrant as a taxable exchange.acquired companies;

 difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

the potential impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of any capital gainintegration of new management personnel;

the potential inability or loss you realize on a sale or other disposition offailure to achieve additional sales and enhance our common stock will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period for the common stock is more than one year. However, the conversion featurecustomer base through cross-marketing of the common stock could affect your abilityproducts to satisfy new and existing customers;

the holding period requirements for the long-term capital gain tax rate with respecteffect of any government regulations which relate to the time periodbusiness acquired;

potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired businesses or product lines, or the need to spend significant amounts to retool, reposition or modify the marketing and sales of acquired products or operations, or the defense of any litigation, whether or not successful, resulting from actions of the acquired company prior to our acquisition; and

potential expenses under the approvallabor, environmental and other laws of an initial business combination.various jurisdictions.

 

Our business could be severely impaired if and to the extent that we are unable to succeed in addressing any of these risks or other problems encountered in connection with an acquisition, many of which cannot be presently identified. These risks and problems could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, increase our expenses and adversely affect our results of operations.

45

 

We may apply working capital and future funding to uses that ultimately do not improve our operating results or increase the value of our securities.

In general, we have complete discretion over the use of our working capital and any new investment capital we may obtain in the future. Because of the number and variety of factors that could determine our use of funds, our ultimate expenditure of funds (and their uses) may vary substantially from our current intended operating plan for such funds.

We intend to use existing working capital and future funding to support the development of our products and services, product purchases in our wholesale distribution division, the expansion of our marketing, or the support of operations to educate our customers. We will also use capital for market and network expansion, acquisitions, and general working capital purposes. However, we do not have more specific plans for the use and expenditure of our capital. Our management has broad discretion to use any or all of our available capital reserves. Our capital could be applied in ways that do not improve our operating results or otherwise increase the value of a stockholder’s investment.


We have never paid or declared any dividends on our common stock.

We have never paid or declared any dividends on our common stock or preferred stock. Likewise, we do not anticipate paying, in the near future, dividends or distributions on our common stock. Any future dividends on common stock will be declared at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend, among other things, on our earnings, our financial requirements for future operations and growth, and other facts as we may then deem appropriate. Since we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock, return on your investment, if any, will depend solely on an increase, if any, in the market value of our common stock.

Stockholders may be diluted significantly through our efforts to obtain financing and satisfy obligations through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock.

Wherever possible, our board of directors will attempt to use non-cash consideration to satisfy obligations. In many instances, we believe that the non-cash consideration will consist of restricted shares of our common stock or where shares are to be issued to our officers, directors and applicable consultants. Our board of directors has authority, without action or vote of the stockholders, but subject to an increased rateNASDAQ rules and regulations (which generally require stockholder approval for any transactions which would result in the issuance of taxmore than 20% of our then outstanding shares of common stock or voting rights representing over 20% of our then outstanding shares of stock), to issue all or part of the authorized but unissued shares of common stock. In addition, we may attempt to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock, possibly at a discount to market. These actions will result in dilution of the ownership interests of existing stockholders, which may further dilute common stock book value, and that dilution may be material. Such issuances may also serve to enhance existing management’s ability to maintain control of the Company because the shares may be issued to parties or entities committed to supporting existing management.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will need to continue to depend on our incomerelationships with third parties, including our technology providers. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services, or utilization of, our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential customers. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are treated as a personal holding company.successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased customer use of our products or increased revenue.

Claims, litigation, government investigations, and other proceedings may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

DependingWe are currently subject to, and expect to continue to be regularly subject to, actual and threatened claims, litigation, reviews, investigations, and other proceedings. Any of these types of proceedings may have an adverse effect on the date and sizeus because of legal costs, disruption of our initialoperations, diversion of management resources, negative publicity, and other factors. Our current legal proceedings are described in “Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies”, under the heading “Litigation and Other Loss Contingencies”, in the consolidated financial statements included herein beginning on page F-1. The outcomes of these matters are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties. Determining legal reserves and possible losses from such matters involves judgment and may not reflect the full range of uncertainties and unpredictable outcomes. Until the final resolution of such matters, we may be exposed to losses in excess of the amount recorded, and such amounts could be material. Should any of our estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could have a material effect on our business, combination,consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In addition, it is possible that we could be treateda resolution of one or more such proceedings, including as a “personal holding company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. corporation generally will be classified asresult of a personal holding company for U.S. federal income tax purposessettlement, could require us to make substantial future payments, prevent us from offering certain products or services, require us to change our business practices in a given taxable year if more than 50%manner materially adverse to our business, requiring development of its ownership (by value) is concentrated, withinnon-infringing or otherwise altered products or technologies, damaging our reputation, or otherwise having a certain period of time, in five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency and including as individuals for this purpose certain entities such as certain tax-exempt organizations, pension funds, and charitable trusts), and at least 60% of its income is comprised of certain passive items.material effect on our operations.

 

There may be tax consequences to our business combinations that may adversely affect us.

While we expect to undertake any merger or acquisition so as to minimize taxes both to the acquired business and/or asset and us, such business combination might not meet the statutory requirements of a tax-free reorganization, or the parties might not obtain the intended tax-free treatment upon a transfer of shares or assets. A non-qualifying reorganization could result in the imposition of substantial taxes.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing such suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. This provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company located in the United States but with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company located in the United States but with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations
rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;
complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;
tariffs and trade barriers;
regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
longer payment cycles;
tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;
currency fluctuations and exchange controls;
rates of inflation;
challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
cultural and language differences;
employment regulations;
crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars; and
deterioration of political relations with the United States.

46

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

There are risks related to the healthcare and healthcare-related wellness industry to which we may be subject.

Business combinations with companies with operations in the healthcare and healthcare related wellness industries entail special considerations and risks. If we are successful in completing a business combination with a target business with operations in the healthcare and healthcare related wellness industries, we will be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the following risks:

Competition could reduce profit margins.
Our inability to comply with governmental regulations affecting the healthcare industry could negatively affect our operations.
An inability to license or enforce intellectual property rights on which our business may depend.
The success of our planned business following consummation of our initial business combination may depend on maintaining a well-secured business and technology infrastructure.
If we are required to obtain governmental approval of our products, the production of our products could be delayed and we could be required to engage in a lengthy and expensive approval process that may not ultimately be successful.
Continuing government and private efforts to contain healthcare costs, including through the implementation of legal and regulatory changes, may reduce our future revenue and our profitability following such business combination.
Changes in the healthcare related wellness industry and markets for such products affecting our customers or retailing practices could negatively impact customer relationships and our results of operations.
The healthcare industry is susceptible to significant liability exposure. If liability claims are brought against us following a business combination, it could materially adversely affect our operations.
Dependence of our operations upon third-party suppliers, manufacturers or contractors whose failure to perform adequately could disrupt our business.
The Affordable Care Act, possible changes to it, and how it is implemented could negatively impact our business.
A disruption in supply could adversely impact our business.

AnyFor all of the foregoing could havereasons and others set forth herein, an adverse impact oninvestment in our operations followingsecurities involves a business combination. However, our efforts in identifying prospective target businesses will not be limited to the healthcare and healthcare related wellness sectors. Accordingly, if we acquire a target business in another industry, these risks will likely not affect us and we will be subject to other risks attendant with the specific industry in which we operate or target business which we acquire, nonehigh degree of which can be presently ascertained.risk.

 


ItemITEM 1B.Unresolved Staff CommentsUNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ItemITEM 2.PropertiesPROPERTIES

 

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our executive office is located at 527 Stanton Christiana Rd, Newark, DE 19713. The cost for this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee that we pay our sponsor for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.None.

 

ItemITEM 3.Legal ProceedingsLEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

ToFrom time to time, we may be a party to litigation that arises in the knowledgeordinary course of our management, there is nobusiness.

Such current litigation or other legal proceedings are described in, and incorporated by reference in, this “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K from, “Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies”, under the heading “Litigation and Other Loss Contingencies”, in the consolidated financial statements included herein beginning on page F-1. The Company believes that the resolution of currently pending matters will not individually or contemplatedin the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. However, assessment of the current litigation or other legal claims could change in light of the discovery of facts not presently known to the Company or by judges, juries or other finders of fact, which are not in accord with management’s evaluation of the possible liability or outcome of such litigation or claims.

Additionally, the outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain. If one or more legal matters were resolved against us, anythe Company in a reporting period for amounts in excess of our officers or directors in their capacity as such or against any of our property.management’s expectations, the Company’s financial condition and operating results for that reporting period could be materially adversely affected.

 

ItemITEM 4.Mine Safety DisclosuresMINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

47

PART II

 

ItemITEM 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity SecuritiesMARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

(a) Market Information

 

Our units, common stock, warrants, rights and warrants are each tradedunits were previously listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “KBLMU,” “KBLM,”“KBLM”, “KBLMW”, “KBLMR” and “KBLMW,”“KBLMU”, respectively. Our units commenced public trading on April 7, 2017 and our common stock, warrants and rights and warrantseach commenced separate public trading on May 2, 2017.

The table below sets forth, for Our units automatically separated into the calendar quarter indicated,component securities upon consummation of the highBusiness Combination and, low bid prices ofas a result, no longer trade as a separate security, and our units, common stock rights and warrants as reportedbegan trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market forunder the period June 2, 2017 through December 31, 2017.

  Units (KBLMU)  Common Stock
(KBLM)
  Warrants (KBLMW)  Rights (KBLMR) 
  High  Low  High  Low  High  Low  High  Low 
2017                        
Second Quarter (1) $    10.30  $9.90  $9.73  $9.70  $0.25  $0.18  $0.40  $0.30 
Third Quarter $ 10.29  $9.10  $9.80  $9.65  $0.25  $0.15  $0.38  $0.27 
Fourth Quarter $10.25  $10.11  $9.76  $9.68  $0.21  $0.17  $0.32  $0.25 

(1)The high and low trade prices persymbols “ATNF” and “ATNFW,” respectively. Prior the Closing of the Business Combination, each unit consisted of one share of the units for the second quarter of 2017 covers the period starting June 2, 2017 through June 30, 2017. The high and low trade prices per share of the common stock, warrants and rights for the second quarter of 2017 covers the period starting June 27, 2017 through June 30, 2017.

On March 26, 2018, our common stock had a closing price of $9.85, our rights had a closing price of $0.38, our warrants had a closing price of $0.27 and our units had a closing price of $10.42.

(b)Holders

On March 27, 2018, there were 7 holders of record of our units, 2 holders of record of our common stock, one holderright convertible into 1/10th of recordone share of our rightscommon stock, and one holderwarrant to purchase one half of recordone share of our warrants.

common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per whole share.

 

(c) DividendsHolders

 

We have not paid any cash dividends onAs of July 2, 2021, there were 30,768,873 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 112 holders of record, and 8,628,908 shares of common stock underlying 14,630,158 warrants outstanding to purchase shares of our common stock, to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completionwith a weighted average exercise price of our initial business combination. The payment$9.52 per share, held by 19 holders of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.record.

 

(d) Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

None.We have reserved 3,718,140 shares of our common stock for grant under our 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“OIP”), of which 1,877,320 shares are available for future awards as of the date of this Report. The OIP is intended to be a vital component of our compensation program and the primary equity plan we use to grant equity-based incentive awards to our directors, officers, employees and consultants. Our Board believes that granting equity awards under the OIP will serve to align the interests of the key services providers of the Company and its subsidiaries with the Company’s stockholders, and that it would be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to make such grants.

 

(e) Dividend Policy

We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the operation of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

None.The disclosures below include information on recent sales of unregistered securities during the three months ended December 31, 2020 and from the period from January 1, 2021 to the filing date of this report, and do not include information which has previously been included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or in a Current Report on Form 8-K:

 

In November 2020:

48250,000 restricted shares of common stock were issued to broker-dealers to satisfy past obligations arising from advisory work;

 

63,269 restricted shares of common stock were issued to insiders (Sir Marc Feldmann and Lawrence Steinman) as a result of conversion of $239,320 of convertible debt; and

10,360 restricted shares of common stock were issued to non-related parties as a result of conversion of $39,189 of convertible debt.


In March 2021

We issued 158,382 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $432,384 of outstanding convertible notes at a conversion price of $2.73 per share, pursuant to the terms of such notes;

We issued 1,815 shares of common stock to an external consultant for investor relations services to be rendered;

We issued 22,870 shares of common stock to external consultants of the Company for services rendered, at a price of $6.34 per share;

2,503 restricted shares of common stock were issued for director fees due to Donald A. McGovern, Jr. our lead independent director in consideration for services rendered; and

2,101 restricted shares of common stock were issued for director fees due to Larry Gold, an independent director in consideration for services rendered.

In April 2021

138,414 restricted shares of common stock were issued for services rendered in connection with a Bonus to Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal, our Chairman of our Clinical Advisory Committee (including 100,699 shares, the issuance of which was previously reported on a Current Report on Form 8-K); and

We issued 37,715 shares of common stock to Dr. Jagdeep Nanchahal, a consultant, pursuant to the terms of his consulting agreement, as partial consideration for a bonus owed to Dr. Nanchahal.

* * * * *

 

(f)We claim an exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act, for such issuances described above, since the foregoing issuances did not involve a public offering, the recipients were (a) “accredited investors”; and/or (b) had access to similar documentation and information as would be required in a Registration Statement under the Securities Act. The securities were offered without any general solicitation by us or our representatives. The securities are subject to transfer restrictions, and the certificates evidencing the securities contain an appropriate legend stating that such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold absent registration or pursuant to an exemption therefrom and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

We claim an exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, for such note conversions, as the securities were exchanged by us with our existing security holders in transactions where no commission or other remuneration was paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

None.

Special Voting Shares

We have two classes of preferred stock designated, named our Class C Special Voting Shares and our Class K Special Voting Shares (collectively, the “Special Voting Shares”), with the rights and preferences specified below.

The Special Voting Shares have a par value of $0.0001 per share. The rights and preferences of each Special Voting Shares consists of the following:

 

Item 6.The right to vote in all circumstances in which our common stock have the right to vote, with the common stock as one class;


Selected Financial DataThe Special Voting Shares entitle the holder Odyssey Trust Company (the Trustee) to an aggregate number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock that were issuable to the holders of the previously outstanding shares of CannBioRex Purchaseco ULC and/or Katexco Purchaseco ULC, Canadian subsidiaries of 180 (the “Exchangeable Shares”);

 

The holder of the Special Voting Shares (and, indirectly, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares) has the same rights as the holders of the common stock as to notices, reports, financial statements and attendance at all stockholder meetings;

No entitlement to dividends;

The holder of the Special Voting Shares is not entitled to any portion of any related distribution upon windup, dissolution or liquidation of the Company; and

The Company may cancel the Special Voting Shares when there are no Exchangeable Shares outstanding and no option or other commitment of CannBioRex Purchaseco ULC and Katexco Purchaseco ULC which could require either CannBioRex Purchaseco ULC and Katexco Purchaseco ULC to issue more Exchangeable Shares.

As set forth above, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares, through the applicable Special Voting Share, have voting rights and other attributes corresponding to the Common Stock. The Exchangeable Shares provide an opportunity for certain former Canadian resident holders of CBR Pharma or Katexco securities to obtain a deferral of taxable capital gains for Canadian income tax purposes in connection with the Reorganization.

ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

A registrant such as the Company, that qualifies as a smaller reporting company, as defined by §229.10(f)(1), is not required to provide the information required by this Item. 

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth selected historicaldiscussion and analysis of the results of operations and financial information derived fromcondition of 180 Life Sciences Corp. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 should be read in conjunction with our auditedconsolidated financial statements and the notes to those consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this report for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016. You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with “Management’sAnnual Report. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” andOperations contains statements that are forward-looking. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information“ above. Actual results could differ materially because of the financial statements and the related notes appearingfactors discussed in “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this report.

  December 31,  For the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 
  2017  2016 
Income Statement Data:      
Loss from operations $(343,884) $(3,105)
Net income (loss)  123,764   (3,105)
         
Cash Flow Data:        
Net cash used in operating activities $(497,357) $ 
Net cash used in investing activities  (115,925,000)   
Net cash provided by financing activities  116,783,500   67,250 

  

December 31,

2017

  

December 31,

2016

 
Balance Sheet Data:      
Cash $428,393  $67,250 
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account  116,588,017    
Total assets  117,058,354   240,000 
Total liabilities  4,233,131   218,105 
Common stock subject to possible redemption  107,825,218    
Total stockholders’ equity  5,000,005   21,895 

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking StatementsAnnual Report, and other factors that we may not know.

 

All statements other than statementsOrganization of historical fact included in this Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under “Management’sMD&A

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding the Company’s financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. When usedOperations (the “MD&A”) is provided in this Form 10-K, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend” and similar expressions, as they relate to us or the Company’s management, identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently availableaddition to the Company’s management. Actualaccompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to assist readers in understanding our results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors detailed in our filings with the SEC.

49

The following discussion and analysis of ouroperations, financial condition, and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statementscash flows. MD&A is organized as follows:

Business Overview and Recent Events

Results of Operations. An analysis of our financial results comparing the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Liquidity and Capital Resources. An analysis of changes in our balance sheets and cash flows and discussion of our financial condition.

Critical Accounting Policies. Accounting estimates that we believe are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our reported financial results and forecasts.


Business Overview and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.Recent Events

 

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on September 7, 2016 in Delaware and formed forOn November 6, 2020 (“Closing Date”), the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We intend to effectuate ourpreviously announced Business Combination using cash fromwas consummated following a special meeting of stockholders, where the proceedsstockholders of our Initial Public OfferingKBL considered and approved, among other matters, a proposal to adopt the Private Placement, our securities, debt orBusiness Combination Agreement. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, KBL Merger Sub merged with 180, with 180 continuing as the surviving entity and becoming a combinationwholly-owned subsidiary of cash, securities and debt.

The issuanceKBL. As part of additionalthe Business Combination, KBL issued 17,500,000 shares of common stock or preferred stock:and equivalents to the stockholders of 180, in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of 180. The Business Combination became effective November 6, 2020 and 180 filed a Certificate of Amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation in Delaware to change its name to 180 Life Corp., and KBL changed its name to 180 Life Sciences Corp.

This MD&A and the related financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily covers the historical operations of 180 to the Closing Date (November 6, 2020) and then the combined operations of the two entities from the Closing Date to December 31, 2020. The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization with the assets and liabilities of KBL being consolidated commencing with the Closing Date. Thus, the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, only include the combined results after the Closing Date. See Note 5 - Business Combination to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements included at the end of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

This MD&A and the related financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily covers the historical operations of Katexco to the date of combination on July 16, 2019 and then for the combined operations of the three operating entities from the Closing Date to December 31, 2020. The Reorganization was accounted for as a reverse merger with the assets and liabilities of CBR Pharma and 180 LP valued and recorded as of the Closing Date under purchase accounting. Thus, the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, only include the combined results after the Closing Date. See Note 4 - Reorganization and Recapitalization to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements included at the end of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Following the Closing of the Business Combination, we transitioned our operations to those of 180, which is a clinical stage biotechnology company headquartered in Palo Alto, California, focused on the development of therapeutics for unmet medical needs in chronic pain, inflammation, fibrosis and other inflammatory diseases, where anti-TNF therapy will provide a clear benefit to patients, by employing innovative research, and, where appropriate, combination therapy. We have three product development platforms:

 

may significantly dilute the equity interest of our investors;

may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our common stock;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any,fibrosis and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.anti-tumor necrosis factor (“TNF”);

 

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

drugs which are derivatives of cannabidiol (“CBD”); and

 

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after our business combination are insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability o obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

alpha 7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (“α7nAChR”).

 

We have several future product candidates in development, including one product candidate in a Phase 2b clinical trial in the United Kingdom for Dupuytren’s disease, a condition that affects the development of fibrous connective tissue in the palm of the hand. 180 was founded by several world-leading scientists in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical sectors.

We intend to invest resources to successfully complete the clinical programs that are underway, discover new drug candidates, and develop new molecules to build up on its existing pipeline to address unmet clinical needs. The product candidates are designed via a platform comprised of defined unit operations and technologies. This work is performed in a research and development environment that evaluates and assesses variability in each step of the process in order to define the most reliable production conditions.

We may rely on third-party CMOs and other third parties for the manufacturing and processing of the product candidates in the future. We believe the use of contract manufacturing and testing for the first clinical product candidates is cost-effective and has allowed us to rapidly prepare for clinical trials in accordance with its development plans. We expect that third-party manufacturers will be capable of providing and processing sufficient quantities of these product candidates to continuemeet anticipated clinical trial demands.


COVID-19 Pandemic

In December 2019, a new strain of the coronavirus (COVID-19) was reported in Mainland China and during the first quarter of 2020 the virus had spread to incur significantover 150 countries, resulting in a global pandemic. This COVID-19 pandemic and the public health responses to contain it have resulted in global recessionary conditions, which did not exist at December 31, 2019. Among other effects, government-mandated closures, stay-at-home orders and other related measures have significantly impacted global economic activity and business investment in general. A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital, and on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have been closely monitoring the developments and have taken active measures to protect the health of our employees, their families, and our communities. The ultimate impact on the 2021 fiscal year and beyond will depend heavily on the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and public health responses, including government-mandated closures, stay-at-home orders and social distancing mandates, as well as the substance and pace of macroeconomic recovery, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape of the COVID-19 pandemic and the public health responses to contain it. As of December 31, 2020, COVID-19 has delayed and paused patient follow ups in one of our clinical trials to the end of 2021, additionally COVID-19 has delayed the initiation of certain clinical trials.

Close of Business Combination

On November 6, 2020 (the “Closing Date”), the Company consummated the previously announced Business Combination following a special meeting of stockholders held on November 5, 2020, where the stockholders of the Company considered and approved, among other matters, a proposal to adopt the Business Combination Agreement (as amended, the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated as of July 25, 2019. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, among other things, a subsidiary of the Company merged with and into 180, with 180 continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”). The Merger became effective on November 6, 2020. The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization of 180. All of 180’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger was exchanged for (i) 15,736,348 shares of 180LS common stock, (ii) 2 shares of Class C and Class K Special Voting Shares exchangeable into 1,763,652 shares of 180LS common stock which are presented as outstanding in the accompanying Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) due to the reverse recapitalization. The Company’s 6,928,645 outstanding shares of common stock are presented as being issued on the date of the Business Combination.

Financing

On February 19, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with a number of institutional investors (the “Purchasers”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell to the Purchasers an aggregate of 2,564,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,564,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Warrants”), at a combined purchase price of $4.55 per Share and accompanying Warrant (the “Offering”). Aggregate gross proceeds from the Offering were approximately $11.7 million, prior to deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. Net proceeds to the Company from the Offering, after deducting the placement agent fees and offering expenses payable by the Company, were approximately $10.8 million. The Offering closed on February 23, 2021.

Maxim Group LLC (the “Placement Agent”) acted as exclusive placement agent in connection with the Offering pursuant to an Engagement Letter between the Company and the Placement Agent dated January 26, 2021 (as amended on February 18, 2021). Pursuant to the Engagement Letter, the Placement Agent received a commission equal to seven percent (7%) of the aggregate gross proceeds of the Offering, or $816,634.

Conversion of Bridge Notes

On March 8, 2021, the holders of the Company’s convertible bridge notes, which were issued in December 27, 2019 and January 3, 2020 to various purchasers, converted an aggregate of $432,384, which included accrued interest of $66,633 owed under such convertible bridge notes, into an aggregate of 158,383 shares of common stock pursuant to the terms of such notes, as amended, at a conversion price of $2.73 per share.

Convertible Debt Conversions

From November 27, 2020 to February 5, 2021, the holders of the Company’s convertible promissory notes converted an aggregate of $4,782,107 owed under such convertible notes into an aggregate of 1,986,751 shares of common stock, pursuant to the terms of such notes, as amended, at conversion prices of between $2.00 and $3.29 per share.

Preferred Stock

On November 6, 2020, the Company issued Series A convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $3,000,000. From November 27, 2020 to December 18, 2020, the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock converted an aggregate conversion amount of $3,666,667 into an aggregate of 1,619,144 shares of common stock, pursuant to the terms of the agreement, as amended, at conversion prices of between $2.24 and $2.31 per share.


We claim an exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act, for such issuances described above, since the foregoing issuances did not involve a public offering, the recipients were (a) “accredited investors”; and/or (b) had access to similar documentation and information as would be required in a Registration Statement under the Securities Act. The securities were offered without any general solicitation by us or our representatives. The securities are subject to transfer restrictions, and the certificates evidencing the securities contain an appropriate legend stating that such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold absent registration or pursuant to an exemption therefrom and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

We claim an exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, for such note conversions, as the securities were exchanged by us with our existing security holders in transactions where no commission or other remuneration was paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange.

See Note 18 – Subsequent Events to the audited financial statements included at the end of this Report for a more detailed discussion of these matters and other events subsequent to December 31, 2020.

Significant Financial Statement Components

Research and Development

To date, 180’s research and development expenses have related primarily to discovery efforts and preclinical and clinical development of its three product platforms: fibrosis and anti-TNF; drugs which are derivatives of CBD, and α7nAChR. Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs associated with those three product platforms, which include:

expenses incurred under agreements with 180’s collaboration partners and third-party contract organizations, investigative clinical trial sites that conduct research and development activities on its behalf, and consultants;

costs related to production of clinical materials, including fees paid to contract manufacturers;

laboratory and vendor expenses related to the execution of preclinical and clinical trials;

employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation; and

facilities and other expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies.

We expense all research and development costs in the pursuitperiods in which they are incurred. We accrue for costs incurred as services are provided by monitoring the status of each project and the invoices received from its external service providers. We adjust our acquisition plans.accrual as actual costs become known. When contingent milestone payments are owed to third parties under research and development arrangements or license agreements, the milestone payment obligations are expensed when the milestone results are achieved.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We cannot assure youexpect that our plansresearch and development expenses will increase over the next several years as clinical programs progress and as we seek to raise capital or to complete a Business Combinationinitiate clinical trials of additional product candidates. It is also expected that increased research and development expenses will be successful.incurred as additional product candidates are selectively identified and developed. However, it is difficult to determine with certainty the duration and completion costs of current or future preclinical programs and clinical trials of product candidates.

The duration, costs and timing of clinical trials and development of product candidates will depend on a variety of factors that include, but are not limited to, the following:

per patient trial costs; 


the number of patients that participate in the trials;

the number of sites included in the trials;

the countries in which the trials are conducted;

the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

the number of doses that patients receive;

the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;

the duration of patient follow-up;

and the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidates.

In addition, the probability of success for each product candidate will depend on numerous factors, including competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. We will determine which programs to pursue and fund in response to the scientific and clinical success of each product candidate, as well as an assessment of each product candidate’s commercial potential.

Because the product candidates are still in clinical and preclinical development and the outcome of these efforts is uncertain, we cannot estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of product candidates or whether, or when, we may achieve profitability. Due to the early-stage nature of these programs, we do not track costs on a project-by-project basis. As these programs become more advanced, we intend to track the external and internal cost of each program.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other staff-related costs, including stock-based compensation for shares of common stock issued to founders for personnel in executive, commercial, finance, accounting, legal, investor relations, facilities, business development and human resources functions and include vesting conditions.

Other significant general and administrative costs include costs relating to facilities and overhead costs, legal fees relating to corporate and patent matters, insurance, investor relations costs, fees for accounting and consulting services, and other general and administrative costs. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred, and we accrue amounts for services provided by third parties related to the above expenses by monitoring the status of services provided and receiving estimates from our service providers and adjusting our accruals as actual costs become known.

It is expected that the general and administrative expenses will increase over the next several years to support our continued research and development activities, potential manufacturing activities, potential commercialization of its product candidates and the increased costs of operating as a public company. These increases are anticipated to include increased costs related to the hiring of additional personnel, developing commercial infrastructure, fees to outside consultants, lawyers and accountants, and increased costs associated with being a public company, as well as expenses related to services associated with maintaining compliance with NASDAQ listing rules and SEC requirements, insurance and investor relations costs.

Other Income

Other income primarily represents fees earned for research and development work performed for other companies, some of which are related parties.

 

50

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense related to debt instruments.

 

Gain (Loss) on Extinguishment of Convertible Notes

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of convertible notes represents the shortfall (excess) of the reacquisition cost of convertible notes as compared to their carrying value.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities represents the non-cash change in fair value of derivative liabilities during the reporting period.

Change in Fair Value of Accrued Issuable Equity

Change in fair value of accrued issuable equity represents the non-cash change in fair value of accrued equity prior to its formal issuance.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from September 7, 2016 (date of inception) throughFor the Year Ended December 31, 2017 were organizational activities, those necessary2020 Compared to prepare for the Initial Public Offering, which was consummated on June 7, 2017,Year Ended December 31, 2019

  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Operating Expenses:      
Research and development $2,217,371  $1,981,299 
Research and development - related parties  75,633   54,020 
General and administrative  3,169,260   5,607,808 
General and administrative - related parties  185,848   286,745 
Modification of stock award - related party  -   12,959,360 
Rental income - related parties  -   (25,946)
Total Operating Expenses  5,648,112   20,863,286 
Loss From Operations  (5,648,112)  (20,863,286)
         
Other (Expense) Income:        
Gain (loss) on sale and disposal of property and equipment  (37,174)  1,714 
Other income  15,334   - 
Other income - related parties  240,000   552,329 
Interest income  -   3,727 
Interest expense  (1,002,424)  (162,066)
Interest expense - related parties  (84,550)  (23,074)
Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes payable, net  (2,580,655)  (703,188)
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities  (1,816,309)  - 
Change in fair value of accrued issuable equity  9,405   (327,879)
Change in fair value of accrued issuable equity - related parties  -   (3,881,819)
Total Other Expense, Net  (5,256,373)  (4,540,256)
         
Loss Before Income Taxes  (10,904,485)  (25,403,542)
Income tax benefit  20,427   9,496 
Net Loss $(10,884,058) $(25,394,046)

Research and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our Business Combination. We expect to generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and marketable securities held in the Trust Account. We expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses.Development

 

ForDuring the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, we had net incomeincurred research and development expenses of $123,764, which consists$2,217,371 compared to $1,981,299 incurred for the year ended December 30, 2019, representing an increase of interest income on cash$236,072 or 12%. The increase includes a $1,374,000 decrease in research and marketable securities helddevelopment expenses related to the temporary pausing of drug discovery services in 2020 provided by Evotec International GmbH in connection with a research and development agreement, a decrease in research and development expenses related to a reclassification of $109,000 in connection with 2018 tax credits and $327,000 in connection with estimated 2020 tax credits, partially offset by research and development agreements amended and entered into with Yissum during 2020 related to the formulation of cannabinoid metal salts and the evaluation of potential drugs in inflammation and pain of $855,000, an increase of $1,058,000 related to stock compensation paid to Yissum Research Development Company, an increase of $192,000 due to two new research and development agreements that were entered into that relate to fibrosis and treatment of inflammation and respiratory viruses, and $58,212 due to a decrease of miscellaneous research and development expenses.

Research and Development – Related Parties

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred research and development expenses – related parties of $75,633, representing twelve months of expenses in connection with the Company’s consulting fees for clinical research versus six months of expense (approximately $54,000) recognized during 2019.

General and Administrative

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred general and administrative expenses of $3,169,260 compared to $5,607,808 incurred for the year ended December 30, 2019, representing a decrease of $2,438,548 or 43%. The decrease is attributable to a swing from bad debt expense to bad debt recoveries in the Trust Accountamount of $663,017,approximately $2,400,000, a decrease in travel expenses of approximately $394,000 due to COVID-19 travel restrictions, a decrease in professional and consulting fees of $196,000 primarily attributable to increased merger and reorganization fees in 2019, partially offset by an increase in compensation of approximately $212,000 for services provided by directors, officers or greater than 10% stockholders, and an increase of $145,000 related to new patents, in connection with amounts paid to Stanford University of $33,000 for anti-inflammatory and therapeutic technology, amounts paid to our IP counsels of $54,000 related to patent filings and patent application filings, and amounts paid to a legal firm for $70,000 related to treatment research.

General and Administrative – Related Parties

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred general administrative expenses – related parties of $185,848 compared to $286,745 incurred for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing a decrease of $100,897, or 35%. The decrease is primarily related to a decrease in rent expense resulting from the termination of an operating costslease in the fourth quarter of $343,8842019 and a provision for income taxes of $195,369.decrease in bad debt expenses during 2020.

 

ForModification of Stock Award – Related Parties

During the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2016,2019, we incurred $12,959,360 of expenses related to the modification of a stock award as a result of the Company’s waiver of its right of redemption for contingently redeemable shares that had been issued to a net loss of $3,105, consisting of operating costs.consultant to a subsidiary acquired in connection with the Reorganization. There was no stock award modification expense during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Rental Income – Related Parties

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized $25,946 of rental income from related parties in connection with the month-to-month subleases with various companies that share common officers and directors with the Company. The subleases terminated at the end of 2019. We did not recognize any sublease income during the year ended December 31, 2020.


Other (Expense) Income, Net

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred other expenses, net of $5,256,373 compared to $4,540,256 for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing an increase in other expenses of $716,117 or 16%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the loss on extinguishment of convertible notes payable, net of $1,877,467, an increase of $1,816,309 in the change in fair value of derivative liabilities assumed at the Business Combination, and an increase of $840,358 in interest expense related to additional promissory note issuances in 2020, a decrease in other income – related parties of $312,329 earned pursuant to a research and development agreement, offset by a decrease in the aggregate amount of $4,219,103 in the change in fair value of accrued issuable equity and accrued issuable equity – related parties. During the year ended December 31, 2020, there was a loss on sale of property and equipment of $37,174 compared to a gain of $1,714 during the year ended December 31, 2019. The loss during the years ended December 31, 2020 was related to the disposal of office furniture and fixtures. The gain during the year ended December 31, 2019 was related to the sale of office furniture and fixtures to a company that shares common officers and directors with the Company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The completion of the Initial Public Offering and simultaneous Private Placement, inclusive of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option in full, generated gross proceeds to the Company of $120,025,000. Related transaction costs amounted to $7,345,436, consisting of $2,875,000 of underwriting fees, $4,025,000 of deferred underwriting commissions payable (which are held in the Trust Account) and $445,436 of Initial Public Offering costs.

Following the Initial Public Offering and the exercise of the over-allotment option, a total of $116,150,000 was placed in the Trust Account and we had $798,469 of cash held outside of the Trust Account, after payment of all costs related to the Initial Public Offering and the exercise of the over-allotment option.

As of December 31, 2017,2020 and 2019, we had cash balances of $2,108,544 and marketable securities held$83,397, respectively, and working capital deficits of $17,406,356 and $8,892,515, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash used in the Trust Account of $116,588,017, substantially all of which is investedoperating activities was $3,871,961 and $3,318,654, respectively. Our cash used in U.S. treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less. Interest income earned on the balance in the Trust Account may be available to us to pay taxes. Duringoperations for the year ended December 31, 2017, we withdrew $225,0002020 was primarily attributable to our net loss of interest income from$10,884,058, adjusted for non-cash expenses in the Trust Account to pay income taxes. In February 2018, we withdrew an additional $58,800aggregate amount of interest income to pay franchise taxes.

As$4,679,931, as well as $2,332,166 of December 31, 2017, we hadnet cash provided by changes in the levels of $428,393 held outside the Trust Account, which is availableoperating assets and liabilities. Our cash used in operations for use by us to cover the costs associated with identifying a target business, negotiating a Business Combination, due diligence procedures and other general corporate uses. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, we had accounts payable and accrued expenses of $112,945.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash used in operating activities amounted2019 was primarily attributable to $497,357. Net incomeour net loss of $123,764 was offset by interest earned on marketable securities held$25,394,046, adjusted for non-cash expenses in the Trust Accountaggregate amount of $663,017. Changes$19,038,761, as well as $3,036,631 of net cash provided by changes in ourthe levels of operating assets and liabilities used cash of $41,896.liabilities.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash provided by (used in) investing activities was $14,490,724 and ($708,149), respectively. Cash provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of $10,280,739 of cash released from a trust account in connection with the Business Combination, $3,006,235 of cash acquired in the reverse recapitalization and $1,203,750 of proceeds received from the collection of notes receivable. Cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of $649,825 of cash used for the purchase of a note receivable, $144,402 of cash used for the acquisition of intangible assets, partially offset by $86,078 of cash acquired in connection with the Reorganization.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash (used in) provided by financing activities was ($8,733,927) and $3,942,348, respectively. Cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was due to payment of common stock redemptions in the amount of ($9,006,493), repayments made to related parties in the amount of ($201,859), and the repayment of loans in the amount of ($72,843), partially offset by sources of cash from the net proceeds from the sale of common stock in the amount of $72,500 and proceeds from loans and convertible notes in the amount of $474,768. The net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 30, 2019 was comprised of $1,257,045 proceeds from the sale and subscriptions for common stock, and $2,685,303 cash proceeds from the issuance of loans and convertible notes.

Our product candidates may never achieve commercialization and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We intendexpect that our research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses, and capital expenditures will continue to use substantially allincrease. As a result, until such time, if ever, as we are able to generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potentially collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, compensation and related expenses, third-party clinical research and development services, costs relating to the build-out of our headquarters and manufacturing facility, license payments or milestone obligations that may arise, laboratory and related supplies, clinical costs, manufacturing costs, legal and other regulatory expenses and general overhead costs.

Further, our operating plans may change, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements for clinical trials and other research and development activities. We currently have no credit facility or committed sources of capital. Because of the funds held innumerous risks and uncertainties associated with the Trust Account, including anydevelopment and commercialization of our product candidates, we are unable to estimate the amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (which interest shall be net of taxes payableincreased capital outlays and excluding deferred underwriting commissions)operating expenditures associated with our current and anticipated product development programs.


We have not yet achieved profitability and expect to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interestcontinue to pay taxes and up to $50,000 for liquidation expenses, if any. To the extentincur cash outflows from operations. It is expected that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part,research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as considerationa result, we will eventually need to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as workingraise additional capital to financefund our operations. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on reasonable terms, we may be required to significantly curtail or discontinue operations or obtain funds by entering into financing agreements on unattractive terms. Our operating needs include the operations of the targetplanned costs to operate our business, or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses (as well as pay personnel and advisors to do the forgoing), structure, negotiate and complete a business combination, and to pay taxes to the extent the interest earned on the trust account is not sufficient to pay our taxes. 

51

Going Concern

In orderincluding amounts required to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the eventcapital expenditures. The conditions outlined above indicate that our initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans will be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Private Units. No written agreements currently exist with respect to such loans.

In connection with our assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raisesthere is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.concern within one year after the financial statement issuance date.

 

Off-balance sheet financing arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities orOur consolidated financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which wouldstatements have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay the sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, utilities and administrative support provided to the Company. We began incurring these fees on June 7, 2017 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of the Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosuresprepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern and assumptions that affect the reportedrealization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities disclosurepresented in the consolidated financial statements do not necessarily purport to represent realizable or settlement values. The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of contingent assetsthis uncertainty.

Recent Funding Transactions

February 2021 Private Purchase

On February 19, 2021, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the purchasers identified on the signature pages thereto (the “Purchasers”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell to the Purchasers an aggregate of 2,564,000 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock and liabilitieswarrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,564,000 shares of common stock (the “SPA Warrants”), at a combined purchase price of $4.55 per Share and accompanying SPA Warrant (the “Offering”). Aggregate gross proceeds from the Offering were approximately $11.7 million, prior to deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. Net proceeds to the Company from the Offering, after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, were approximately $10.8 million. The Offering closed on February 23, 2021.

The SPA Warrants have an exercise price equal to $5.00, were immediately exercisable and are subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments for stock splits or dividends or other similar transactions. However, the exercise price of the SPA Warrants will not be subject to adjustment as a result of subsequent equity issuances at effective prices lower than the then-current exercise price. The SPA Warrants are exercisable until February 23, 2026. The SPA Warrants are subject to a provision prohibiting the exercise of such SPA Warrants to the extent that, after giving effect to such exercise, the holder of such Warrant (together with the holder’s affiliates, and any other persons acting as a group together with the holder or any of the holder’s affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the outstanding common stock (which may be increased to 9.99% on a holder by holder basis, with 61 days prior written consent of the applicable holder).

In connection with the Offering, the Company also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2021, with the Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC on or prior to April 24, 2021 to register the resale of the Shares and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the SPA Warrants (the “Warrant Shares”), and to cause such registration statement to be declared effective on or prior to June 23, 2021 (or, in the event of a “full review” by the SEC, August 22, 2021). The Company failed to file a registration statement with the SEC by May 24, 2021, triggering penalties equal to 3.0% of the aggregate gross proceeds of the securities sold in the Offering for the approximately two months of delay, which to date has totaled $350,000.

The Company agreed in the Purchase Agreement that, until the earlier of (1) thirty (30) days after the date on which the registration statement that is filed pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to register the resale by the Purchasers of the Shares and the Warrant Shares is declared effective by the SEC (such date, the “Effective Date”) and (2) thirty (30) days after such date that the Shares may be sold without limitation pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, neither the Company nor any subsidiary thereof would (i) issue, enter into any agreement to issue or announce the issuance or proposed issuance of any shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) or (ii) file any registration statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, in each case other than (A) as contemplated pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (B) as contemplated by that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 12, 2020, by and between the Company and the parties signatory thereto.


 Each of the directors and executive officers of the Company has entered into a lock-up agreement with the Company in connection with the Offering (each, a “Lock-Up Agreement”). Under the Lock-Up Agreements, from the date of the lock-up agreements until the earlier of (x) sixty (60) days after the Effective Date and (y) November 6, 2021, the directors and executive officers will not offer, sell, contract to sell, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the director or executive officer), directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, with respect to, any shares of common stock or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into, shares of common stock, subject to limited exceptions. Maxim Group LLC (the “Placement Agent”) acted as exclusive placement agent in connection with the Offering pursuant to an Engagement Letter between the Company and the Placement Agent dated January 26, 2021 (together with the amendment letter dated February 18, 2021 (such amendment letter, the “Amendment Letter”), the “Engagement Letter”). The Engagement Letter provides, among other things, that the Placement Agent will receive a commission equal to seven percent (7%) of the aggregate gross proceeds of the Offering.

The Engagement Letter and the Purchase Agreement contain customary representations and warranties, agreements and obligations, conditions to closing and termination provisions. The representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Engagement Letter and the Purchase Agreement were made only for purposes of such agreement and as of specific dates, were solely for the benefit of the parties to the Engagement Letter and the Purchase Agreement, and may be subject to limitations agreed upon by the contracting parties.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

There are no off-balance sheet arrangements between us and any other entity that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on financial conditions, changes in financial conditions, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to stockholders.

Critical Accounting Policies

See Note 3 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our consolidated financial statements and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. The Company has not identified anyincluded within this Annual Report for our critical accounting policies.

 

RecentRecently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 3 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our consolidated financial statements included within this Annual Report for a summary of recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncementspronouncements.

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Pursuant to Item 305(e) of Regulation S-K (§ 229.305(e)), the Company is not required to provide the information required by this Item as it is a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by Rule 229.10(f)(1), however, the Company has provided the following information below relating to interest rate risk.

Interest Rate Risk

 

Management doesWe are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of its business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities. As of December 31, 2020, we had $2,108,544 in cash and cash equivalents. We intend to hold our cash in interest-bearing money market accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the short-term maturities of our cash equivalents and the low risk profile of its investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.fair market value of our cash equivalents.

 

Item 7A.ITEM 8.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

 

The net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Units held in the Trust Account are invested in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company ActSee “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

52

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Financial Statements

Reference is made to Pagesappears on page F-1 through F-15 comprising a portion of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Supplementary Data (unaudited)

The following table presents selected unaudited quarterly financial data of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016.

  2017 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Year ended
December 31, 2017
 
Operating Expenses               
Operating costs $31,260  $50,436  $140,849  $121,339  $343,884 
Loss from operations  (31,260)  (50,436)  (140,849)  (121,339)  (343,884)
Other Income:                    
Provision for income taxes        (106,940)  (88,429)  (195,369)
Interest income     55,729   333,905   273,383   663,017 
Net Income (Loss) $(31,260) $5,293  $86,116  $63,615  $123,764 
Income (loss) per common share:                    
Basic $(0.01) $0.00  $0.02  $0.02  $0.04 
Diluted $(0.01) $0.00  $0.01  $0.00  $0.01 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                    
Basic  2,500,000   3,538,264   4,216,561   4,208,034   3,450,416 
Diluted  2,500,000   10,109,686   14,877,500   14,877,500   9,435,075 
                     
Balance Sheet Data (at period end)                    
Cash $67,250  $577,611  $453,529  $428,393  $428,393 
Cash and securities held in Trust Account     116,205,729   116,539,634   116,588,017   116,588,017 
Total Assets  320,000   116,813,248   117,025,645   117,058,354   117,058,354 
Total Liabilities  329,365   4,137,756   4,264,037   4,233,131   4,233,131 
Common stock subject to possible redemption     107,675,484   107,761,607   107,825,218   107,825,218 
Total Stockholders’ Equity $(9,365) $5,000,008  $5,000,001  $5,000,005  $5,000,005 

  2016 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  For the Period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016 
Operating Expenses               
Operating costs $  $  $683  $2,422  $3,105 
Net loss $  $  $(683) $(2,422) $(3,105)
Loss per common share:                    
Basic $  $  $(0.00) $(0.00) $(0.00)
Diluted $  $  $(0.00) $(0.00) $(0.00)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                    
Basic        2,500,000   2,500,000   2,500,000 
Diluted        2,500,000   2,500,000   2,500,000 
                     
Balance Sheet Data (at period end)                    
Cash $  $  $  $67,250  $67,250 
Total Assets        25,000   240,000   240,000 
Total Liabilities        683   218,105   218,105 
Total Stockholders’ Equity $  $  $24,317  $21,895  $21,895 


ITEM 9.53CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None.

 

ItemITEM 9A.Controls and Procedures.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

EvaluationNo Management Assessment Report Regarding Internal Control Over Financial Reporting or Attestation Report of Disclosure Controls and ProceduresRegistered Public Accounting Firm

 

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designedIn accordance with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this report, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management evaluated, with the participation of our current chief executive officer and chief financial officer (our “Certifying Officer”), the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2017, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our Certifying Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all instances of fraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectivesregulations of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Further, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all disclosure controls and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that we have detected all our control deficiencies and instances of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controls and procedures also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’sSEC, this Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

This report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting orbecause management did not have sufficient time to conduct such an assessment after the closing of the Company’s reverse recapitalization with KBL Merger Corp. IV, a special-purpose acquisition company at the time, on November 6, 2020. The Company intends to conduct a management assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. This Report also does not contain an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm dueregarding internal control over financial reporting since the Company, as an “emerging growth company,” is not required to provide such report.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Although we did not conduct a transition period established byformal assessment, management believes that the rulesCompany’s internal controls over financial reporting were not effective as of December 31, 2020. Specifically, management’s conclusion was based on the following material weaknesses which existed as of December 31, 2020:

Financial Reporting Systems: The Company did not maintain a fully integrated financial consolidation and reporting system throughout the period and as a result, extensive manual analysis, reconciliation and adjustments were required in order to produce financial statements for external reporting purposes.

Segregation of Duties: The Company does not currently have a sufficient complement of technical accounting and external reporting personnel commensurate to support standalone external financial reporting under public company or SEC requirements. Specifically, the Company did not effectively segregate certain accounting duties due to the small size of its accounting staff and maintain a sufficient number of adequately trained personnel necessary to anticipate and identify risks critical to financial reporting and the closing process. In addition, there were inadequate reviews and approvals by the Company’s personnel of certain reconciliations and other processes in day-to-day operations due to the lack of a full complement of accounting staff.

Insufficient written policies and procedures for accounting and financial reporting with respect to the requirements and application of GAAP and SEC disclosure requirements.

Ineffective controls over period end financial disclosure and reporting processes.

A material weakness is a control deficiency or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the Commission for newly public companies.annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As a company with limited accounting resources, a significant amount of management’s time and attention has been and will be diverted from our business to ensure compliance with these regulatory requirements.


Remediation Plan

The Company has recently established an Audit Committee to provide oversight of remediation efforts. Management intends to take steps to develop and enhance its internal controls over financial reporting, including:

hiring additional accounting personnel;

engaging an advisory firm to lead the remediation and assessment of internal controls;

developing formal policies and procedures over accounting and reporting; and
identifying additional information technology to improve financial reporting

Our management plans to establish procedures to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting on an ongoing basis and are committed to taking further action and implementing necessary enhancements or improvements. Management expects to complete its assessment of the design and operating effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting during 2021. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There werehave been no changes in ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)through the date of the Exchange Act)this Report or during the most recent fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2020, that have materially affected, or areis reasonably likely to materially affect, ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ItemITEM 9B.Other InformationOTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

54

PART III

 

ItemITEM 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate GovernanceDIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

DirectorsExecutive Officers and Executive OfficersDirectors

 

AsThe following table sets forth the name, age and position held by each of our executive officers and directors. Directors are elected for a period of one year and thereafter serve until the date of this report, our directors and officersnext annual meeting at which their successors are as follows:duly elected by the stockholders.

 

Name Age PositionPositionDate First
Appointed as Officer
or Directors
Director Class*
Marlene Krauss,Lawrence Steinman, M.D. 73 Executive Co-ChairmanNovember 2020Class I
Sir Marc Feldmann, Ph.D.76Executive Co-ChairmanNovember 2020Class II
James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D.78 Chief Executive Officer and Director
Joseph A. WilliamsonNovember 2020 65Class I
Jonathan Rothbard, Ph.D.69Chief Scientific OfficerNovember 2020  
Ozan Pamir30Interim Chief OperatingFinancial Officer and Director
George HornigSecretary 63November 2020  Chairman of the Board of Directors
Andrew ShermanLarry Gold, Ph.D. 4779 Director
Sherrill NeffNovember 2020 66Class II
Donald A. McGovern, Jr. 70 DirectorNovember 2020Class II

Marlene Krauss, M.D. has been Chief Executive Officer and a director since our inception. She has over 30 years of experience in acquiring, selling and growing more than 20 companies in all areas of healthcare including healthcare services, pharmaceuticals and medical devices. She was also the Chief Executive Officer and founder of three prior SPACs; KBL I, II and III, respectively, as described under the heading “Our management team has an established track record of raising and operating blank check companies. We believe this experience enhances the probability of successfully completing a business combination.” While holding these positions, she was involved in their formation, deal sourcing, investment selection and operations. She played a crucial role in KBL I’s acquisition of Concord Health and negotiated the sale of Concord Health to the MultiCare Companies for approximately $130.5 million in cash. In addition, in KBL II, she was instrumental in the acquisition of Summer Infant, a baby care company. In 1998, she founded KBL Healthcare Ventures and remains its Managing Director. KBL consists of three funds, KBL Healthcare Ventures LP, KBL Healthcare LP and KBL Partnership LP, backed by institutional investors which has completed its investment cycle. Through her funds, with individual groups of investors, or in public financings she has invested in, grown and/or been on the board of a variety of healthcare companies. She was an initial Board Member and investor in Summit Technology (acquired by Alcon, now a subsidiary of Novartis (VTX:NOVN), one of the first companies to develop the Lasik laser. Summit was sold to Alcon for $839 million in 2000. From 1999 to 2005, through KBL, she was a founder, Board Member and investor in Lumenos, which was among the initial companies that created a consumer driven health care insurance product. The company was sold to Wellpoint (now known as Anthem, Inc.(NYSE:ANTM)) in 2005 for $185 million. In 2004, she was an early investor of Remon Medical Technologies Inc., a development-stage company focused on creating communication technology for medical device applications, through its sale to Boston Scientific Corporation for an undisclosed amount in 2007. She led the first institutional round of investors and was on the Board of PneumRx, Inc., a developer of one of the first non-invasive devices to treat lung disease from 2005 to 2011. It was sold to BTG plc (LON:BTG) in 2014 for up to $475 million which included potential earn out payments. Since 2005, she has been a founder and board member of Vampire Pharmaceuticals LLC, a biopharmaceutical company that is developing products to treat conditions such as diabetes and sickle cell disease. Dr. Krauss received an M.B.A and M.D. degree from Harvard University and a B.A. degree from Cornell University. She is a board certified ophthalmologist with a specialty in retinal surgery and trained at the Harvard Hospitals, New York Hospital and Mt. Sinai Hospital in New York. She has been on the Advisory Committee on Education at Harvard Medical School since 2012 and received the Alumni Achievement Award and was on the Deans Advisory Committee of Harvard Business School. We believe Dr. Krauss is well qualified to serve on our board due to her extensive business, operational and management experience, along with her prior experience with blank check companies.

Pamela G. Marrone64DirectorJuly 2021Class II
Francis Knuettel II 55 DirectorJuly 2021Class I

 

*Terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021 (Class I) and 2022 (Class II) Directors.

 

Joseph A. Williamson,There is no arrangement or understanding between our Chief Operating Officerdirectors and executive officers and any other person pursuant to which any director or officer was or is to be selected as a director since June 2017, has over 35 yearsor officer, and there is no arrangement, plan or understanding as to whether non-management stockholders will exercise their voting rights to continue to elect the current board of experience as a healthcare operator, executive and entrepreneur primarilydirectors (the “Board”). There are also no arrangements, agreements or understandings to our knowledge between non-management stockholders that may directly or indirectly participate in or influence the post-acute healthcare facilities field (senior living, assisted living, hospice and home care) as well as ancillary services such as physical therapy, occupational therapy, rehabilitation therapy, pharmaceutical distribution, and medical supplies. Since 2009, Mr. Williamson has been the Managing Partner at JAW Capital, LLC, an investment fund vehicle for private investments focusing on healthcare. He has been the Chairmanmanagement of National Home Care Holdings, LLC, a multi-state home health company, from 2010 to the present. Mr. Williamson served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of National Medical and Security Holdings, LLC, a medical supply and equipment company from 2013 to 2015, until it was sold to NSM; as a board member and investor in CCRx, a portfolio company of Cressey & Company that focused on pharmacy distribution in the senior and correctional area from 2004 to 2010 when it was sold to Omnicare, Inc. (now a subsidiary of CVS Health Corporation (NYSE:CVS)); as chairman/investor of National Hospice Holdings Investors, LLC from 2010 to 2014, when it merged into TridentUSA, an affiliate of Formation Capital. Formerly, Mr. Williamson was the founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Brandywine Senior Care, Inc., an assisted living facility company from 2006 to 2002. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Williamson was co-founder, President and Chief Operating Officer and director of Concord Health Group, Inc., a long term care company which was acquired by KBL I and subsequently was acquired by Multicare Companies Inc. Prior to Concord Health Group, Mr. Williamson served in various senior positions at Genesis Health Ventures, Inc., the predecessor of Genesis Healthcare Corporation (NYSE:GEN) from 1986 until 1992. Prior to Genesis, Mr. Williamson was co-founder, Chief Executive Officer and President of Healthcare Resources Corp., a nursing home, rehabilitation and pharmacy distribution company which he helped sell to Genesis in 1986. Prior to Healthcare Resources, Mr. Williamson held officer positions at Leader Nursing Centers, Inc, a publicly held nursing home and rehabilitation company founded by former Governor of Pennsylvania, George M. Leader. Mr. Williamson also was a principal/general partner of a private equity health care fund, Commerce Health Ventures which merged into NewSpring Capital. Mr. Williamson earned his Juris Doctor degree at The Delaware Law School of Widener University, his MBA in Health Care Administration from Temple University and a BS in Accounting from Villanova University. We believe Mr. Williamson is well qualified to serve on our board due to his extensive business, operational and management experience, along with his prior blank check company experience.affairs.

 

Biographical Information about our Directors

George HornigLawrence Steinman, M.D. — Executive Co-Chairman (Class I Director)

Lawrence Steinman, M.D. has served as ourCo-Executive Chairman since June 2017. Mr. Hornigthe Closing of the Business Combination in November 2020. He also has primary scientific responsibility for our á7nAChR platform. Dr. Steinman served as the Chief Executive OfficerCo-Chairman of RON Transatlantic Financial Holdings since January 2017. Mr. Hornig served as Senior Managing Director as well as the Chief Operating Officer of PineBridge Investments from 2010 to September 2016. During his employment with PineBridge, he was responsible for the management of global operations. He was involved in the restructuring of the former AIG Investment Management division into PineBridge. He has served on the boards of Forrester Research, a research180 and analysis provider, since 1996; Xometry, a specialty machining company, since 2014; Edelman, a marketing firm, since 2016. Previously, Mr. Hornig was on the Board of KBL Healthcare Acquisition Corp. I and then served on the Board of the merged company, Concord Health. From 1999 to 2010, Mr. Hornig spent 11 years at Credit Suisse Asset Management where he became its Co-Global Chief Operating Officer. From 1993 to 1999, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Americas at Deutsche Bank. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Hornig was also a Co-founder and Chief Operating Officer of Wasserstein Perella & Co. following his tenure in the First Boston Mergers and Acquisitions group from 1983 to 1988. Mr. Hornig has been an early investor in a many high growth companies including Royalty Pharma, a biopharmaceutical company that invests in revenue-producing royalty interests in biopharma products; FibroGen, a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company; and Cibus, a precision gene-editing company for agriculture. Mr. Hornig holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and J.D. from Harvard Law School. We believe Mr. Hornig is well-qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive experience in finance, management and investment banking.

Andrew Sherman has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2017. Mr. Sherman is currently the Chief Development Officer for Women’s Care Enterprises where he leads the corporate development activity for a leading multi-specialty provider of women’s health services. From August 2016 to October 2016, Mr. Sherman served as a consultant focused on transaction development for Unified Physician Management (“UPM”), a physician practice management company focused on obstetrics and gynecology. Prior to UPM, from May 2015 to August 2016, Mr. Sherman was a Partner at DCH Partners, a healthcare-focused private equity firm. Prior to DCH Partners, Mr. Sherman worked for 22 years in investment banking, M&A and buyside roles. From 2011 to 2015, Mr. Sherman was a Managing Director in Healthcare with Morgan Joseph TriArtisan and from 2010 to 2011, he worked in healthcare investment banking at Madison Williams. From 2009 to 2010, Mr. Sherman was a consultant to Capitol Acquisition Corp. which completed a merger in 2010 with Two Harbors Investment Corp. (NYSE:TWO), a real-estate investment trust. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Sherman was also a consultant to KBL III. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Sherman worked as a Principal in investment banking at Banc of America Securities. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Sherman co-founded Brand 3, a private label infrastructure internet service provider, which was sold to American Express in 2001. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Sherman worked in investment banking at Montgomery Securities. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Sherman worked in mergers and acquisitions at James D Wolfensohn, Inc. Mr. Sherman holds a B.S. in Economics and Finance from The Wharton School of Business, a B.A. in International Relations from the University of Pennsylvania, and an M.B.A. with Distinction from The Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration. We believe Mr. Sherman is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive experience in finance, investment in healthcare related businesses, along with his prior blank check company experience. 

56

Sherrill Neff has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2017. Since 2002, Mr. Neff has been a Founding Partner of Quaker Partners, a healthcare investment firm focusing on venture and growth stage companies. In this position, he launched and managed five life sciences venture funds which managed $700 million committed capital. He has invested in many areas of healthcare, including biotechnology, medical technology and healthcare services, and has invested in both private and public companies. Investments for which he was responsible include Amicus Therapeutics (Nasdaq:FOLD); BioRexis Therapeutics (sold to Pfizer); MedMark (sold to Walgreens); Durata Therapeutics (sold to Actavis); Protez Pharmaceuticals (sold to Novartis); Regado BioSciences (merged with Tobira Therapeutics and subsequently sold to Allergan); RainDance Technologies (sold to BioRad); and Cempra Pharmaceuticals (Nasdaq:CEMP). As part of his Quaker Partners portfolio responsibilities, Mr. Neff served on the boards of directors of Cempra Pharmaceuticals (formerly CEMP, which merged with Melinta Therapeutics (MLNT)) from 2011 through 2017; of Intact Vascular since 2013; of Vesper Medical since 2016; and of Rapid Micro BioSystems since 2017. He is currently a board observer to Neuronetics, Inc., and served as a member of its board of directors since April 2019. Prior to joining 180, he served on the Board of Directors of Centocor Biotech, Inc., from 2006 until1989 to 1998, the Board of Directors of Neurocine Biosciences from 1997 to 2005, the Board of Directors of Atreca from 2010 – 2019, the Board of Directors of BioAtla (NASDAQ:BCAB) from 2016 to present, the Board of Directors of Tolerion, Inc. from 2013 to 2020 and the Board of Directors of Alpha5 Integrin from 2020 to the present, and the Board of Directors of Pasithea from 2020 to the present. He is currently the George A. Zimmermann Endowed Chair in the Neurology Department at Stanford University and previously served as the Chair of the Interdepartmental Program in Immunology at Stanford University Medical School from 2003 to 2011. He is a member of the National Academy of Medicine and the National Academy of Sciences. He also founded the Steinman Laboratory at Stanford University, which is dedicated to understanding the pathogenesis of autoimmune diseases, particularly multiple sclerosis and neuromyelitis optica. He received the Frederic Sasse Award from the Free University of Berlin in 1994, the Sen. Jacob Javits Award from the U.S. Congress in 1988 and 2002, the John Dystel Prize in 2004 from the National MS Society in the U.S., the Charcot Prize for Lifetime Achievement in Multiple Sclerosis Research in 2011 from the International Federation of MS Societies and the Anthony Cerami Award in Translational Medicine by the Feinstein Institute of Molecular Medicine in 2015. He also received an honorary Ph.D. at the Hasselt University in 2008. He received his BA (physics) from Dartmouth College in 1968 and his MD from Harvard University in 1973. He also completed a fellowship in chemical immunology at the Weizmann Institute (1974 – 1977) and was an intern and resident at Stanford University Medical School. We believe Dr. Steinman’s extensive experience leading the research and development of numerous therapeutics qualify him to serve as a director.


Sir Marc Feldmann, Ph.D. — Executive Co-Chairman (Class II Director)

Sir Marc Feldmann, Ph.D. has served as Co-Executive Chairman since the Closing of the Business Combination in November 2020. He also has primary scientific responsibility for our synthetic CBD analogues programs. Prof. Feldmann has served as Co-Chairman of 180 and as a member of its board of directors since April 2018. Since August 2018, Prof. Feldmann has served as a director of Enosi Life Sciences Corp., a company which he founded that is a pre-clinical company focused on cancer and autoimmune deficiencies. He is an Emeritus Prof. at the Kennedy Institute of Rheumatology, Department of Orthopedics, Rheumatology and Musculoskeletal Sciences at Oxford. He is recognized as an expert in the development of anti-inflammatory therapeutics and has published over 700 papers reflecting an overarching commitment to both the cellular aspects of inflammatory autoimmune biology messenger molecules, cytokines and therapeutic applications. In 1983, he published a new hypothesis for the mechanism of induction of autoimmune diseases, highlighting the role of cytokines, which are potent signaling proteins and drive important processes like inflammation, immunity and cell growth. In collaboration with Sir Ravinder Maini, he showed that TNF was a key driver of rheumatoid arthritis, and that blocking it was beneficial, in novel test tube systems (in vitro) using human disease tissue from rheumatoid joints, animal models and a series of clinical trials. They developed a key patent for the targeting of excessive TNF Alpha and its optimal use, which was licensed to Centocor and eventually led to the acquisition of Centocor by Johnson & Johnson. He is a Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, the Royal College of Pathologists. In recognition of his work, which has led to anti-TNF currently being the best-selling drug class in the world, Prof. Feldmann was elected to the Academy of Medical Sciences and the Royal Society in London, a Fellow of the Australian Academy of Science and a Foreign Member of the National Academy of Sciences, USA. He was knighted by Queen Elizabeth II in 2010 for his outstanding services to medicine, and also received the Australian equivalent, Companion of Honour (AC). He was awarded the Crafoord Prize in 2000, the Albert Lasker Award for Clinical Medical Research in 2003, the Cameron Prize for Therapeutics by the University of Edinburgh in 2004, the European Inventor Award (Lifetime Achievement) by the European Patent Office in 2007, the John Curtin Medal of the Australian National University in 2007 and the Dr. Paul Janssen Award for Biomedical Research in 2008, the Ernst Schering Prize in 2010 and the Gairdner International Award in 2014. He graduated with an MBBS degree from the University of Melbourne in 1967 and earned a Ph.D. in Immunology at the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research in 1972. He undertook postdoctoral research at the Imperial Cancer Research Fund’s Tumour Immunology Unit in 1972 before moving to the Charing Cross Sunley Research Centre in 1985, which later merged with the Kennedy Institute of Rheumatology which then joined the Faculty of Medicine at Imperial College in 2000 and was transferred to the University of Oxford in 2011. We believe Prof. Feldmann’s significant and successful experience leading the research and development of numerous therapeutics make him qualified to serve as a director.


James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D. — Chief Executive Officer and Class I Director

James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D. has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a director since the Closing of the Business Combination in November 2020. Dr. Woody has served as the CEO of 180 since July 2020, and as a director of 180 Life Sciences since September 2020. Dr. Woody was a founder and served as Chairman of the Board of Directors for Viracta Pharmaceuticals, a lymphoma therapeutic company (July 2014 to December 2020). With the company undergoing a reverse merger into a public company, he resigned his Board member position and continues as a Board observer. He served as a General Partner of Latterell Venture Partners (February 2006 to December 2019) then moved to a Venture Partner position, for the two remaining LVP legacy companies, Viracta (NASDAQ:VIRX), and Perceptimed, a Pharmacy management company, where he continues to serves on the Board. He serves as an interim CEO for MaraBio Systems Inc., a startup autism diagnostic company, a position he held since November 2018, and also serves as Chairman of the Board for Enosi Life Sciences, a next generation TNF inhibitor company, which position he has held since July 2020. He served as a Board member of Integenix Inc. (2012 to 2018), and Neuraltus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (February 2009 to December 2019). Dr. Woody was the founding CEO and Chairman of the Board of OncoMed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (2004 to 2014), a NASDAQ listed company with a focus on antibodies targeting cancer stem cells. He previously served as a member of the Board of Directors of Protein Simple, formerly Cell Biosciences (2005 to 2014), acquired by Bio-Techne; Forte Bio Corporation, acquired by PALL in 2012 (2005 to 2012); Bayhill Therapeutics, Inc. (2004 to 2012); Femta Pharmaceuticals (2008 to 2012); and Proteolix, Inc. (2005 to 2009), acquired by Onyx for the multiple myeloma drug Carfilzomib. Dr. Woody also served on the Board of Directors of Talima Therapeutics, Inc. (2007 to 2011); HemaQuest Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (2009 to 2013); Calistoga (2009 to 2011), acquired by Gilead for the lymphoma drug Idealasib (Zeldig); Tetralogic (2008 to 2014), a NASDAQ listed company; and Avidia (2003 to 2006), acquired by Amgen. From 1996 to 2004, He was President and General Manager of Roche Biosciences, Palo Alto, California (formerly Syntex), where he had responsibility for all bioscience research and development, ranging from genetics and genomics to clinical development of numerous new pharmaceuticals, as well as former Syntex administrative matters. From 1991 to 1996, Dr. Woody served as Senior Vice President of Research and Development and Chief Scientific Officer of Centocor, Inc., Malvern, Pennsylvania, where he assisted in the development of several new major antibody-based therapeutics in the fields of oncology and autoimmune and cardiovascular disease, including Remicade®, a multi-billion dollar pharmaceutical. Prior to that time, He served as a Medical Officer in the U.S. Navy, retiring as a CAPT (06) and as Commanding Officer of the Naval Medical Research and Development Command in 1991. Dr. Woody and his colleagues, with U.S. Navy and Congressional approval, founded the National Marrow Donor Program. He is a member of the Research Advisory Committee for the Veterans Gulf War Illness. Dr. Woody was a member of the Board of Directors of the Lucille Packard (Stanford) Children’s Hospital (LPCH) in Palo Alto, California, (July 2002 to December 2020), serving as Chairman of the LPCH Quality Service and Safety Committee and a Member of the Patient Safety Oversight Committee. Dr. Woody also is a member of the Stanford Medical School Dean’s Research Committee and Stanford “SPARK” research initiatives program. Dr. Woody received a B.S. in Chemistry from Andrews University, Berrien Springs, Michigan, an M.D. from Loma Linda University and Pediatric Subspecialty Training at Duke University School of Medicine and Harvard University School of Medicine. He received a Ph.D. in Immunology from the University of London, England. We believe that his expertise and experience in the life sciences and venture capital industries and his educational background make him qualified to serve as a director.

Larry Gold, Ph.D. — Class II Director

Larry Gold, Ph.D. has served as a director of our company since the Closing of the Business Combination in November 2020. Dr. Gold is the Founder and Chairman Emeritus of the Board, and former CEO of SomaLogic. Prior to SomaLogic, he also founded and was the Chairman of NeXagen, Inc., which later became NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. In 1999, NeXstar merged with Gilead Sciences, Inc. to form a global organization committed to the discovery, development and commercialization of novel products that treat infectious diseases. During his nearly 10 years at NeXstar, Dr. Gold held numerous executive positions including Chairman of the Board, Executive Vice President of R&D, and Chief Science Officer. Before forming NeXagen, he also co-founded and served as Co-Director of Research at Synergen, Inc., a biotechnology company later acquired by Amgen, Inc. Dr. Gold recently became the Chairman of Lab79, a new biotech company in Boulder, Colorado. Since 1970, Dr. Gold has been a professor at the University of Colorado at Boulder. While at the University, he served as the Chairman of the Molecular, Cellular and Developmental Biology Department from 1988 to 1992. Between 1995 and 2013, Dr. Gold received the CU Distinguished Lectureship Award, the National Institutes of Health Merit Award, the Career Development Award, the Lifetime Achievement Award from the Colorado Biosciences Association, and the Chiron Prize for Biotechnology. Dr. Gold was also awarded the 8th International Steven Hoogendijk Prize by the Dutch Batavian Society of Experimental Philosophy in 2018. In addition, Dr. Gold has been a member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences since 1993 and the National Academy of Sciences since 1995. He is a fellow of the National Academy of Inventors. Dr. Gold also serves on the Board of Directors for CompleGen, Lab79, CNS Biosciences, Keck Graduate Institute, and the Biological Sciences Curriculum Study. Dr. Gold established the Gold Lab at the University of Colorado Boulder in 1971. Starting with basic research on bacteria and bacteriophage, the lab shifted its focus to human disease following the invention of the SELEX process in 1989. The Gold Lab today focuses on the utilization of biological and information technology to improve healthcare. Dr. Gold also began holding the GoldLab Symposia in 2010, an annual event that tackles big questions in healthcare. He is determined to change healthcare for the better through teaching, research, and debate among scientists and citizens throughout the world. Dr. Gold received a BA in 1963 in Biochemistry from Yale University, a Ph.D. in 1967 in Biochemistry from the University of Connecticut, and was an NIH Postdoctoral Fellow until 1969 at Rockefeller University.


Donald A. McGovern, Jr. — Class II Director

Donald A. McGovern, Jr. has served as a director of our company since the Closing of the Business Combination in November 2020. Mr. McGovern is a retired Vice Chairman, Global Assurance, of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC). Through decades of leadership at PwC and board experience, Mr. McGovern brings wide-ranging operational, financial, accounting and audit and public company experience. He currently serves on the board of directorsCars.com. Mr. McGovern joined the Board of Resource Capital Corporation (NYSE: RSO)Cars.com in May 2017 upon the spinout of Cars.com from Tegna creating a new public company listed on the NYSE. Cars.com is a leading two-sided digital automotive marketplace. Mr. McGovern is chair of the Audit Committee, an audit committee financial expert under SEC regulations, and a member of the Compensation Committee. His past public board experience has been with CRH, plc. Mr. McGovern served two three-year terms (2013 – 2019) on the Board of CRH. During his tenure, he was Senior Independent Director, chair of the Remuneration Committee, a member of the Nomination Committee and of the Audit Committee and an audit committee financial expert under US SEC and UK FRC regulations. CRH is headquartered in Dublin, Ireland and listed on the London, Irish and New York Stock Exchanges. His past private company board experience includes Neuraltus Pharmaceuticals (2014 – 2019) and eASIC Corp (2016 – 2018). Mr. McGovern joined the Board of Neuraltus in preparation for Neuraltus doing a potential IPO. Neuraltus was a privately held, venture capital backed biopharmaceutical company dedicated to the development of therapeutics to treat neurological disorders. Mr. McGovern was chair of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. Mr. McGovern joined the Board of eASIC as the Company was in the process of filing a Form S-1 registration statement for an IPO. eASIC, a privately held, venture capital backed, fabless semiconductor company, was acquired by Intel Corporation. Mr. McGovern was chair of the Audit Committee and member of the Nomination Committee.

He is by background a High Technology Industry Assurance partner and served as the global engagement partner, lead audit partner, or concurring partner, for numerous Silicon Valley and other US public companies such as Cisco Systems, Applied Materials, Schlumberger, Ltd., Hewlett-Packard, Agilent Technologies, Nvidia, eBay, and Varian Medical. He also has served Silicon Valley pre-IPO companies and during his career had been involved in over 35 IPOs. He has extensive experience for SEC current reporting and securities filings related to initial public offerings and other SEC registration statements, due diligence, mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, divestitures and risk management.

Mr. McGovern spent 39 years at PwC including 26 years as a partner. Mr. McGovern was Vice Chairman, Global Assurance Leader and a member of the PwC Global Network Executive Team, from July 2008 until his retirement from PwC on June 30, 2013. He had been the Managing Partner of the firm’s Silicon Valley Office from July 2001 to June 2007 and previously held other operating roles. In April 2001, Mr. McGovern was elected to the PwC Board of Partners and Principals of the US firm as well as to PwC’s Global Board. He was the first ever lead director for the US Board (2001 – 2005) and was elected to serve 2 terms on each Board.

Mr. McGovern is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has an active CPA license to practice in California, Illinois and New York. He received a BA from Marquette University in 1972 and received an MBA from DePaul University in 1975. He also attended the Executive Program for Growing Companies of the Stanford University Graduate School of Business in 1992.

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D.— Class II Director

Dr. Marrone served as Chief Executive Officer and founder of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (NASDAQ:MBII), a mortgage real estate financenatural products company producing pest management and plant health products, from April 2006 until her retirement in August 2020, and continues to serve on the Board of Directors of such company. She also served as President of Marrone Bio from 2006 through January 2015 and from September 2015 to August 2017. Dr. Marrone is currently Executive Chairperson and Partner of Primary BioAg Innovations and Global BioAg Linkages, a pair of companies founded to help sincere innovators scale their bioag and agtech businesses and gain market adoption. Prior to this,founding Marrone Bio, in 1995 Dr. Marrone founded AgraQuest, Inc. (acquired by Bayer), where she served as chief executive officer until May 2004 and as President or Chairman from 1994such time until March 2006, and where she led teams that discovered and commercialized several bio-based pest management products. She served as founding president and business unit head for Entotech, Inc., a biopesticide subsidiary of Denmark-based Novo Nordisk A/S (acquired by Abbott Laboratories), from 1990 to 2002,1995, and held various positions at the Monsanto Company from 1983 until 1990, where she led the Insect Biology Group, which was involved in pioneering projects in transgenic crops, natural products and microbial pesticides. Dr. Marrone is an author of over a dozen invited publications, an inventor on more than 300 patents and is in demand as a speaker and has served on the boards and advisory councils of numerous professional and academic organizations. In 2016, Dr. Marrone was elected to the Cornell University Board of Trustees and completed her four-year term in July 2020. In 2013, Dr. Marrone was named the Sacramento region’s “Executive of the Year” by the Sacramento Business Journal and “Cleantech Innovator of the Year” by the Sacramento Area Regional Technology Alliance and Best Manager with Strategic Vision by Agrow in 2014. In January 2019, she was awarded the “Sustie” award by the Ecological Farming Association for her decades-long leadership in sustainable agriculture. In March 2020, she was awarded the Most Admired CEO, Distinguished Career Award by the Sacramento Business Journal. Dr. Marrone earned a B.S. in Entomology from Cornell University and a Ph.D. in Entomology from North Carolina State University.


Francis Knuettel II, MBA— Class I Director

Mr. Knuettel has over 25 years of management experience in venture and private-equity backed public companies, and has advised public and private companies on financial management and controls, mergers and acquisitions, capital markets transactions and operating and financial restructurings. Mr. Knuettel has served as the Chief Executive Officer and director of Terra Tech Corp. (OTCQX:TRTC), a vertically integrated company focused on the cannabis sector with operations in California and Nevada, since December 2020. Mr. Knuettel was formerly Director of Capital and Advisory at Viridian Capital Advisors, a position he was President and COOheld from June 2020 to January 2021, following the sale but prior to the close of the acquisition of One Cannabis Group, Inc. (“OCG”) by an OTCQX listed company. At OCG, Mr. Knuettel served from June 2019 to January 2021 as Chief Financial Officer of the company, a publicly traded biotechnology company, Neose Technologies.leading cannabis dispensary franchisor, with over thirty cannabis dispensaries across seven states. Prior to this, from 1993joining OCG, Mr. Knuettel was Chief Financial Officer at MJardin Group, Inc. (“MJardin”) (August 2018 to 1994, Mr. Neff was Senior Vice President of U.S. Healthcare,January 2019, a publicly traded managed careDenver-based cannabis cultivation and dispensary management company, where he had responsibilities for strategic corporate development.led the company’s IPO on the Canadian Securities Exchange. Following the IPO, Mr. Knuettel managed the merger with GrowForce, a Toronto-based cannabis cultivator, after which he moved over to the Chief Strategy Role (January 2019 to June 2019). In his role as CSO, he managed the acquisition of several private companies before recommending and executing the consolidation of management and other operations to Toronto and the closure of the executive office in Denver. From April to August 2018, Mr. Knuettel served as Chief Financial Officer of Aqua Metals, Inc. (NASDAQ:AQMS), an advanced materials firm that developed technology in battery recycling. Prior to this,that, from April 2014 to April, 2018, Mr. Neff wasKnuettel served as Chief Financial Officer at Marathon Patent Group, Inc. (NASDAQ:MARA), a Managing Directorpatent enforcement and licensing company. Before that, Mr. Knuettel held numerous CFO and CEO positions at early-stage companies where he had significant experience both building and restructuring businesses. He currently serves on the Board of Directors and in various committee roles of two private companies, one developing an anti-viral platform and the Investment Banking division of Alex. Brown & Sons.other focused on smart intubation devices. Mr. Neff is a graduate of Wesleyan University andKnuettel graduated magna cum laude from Tufts University with a B.A. degree in Economics and from The Wharton School at the University of Michigan Law School. We believe Mr. NeffPennsylvania with an M.B.A. in Finance and Entrepreneurial Management.

Director Qualifications

The Board believes that each of our directors is wellhighly qualified to serve as a director duemember of the Board. Each of the directors has contributed to histhe mix of skills, core competencies and qualifications of the Board. When evaluating candidates for election to the Board, the Board seeks candidates with certain qualities that it believes are important, including integrity, an objective perspective, good judgment, and leadership skills. Our directors are highly educated and have diverse backgrounds and talents and extensive experiencetrack records of success in finance, investment in healthcare related businesses, and operations andwhat we believe are highly relevant positions.

Biographical Information about our Executive Officers

Below is biographical information about the executive management.officers of our company, other than those executive officers who also serve on our board of directors, for whom biographical information can be found above.

Jonathan Rothbard, Ph.D. — Chief Scientific Officer

 

NumberJonathan Rothbard, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since the Closing of the Business Combination in November 2020. Dr. Rothbard has served as the Chief Executive Officer and TermsChief Scientific Officer of OfficeKatexco since November 2018. Previously, he helped found ImmuLogic Pharmaceutical Corp., in Palo Alto, California, where he served as Chief Scientific Officer from 1989 to 1995, founded Amylin in San Diego, California in 1989, and CellGate in Redwood City, California, where he served as Chief Scientific Officer from 1998 to 2004. Dr. Rothbard also served on the faculty of the Department of Neurology at Stanford University Medical School and on the faculties of the Department of Chemistry and the Department of Rheumatology. He also previously served as the head of the Molecular Immunology Laboratory at the Imperial Cancer Research Fund in London. Dr. Rothbard received his BA from Hamilton College in 1973 and his Ph.D. from Columbia University in 1977 and completed post-doctoral fellowships at The Rockefeller University and Stanford University Medical School.

Ozan Pamir, CFA — Interim Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Ozan Pamir has served as our interim Chief Financial Officer since November 2020. Mr. Pamir has also served as the Chief Financial Officer and as a member of the Board of Directors of 180, our wholly-owned subsidiary following the Closing of the Business Combination, since October 2018. Mr. Pamir has also served as the Chief Financial Officer and as a member of the Board of Directors of Unify Pharmaceuticals since August 2019, and as the Chief Financial Officer of Enosi Life Sciences between May 2020 and April 2021, both of which are pre-clinical companies focused on autoimmune diseases. Previously, Mr. Pamir served in various positions with Echelon Wealth Partners, a leading Canadian investment bank, from June 2014 to October 2018, including Investment Banking Analyst (June 2014 – June 2015), Senior Associate, Investment Banking (June 2015 – September 2017) and Vice President of Investment Banking (September 2017 – October 2018), as well as Investment Banking Analyst of OCI Groups from October 2013 to June 2014. Mr. Pamir holds an Economics and Finance degree from McGill University and is a CFA Charterholder.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among executive officers and directors.


Classified Board of Directors

The board is divided into two classes. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the second annual meeting following the election. The directors are divided among the two classes as follows:

the Class I directors are Lawrence Steinman, James N. Woody, and Francis Kneuttel II, and their terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021; and

the Class II directors are Larry Gold, Sir Marc Feldmann and Donald A. McGovern, Jr., and Pamela G. Marrone and their terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the two classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-half of the directors. The division of the board of directors into two classes with staggered two-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Arrangements between Officers and Directors

 

There is no arrangement or understanding between our directors and executive officers and any other person pursuant to which any director or officer was or is to be selected as a director or officer. There are also no arrangements, agreements or understandings to our knowledge between non-management stockholders that may directly or indirectly participate in or influence the management of our affairs.

Other Directorships

Other than Mr. McGovern and Prof. Steinman, who serve on the Board of Directors of Cars.com and Bioatla (NASDAQ:BCAB), respectively, none of the directors of the Company are also directors of issuers with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (or which otherwise are required to file periodic reports under the Exchange Act).

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, during the past ten years, none of our directors or executive officers were involved in any of the following: (1) any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time; (2) any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being a named subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (3) being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities; (4) being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodities Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law; (5) being the subject of, or a party to, any Federal or State judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of (i) any Federal or State securities or commodities law or regulation; (ii) any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order; or (iii) any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or (6) being the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.


Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is divided into two classes with only one classhas the responsibility for selecting our appropriate leadership structure. In making leadership structure determinations, the board of directors being electedconsiders many factors, including the specific needs of our business and what is in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior tothe best interests of our first annual meetingstockholders. Our current leadership structure is comprised of stockholders) serving a two-year term. The termseparate Chairmen of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Messrs. Sherman and Neff, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Dr. Krauss and Messrs. Williamson and Hornig, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers are elected by the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Lawrence Steinman, M.D. and Sir Marc Feldmann, Ph.D. serve at the discretionas co-Chairmen of the board of directors rather than for specific termsand James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D. serves as CEO. The board of office.directors does not have a policy as to whether the Chairmen should be independent directors, affiliated directors, or a member of management. Our board of directors believes that the Company’s current leadership structure is authorizedappropriate because it effectively allocates authority, responsibility, and oversight between management (the Company’s CEO, James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D.) and the members of our board of directors. It does this by giving primary responsibility for the operational leadership and strategic direction of the Company to appoint personsits CEO, while enabling our Chairmen to the offices set forth infacilitate our bylawsboard of directors’ oversight of management, promote communication between management and our board of directors, and support our board of directors’ consideration of key governance matters. The board of directors believes that its programs for overseeing risk, as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consistdescribed below, would be effective under a variety of a Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, Treasurerleadership frameworks and such other offices as may be determined bytherefore do not materially affect its choice of structure.

Risk Oversight

Effective risk oversight is an important priority of the board of directors. Because risks are considered in virtually every business decision, the board of directors discusses risk throughout the year generally or in connection with specific proposed actions. The board of directors’ approach to risk oversight includes understanding the critical risks in our business and strategy, evaluating our risk management processes, allocating responsibilities for risk oversight among the full board of directors, and fostering an appropriate culture of integrity and compliance with legal responsibilities.

The board of directors exercises direct oversight of strategic risks to us. Our Audit Committee reviews and assesses our processes to manage business and financial risk and financial reporting risk. It also reviews our policies for risk assessment and assesses steps management has taken to control significant risks. Our Compensation Committee oversees risks relating to compensation programs and policies. In each case management periodically reports to our board of directors or the relevant committee, which provides the relevant oversight on risk assessment and mitigation.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has twofour standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensationrisk, safety and regulatory committee. Both our audit committee and our compensation committeeAll four committees are composed solely of independent directors. We filed a copy of our audit committee charter and our compensation committee charter as exhibits to the registration statement that we filed in connection with our IPO. We filed a copy of our nominating and corporate governance committee charter as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K that we filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020. Our risk, safety and regulatory committee charter is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You can review the charters for our standing committees by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. The current members of the committees of our board of directors are as follows:

 

Director NameIndependentAudit CommitteeCompensation CommitteeNominating and Corporate Governance CommitteeRisk, Safety and Regulatory Committee
Lawrence Steinman, M.D. (1)
Sir Marc Feldmann, Ph.D. (1)
James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D.
Larry Gold, Ph.D.XMC
Donald A. McGovern, Jr. (2)XCMM
Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D.XMC
Francis Knuettel II, MBAXMM

(1)Co-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors.

(2)Lead independent director.

CChairperson of the Committee.

MMember of the Committee.


Audit Committee

 

NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. We have established an audit committee of the board of directors, which currently consists of Messrs. Hornig, ShermanDonald A. McGovern, Jr. (Chair), Larry Gold, Ph.D, and Neff. Messrs. Hornig, Sherman and Neff meetFrancis Knuettel II, MBA. Each member of the audit committee meets the independent director standard under Nasdaq’sNASDAQ’s listing standards and under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. Mr. Neff serves as Chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. NeffMcGovern qualifies as an “auditaudit committee financial expert”expert as defined in applicable SEC rules.

57

 

Responsibilities of the audit committee include:

 

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships the firm have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within, the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our consolidated financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

 

Compensation Committee

 

We have established a compensation committee of the board of directors. The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. HornigDonald A. McGovern, Jr. (Chair), Larry Gold, Ph.D. and Neff. Mr. Hornig serves as Chairman of the compensation committee.Pamela G. Marrone, PhD. We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation in executive session at which the Chief Executive Officer is not present;

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;


implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

58

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, other than the $10,000 per month administrative fee payable to our sponsor and reimbursement of expenses, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our sponsor, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

 

The compensation committee charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NASDAQ and the SEC.

 

Director NominationsNominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

We do not have established a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form aand corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or NASDAQ rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the NASDAQ rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The members of our compensation committee are Larry Gold, Ph.D. (Chair), and Donald A. McGovern, Jr. Our board has determined that each member is independent under applicable NASDAQ listing standards. We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry outnominating and corporate governance committee. Specific responsibilities of the responsibilitynominating and corporate governance committee include:

making recommendations to our Board regarding candidates for directorships;

making recommendations to our Board regarding the size and composition of our Board;

overseeing our corporate governance policies and reporting; and

making recommendations to our Board concerning governance matters.

Risk, Safety and Regulatory Committee

In May 2021, the Board of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formationDirectors adopted a charter of a standing nominating committee.Risk, Safety and Regulatory Committee, which committee is tasked with, among other things, overseeing the Company’s risk management policies and procedures, reviewing the Company’s principal risk and compliance policies and the Company’s approach to risk management, dealing with risk identification and risk assessment for the principal operational, business, compliance and ethics risks facing the Company, whether internal or external in nature including, but not limited to, the risks and incident responses associated with: information security; business continuity and disaster recovery; vendor management; operations risks; supply chain risks; employment and workplace conduct practices; safety and environmental matters; and legal risks, overseeing the Company’s compliance programs, reviewing the Company’s compliance with relevant laws, regulations, and corporate policies (including the Company’s Code of Ethics), overseeing significant complaints and other matters raised through the Company’s compliance reporting mechanisms, including the review and investigation of such matters as necessary, reviewing significant government inquiries or investigations and other significant legal actions, reviewing information about current and emerging legal and regulatory compliance risks and enforcement trends that may affect the Company’s business operations, performance or strategy, meeting, and reviewing and discussing with management the implementation and enforcement of policies, standards, procedures and risk management programs, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations, related to the manufacture and supply of products consistent with applicable high-quality and medical product safety standards. The members of our Risk, Safety and Regulatory Committee are Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D. (Chair), Donald A. McGovern, Jr., and Francis Kneuttel II, MBA. Our board has determined that each member is independent under applicable NASDAQ listing standards.

Insider Trading/Anti-Hedging Policies

All employees, officers and directors who shall participateof, and consultants and contractors to, us or any of our subsidiaries are subject to our Insider Trading Policy. The policy prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of any nonpublic information acquired in the considerationworkplace, the misuse of material nonpublic information in securities trading. The policy also includes specific anti-hedging provisions.


To ensure compliance with the policy and recommendationapplicable federal and state securities laws, all individuals subject to the policy must refrain from the purchase or sale of director nominees are Messrs. Hornig, Neffour securities except in designated trading windows or pursuant to preapproved 10b5-1 trading plans. Even during a trading window period, certain identified insiders, which include the named executive officers and Sherman. In accordancedirectors, must comply with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A)our designated pre-clearance policy prior to trading in our securities. The anti-hedging provisions prohibit all employees, officers and directors from engaging in “short sales of the NASDAQ rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we doour securities.

Policy on Equity Ownership

The Company does not have a nominating committee charterpolicy on equity ownership at this time. However, as illustrated in place.

The boardthe beneficial ownership table under “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”, below, all Named Executive Officers and directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election atbeneficial owners of stock of the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.Company.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider ParticipationRecovery

 

NoneUnder the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of our officers currently serves, or2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), in the pastevent of misconduct that results in a financial restatement that would have reduced a previously paid incentive amount, we can recoup those improper payments from our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. We plan to implement a claw back policy in the future, although we have not yet implemented such policy.

Meetings of the Board of Directors and Annual Meeting

During the fiscal year has served, as a memberthat ended on December 31, 2020, following the Business Combination, the Board held five meetings and took various other actions via the unanimous written consent of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a)and the various committees described below. Each director attended all of the Securities Exchange ActBoard of 1934, as amended, requires our officers, directorsDirectors meetings and persons who beneficially own more than ten percentcommittee meetings of our common stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) formscommittees on which they file. Based solely upon a review of such forms, we believe thatserved, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 there were no delinquent filers.2020 (following the Business Combination). Each director of the Company is expected to be present at annual meetings of stockholders, absent exigent circumstances that prevent their attendance. Where a director is unable to attend an annual meeting in person but is able to do so by electronic conferencing, the Company will arrange for the director’s participation by means where the director can hear, and be heard, by those present at the meeting.

 

Executive Sessions of the Board of Directors

59

 

The independent members of our board of directors meet in executive session (with no management directors or management present) from time to time. The executive sessions include whatever topics the independent directors deem appropriate.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We haveemployees, which we filed a copy of our form of Code of Ethics, our audit committee charter and compensation committee charter as exhibitsan exhibit to the registration statement that we filed in connection with our initial public offering.IPO. You will be able tocan review these documentsour Code of Ethics by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of theour Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Stockholder Communications

Our stockholders and other interested parties may communicate with members of the board of directors by submitting such communications in writing to our Corporate Secretary, 3000 El Camino Real, Bldg. 4, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94306, who, upon receipt of any communication other than one that is clearly marked “Confidential,” will note the date the communication was received, open the communication, make a copy of it for our files and promptly forward the communication to the director(s) to whom it is addressed. Upon receipt of any communication that is clearly marked “Confidential,” our Corporate Secretary will not open the communication, but will note the date the communication was received and promptly forward the communication to the director(s) to whom it is addressed. If the correspondence is not addressed to any particular board member or members, the communication will be forwarded to a board member to bring to the attention of the board of directors.


Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers and directors and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities to file with the SEC initial statements of beneficial ownership, reports of changes in ownership and annual reports concerning their ownership in our common stock and other equity securities, on Form 3, 4 and 5 respectively. Executive officers, directors and greater than 10% stockholders are required by the SEC regulations to furnish our company with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they file.

Based solely on our review of the copies of such reports received by us, we believe that all filings required to be made under Section 16(a) during 2020 were timely made, except that Marlene Krauss, M.D., the Chief Executive Officer of KBL until the Closing of the Business Combination, failed to timely disclose nine transactions on Form 4, and as a result three Form 4s were untimely filed; Dr. James N. Woody, our Chief Executive Officer, inadvertently failed to timely report one transaction on Form 4, and as a result one Form 4 was untimely filed; Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann, our Co-Executive Chairman, inadvertently failed to timely file a Form 3 reporting his initial beneficial ownership of our securities upon his appointment as a member of the board of directors; Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann, our Co-Executive Chairman, inadvertently failed to timely file a Form 3 reporting his initial beneficial ownership of our securities upon his appointment as a member of the board of directors; Prof. Richard W. Barker, MA, D.Phil, OBE, our former director, inadvertently failed to timely file a Form 3 reporting his initial beneficial ownership of our securities upon his appointment as a member of the board of directors; Jonathan Rothbard, Ph.D., our Chief Science Officer, inadvertently failed to timely file a Form 3 reporting his initial beneficial ownership of our securities upon his appointment as Chief Science Officer; and Ozan Pamir, our Interim Chief Financial Officer, inadvertently failed to timely file a Form 3 reporting his initial beneficial ownership of our securities upon his appointment as Interim Chief Financial Officer.

New Directors; Change in Board Committees

On May 27, 2021, the Board of Directors appointed Russell T. Ray, MBA and Teresa DeLuca MD, MBA as members of the Board of Directors of the Company, to fill two vacancies on the Board of Directors, originally to be effective as of June 15, 2021. Effective on June 8, 2021, the Board of Directors, increased the number of members of the Board of Directors from seven to nine, and appointed Francis Knuettel II, MBA, and Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D., as members of the Board, to fill the two new vacancies on the Board, effective as of the later of the filing of this report and June 28, 2021, and changed the effective date of the appointments of Mr. Ray and Dr. DeLuca to the same date. Subsequently, the Board of Directors appointed Pamela Marrone, Ph.D. and Francis Knuettel II, MBA as members of the Board of Directors on July 2, 2021, and determined that the appointments of Russell T. Ray, MBA and Teresa DeLuca MD, MBA would be effective upon the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Board of Directors determined that all new director appointees are “independent” pursuant to the rules of the NASDAQ Capital Market.

Also on June 8, 2021, the Board of Directors confirmed the following Board committee appointments, each effective upon the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

Director NameIndependentAudit
Committee
Compensation
Committee

Nominating
and

Corporate
Governance
Committee

Risk, Safety
and
Regulatory
Committee
Lawrence Steinman, M.D. (1)
Sir Marc Feldmann, Ph.D. (1)
James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D.
Larry Gold, Ph.D.XMC
Donald A. McGovern, Jr. (2)XCMM
Russell T. Ray, MBAXMMM
Teresa DeLuca MD, MBAXCM
Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D.XMC
Frank Knuettel II, MBAXMM

(1)Co-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors.
(2)Lead independent director.

CChairperson of the Committee.
MMember of the Committee.


In connection with each new director’s appointment to the Board, such persons entered into offer letters with the Company, dated on or around May 21, 2021 (collectively, the “Offer Letters”). The Offer Letters set forth the compensation that the new directors will be entitled to, including a grant of options to purchase $425,000 of value of shares of the Company’s common stock (value per share and number of shares determined by the Black-Scholes calculation on the date of grant) (the “Initial Option Grant”), which will vest as to 1/48 of the balance of the option shares upon each month of service after the date of grant and have an exercise price per share equal to the closing sales price of a share of common stock on the grant date, provided that to the extent such grant results in less than an option to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, it is expected that the difference in shares between the Initial Option Grant and 100,000 shares would be granted in the next compensation year (vesting as to 1/36 of the balance of the option shares upon each month of service after the date of grant and having an exercise price per share equal to the closing sales price of a share of common stock on the grant date); and cash fees consistent with the compensation policy of the Board of Directors as amended from time to time, which currently consists of $40,000 per compensation year for an annual retainer fee plus additional committee fees of $5,000 for each of the Compensation Committee or Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, and $7,500 for each of the Audit Committee or Risk Committee, on which the director serves, $10,000 for the Chairperson of the Compensation Committee and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and $15,000 for the Chairperson of the Audit Committee and of the Risk Committee, per year.

The biographical information for Russell T. Ray, MBA and Teresa DeLuca MD, MBA are included in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company with the SEC on May 27, 2021 and for Francis Knuettel II, MBA, and Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D., are included in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company with the SEC on June 10, 2021.

ItemITEM 11.Executive CompensationEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussionof Directors and AnalysisOfficers by KBL Merger Corp. IV prior to the Closing of the Business Combination

 

None of ourthe executive officers has beenor directors of KBL, including Marlene Krauss, M.D., the Chief Executive Officer of KBL until the Closing of the Business Combination, were paid cash compensation in connection with services rendered to the Companyour company for the yearyears ended December 31, 2017.2020 and 2019. Commencing on June 2, 2017 through the earlierClosing of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation,the Business Combination, we have paid our sponsorSponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilitiesadministrative support and secretarial support.associated costs. Our sponsor,Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, arewere reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our independent directors reviewprior to the Closing of the Business Combination reviewed on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor,Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates. All of the directors and executive officers of KBL immediately prior to the Closing of the Business Combination resigned from their positions upon the Closing of the Business Combination.

 

AfterIn addition to the foregoing, on June 12, 2020, KBL entered into a resignation agreement with Dr. Krauss, whereby, among other things, upon the closing of the Business Combination, the employment of Dr. Krauss with the combined company would be terminated, and KBL became obligated to pay a cash severance payment of $500,000 to Dr. Krauss (of which $200,000 was paid during September 2020). As of December 31, 2020, there are no balances outstanding due to Dr. Krauss.

Compensation of Officers by 180 Life Sciences Corp. following the Closing of the Business Combination

General

Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D., the Chief Executive Officer of 180, was appointed to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of our company, and Jonathan Rothbard, Ph.D., the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Scientific Officer of Katexco, was appointed to serve as the Chief Scientific Officer of our company. Also following the Closing of the Business Combination, Ozan Pamir, the Chief Financial Officer of 180, continued to serve in that position for 180, and on November 27, 2020, he was appointed to serve as the Interim Chief Financial Officer of our company.

A description of the employment or services agreements with each of the foregoing persons is set forth below.


Description of Employment Agreements

James N. Woody 180 Employment Agreement

James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D. and 180 entered into an employment agreement on July 1, 2020 (which agreement was amended on September 18, 2020), effective as of July 1, 2020, whereby Dr. Woody served as the Chief Executive Officer of 180 and began serving as our Chief Executive Officer following the Closing of the Business Combination. The initial term of the employment agreement started on July 1, 2020, is for a period of one (1) year and is subject to automatic renewal for consecutive one (1) year terms unless either party provides 60 days’ notice. Dr. Woody’s annual base salary was initially $250,000 per year from July 1, 2020 to September 1, 2020, and increased to $360,000 per year on September 1, 2020, provided that all salary was accrued and continues to be accrued. The agreement provides that Dr. Woody’s salary is to be renegotiated with the completion of ourthe next qualified financing of over $20 million. Dr. Woody is eligible to participate in any stock option plans and receive other equity awards, as determined from time to time.

James N. Woody Amended and Restated Employment Agreement

On February 25, 2021, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with James N. Woody (the “A&R Agreement”), dated February 24, 2021, and effective November 6, 2020, which replaced and superseded the July 2020 agreement with 180 as discussed above. Pursuant to the A&R Agreement, Dr. Woody agreed to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The agreement replaced his prior agreement with the Company. The A&R Agreement has a term of three years, and is automatically renewable thereafter for additional one-year periods, unless either party provides the other at least 90 days written notice of their intent to not renew the agreement. Dr. Woody’s annual base salary under the agreement will initially be $450,000 per year. The annual salary is also subject to automatic 5% yearly increases.

Dr. Woody is also eligible to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 45% of his then-current base salary, based upon the Company’s achievement of performance and management objectives as set and approved by the board of directors and/or Compensation Committee in consultation with Dr. Woody. At Dr. Woody’s option, the annual bonus can be paid in cash or the equivalent value of the Company’s common stock or a combination therefore. The board of directors, as recommended by the Compensation Committee, may also award Dr. Woody bonuses from time to time (in stock, options, cash, or other forms of consideration) in its discretion.

As additional consideration for Dr. Woody agreeing to enter into the agreement, the Company awarded him options to purchase 1,400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which have a term of 10 years, and an exercise price of $4.43 per share (the closing sales price on the date the board of directors approved the grant (February 26, 2021)). The options as subject to the Company’s 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan and vest at the rate of (a) 1/5th of such options on the grant date; and (b) 4/5th of such options vesting ratably on a monthly basis over the following 36 months on the last day of each calendar month; provided, however, that such options vest immediately upon Dr. Woody’s death or disability, termination without cause or a termination by Dr. Woody for good reason (as defined in the agreement), a change in control of the Company or upon a sale of the Company. Under the employment agreement, Dr. Woody is also eligible to participate in any stock option plans and receive other equity awards, as determined by the board of directors from time to time.

The agreement can be terminated any time by the Company for cause (subject to the cure provisions of the agreement), or without cause (with 60 days prior written notice to Dr. Woody), by Dr. Woody for good reason (as described in the agreement, and subject to the cure provisions of the agreement), or by Dr. Woody without good reason. The agreement also expires automatically at the end of the initial business combination, directorsterm or membersany renewal term if either party provides notice of non-renewal as discussed above.

In the event the A&R Agreement is terminated without cause by the Company, or by Dr. Woody for good reason, the Company agreed to pay him the lesser of 18 months of salary or the remaining term of the agreement, the payment of any accrued bonus from the prior year, his pro rata portion of any current year’s bonus and health insurance premiums for the same period that he is to receive severance payments (as discussed above).

The A&R Agreement contains standard and customary invention assignment, indemnification, confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions, which remain in effect for a period of 24 months following the termination of his agreement.


Dr. Rothbard’s Employment Agreement

Our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Katexco entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Rothbard on November 1, 2018. The agreement provides for an indefinite term that continues until termination. The initial annual base salary set forth in the agreement is $300,000, with annual increases as determined by the board of directors. Any bonuses, including stock options, are in the sole discretion of Katexco, depending on financial circumstances and the performance of the services under the agreement.

The agreement provides that Dr. Rothbard is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans that are established from time to time, including group health insurance, accidental death and dismemberment, group life insurance, short-term disability insurance, long-term disability insurance, drug coverage and dental coverage.

The agreement also provides Dr. Rothbard with severance benefits if his employment is terminated without “just cause,” subject to his compliance with the restrictive covenants described below and his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims.

In the event Dr. Rothbard’s agreement is terminated without “just cause” (as defined in such agreement), Katexco agreed pay a period of two weeks plus two weeks for each completed year of service, up to a cumulative maximum of 16 weeks of compensation. If severance is paid in lieu of any amount of the required notice period, the amount of the severance pay will be equal to the then-current base salary pro-rated for the covered period. Upon any termination of employment, including a termination for “just cause,” Dr. Rothbard is entitled to the base salary, bonuses and stock options actually earned up to the date of termination.

Pursuant to his agreement, Dr. Rothbard is subject to a six-month post-employment non-competition, non-solicitation and non-hire covenant.

As noted above, upon the Closing of the Business Combination, Dr. Rothbard was appointed to serve as the Chief Scientific Officer of our management team who remaincompany.

On August 21, 2019, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with usDr. Rothbard which replaced his prior agreement, which was not effective until the Closing Date, but became effective on such date. The Employment Agreement has a term of three years from the Closing Date (i.e., until November 6, 2023), automatically extending for additional one-year terms thereafter unless either party terminates the agreement with at least 90 days prior written notice before the next renewal date.

The Employment Agreement provides for Dr. Rothbard to be paid a salary of $375,000 per year, with automatic increases in salary, on the first anniversary of the effective date, and each anniversary thereafter, of 10%.

The Employment Agreement provides for Dr. Rothbard to receive an annual bonus subject to meeting certain objectives set by the Board of Directors, with a targeted bonus amount of 50% of his then salary, payable on or before February 15th of each year.

The Employment Agreement also provides for Dr. Rothbard to earn equity compensation in the discretion of the Board of Directors. Dr. Rothbard may also be issued bonuses, from time to time, in the discretion of the board of directors, which may be payable in cash, stock or options.

In the event Dr. Rothbard’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, by Dr. Rothbard for good reason (as discussed in the employment agreement), or the agreement is not renewed by the Company, he is required to be paid 36 months of severance pay (if such termination occurs during the first year of the term); 24 months of severance pay (if such termination occurs during the second year of the term); and 12 months of severance pay (if such termination occurs after the second year of the term), along with any accrued bonus amount and a pro rata annual bonus based on the targeted bonus, as well as the payment of health insurance premiums for the same period over which he is required to be paid severance pay.


Ozan Pamir Katexco Employment Agreement

Our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Katexco entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Pamir on October 22, 2018. The agreement provides for an indefinite term that continues until termination. The initial annual base salary set forth in the agreement was CAD $120,000, with annual increases as determined by the board of directors. The agreement also provided Mr. Pamir with a CAD $20,000 signing bonus. Any bonuses, including stock options, are in the sole discretion of Katexco, depending on financial circumstances and the performance of the services under the agreement. In 2019, the compensation was increased to $120,000 per annum in US dollars.

On February 1, 2020, there was an amendment to Mr. Pamir’s consulting agreement with Katexco, whereby the contract was transferred from Katexco to Katexco Pharmaceuticals Corp. - US.

Ozan Pamir Company Employment Agreement

On February 25, 2021, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement dated February 24, 2021, and effective November 6, 2020, which agreement was amended and corrected on March 1, 2021, to be effective as of the effective date of the original agreement (which amendment and correction is retroactively updated in the discussion of the agreement), with Ozan Pamir, the Company’s Interim Chief Financial Officer, which replaced and superseded Mr. Pamir’s agreement with Katexco, as discussed above. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Pamir agreed to serve as the Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and the Company agreed to pay Mr. Pamir $300,000 per year. Such salary is to be increased to a mutually determined amount upon the closing of a new financing, and shall also be increased on a yearly basis.

Under the agreement, Mr. Pamir is eligible to receive an annual bonus, in a targeted amount of 30% of his then salary, based upon the Company’s achievement of performance and management objectives as set and approved by the Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with Mr. Pamir. The bonus amount is subject to adjustment. The board of directors, as recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Company (and/or the Compensation Committee), may also award Mr. Pamir bonuses from time to time (in stock, options, cash, or other fees fromforms of consideration) in its discretion.

As additional consideration for Mr. Pamir agreeing to enter into the combined company. Allagreement, the Company awarded him options to purchase 180,000 shares of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders,the Company’s common stock, which have a term of 10 years, and an exercise price of $4.43 per share (the closing sales price on the date the board of directors approved the grant (February 26, 2021)). The options as subject to the extent then known,Company’s 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan and vest at the rate of (a) 1/5th of such options upon the grant date; and (b) 4/5th of such options vesting ratably on a monthly basis over the following 36 months on the last day of each calendar month; provided, however, that such options vest immediately upon Mr. Pamir’s death or disability, termination without cause or a termination by Mr. Pamir for good reason (as defined in the tender offer materialsagreement), a change in control of the Company or proxy solicitation materials furnishedupon a sale of the Company. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Pamir is also eligible to participate in any stock option plans and receive other equity awards, as determined by the board of directors from time to time.

The agreement can be terminated any time by the Company with or without cause with 60 days prior written notice and may be terminated by Mr. Pamir at any time with 60 days prior written notice. The agreement may also be terminated by the Company with six days’ notice in the event the agreement is terminated for cause under certain circumstances. Upon the termination of Mr. Pamir’s agreement by the Company without cause or by Mr. Pamir for good reason, the Company agreed to pay him three months of severance pay.

The agreement contains standard and customary invention assignment, indemnification, confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions, which remain in effect for a period of 24 months following the termination of his agreement.

On May 27, 2021, the Company entered into a Second Amendment to Employment Agreement with Ozan Pamir (the “Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment amended the terms of Mr. Pamir’s employment solely to provide that all compensation payable to Mr. Pamir under such agreement would be paid directly by the Company.


Inflammation consultancy Agreements with each of Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann and Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal

See “Inflammation consultancy Agreements with each of Prof. Sir Marc Feldmann and Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal” under “Material Agreements—Consulting Agreements”, under “Item 1. Business“, above.

Prof Jagdeep Nanchahal Consulting Agreement

See “Prof Jagdeep Nanchahal Consulting Agreement” under “Material Agreements—Consulting Agreements”, under “Item 1. Business“, above.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information concerning compensation earned by or paid to certain persons who we refer to as our stockholdersNamed Executive Officers” for services provided for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. Our Named Executive Officers include persons who (i) served as our, or 180’s, principal executive officer or acted in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikelysimilar capacity during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, (ii) were serving at fiscal year-end as our two most highly compensated executive officers, other than the principal executive officer, whose total compensation exceeded $100,000, and (iii) if applicable, up to two additional individuals for whom disclosure would have been provided as a most highly compensated executive officer, but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive officer at fiscal year-end.

As noted above, none of the executive officers of KBL prior to the Closing of the Business Combination, including our former Chief Executive Officer, received any cash compensation for their services.

     Salary  Bonus  All Other
Compensation
  Total 
Name and Principal Position    ($)  ($)  ($)  ($) 
James N. Woody (1) 2020  $175,166  $-  $90,000  $265,166 
Chief Executive Officer                   
                    
Ozan Pamir (2) 2020  $187,000  $-  $112,750(4) (6) $299,750 
Chief Financial Officer 2019  $108,604  $-  $93,832(5) (6) $202,436 
                    
Jonathan Rothbard, Ph.D. (3) 2020  $333,968  $-  $-  $333,968 
Chief Scientific Officer 2019  $300,000  $-  $-  $300,000 

Does not include perquisites and other personal benefits or property, unless the aggregate amount of such compensation will be known atis more than $10,000. No executive officer earned any stock awards, option awards, non-equity incentive plan compensation or nonqualified deferred compensation during the time, becauseperiods reported above. Option Awards and Stock Awards represent the directorsaggregate grant date fair value of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined by our compensation committee.awards computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification Topic 718.

(1)Dr. Woody was a consultant of 180 from January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020 and was paid $90,000 in consultant fees. On August 13, 2020, effective July 1, 2020, Mr. Woody was hired as the Chief Executive Officer of 180, and of our Company, beginning November 6, 2020. Effective November 6, 2020, Dr. Woody and the Company entered into an employment agreement which entitles Dr. Woody to an annual salary of $450,000 and a target bonus of 45%. As of the date of this filing, all of the amounts owed to Dr. Woody have been fully paid.

(2)On November 9, 2020, Mr. Pamir was hired as the Chief Financial Officer of 180, and, starting November 27, 2020, Interim Chief Financial Officer of our Company. Effective November 9, 2020, Mr. Pamir has a new employment agreement which entitles him to an annual salary of $300,000 and a target bonus of 30%. As of the date of this filing, all of the amounts owed to Mr. Pamir have been fully paid.

(3)Dr. Rothbard was the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Scientific Officer of Katexco, and Chief Scientific Officer of our Company following the closing of the Business Combination. As of the Business Combination, Dr. Rothbard has a new employment agreement which entitles him to an annual salary of $375,000 and a target bonus of 50%. As of the date of this filing, all of the amounts owed to Dr. Rothbard have been fully paid via cash and issuance of stock.

(4)Represents consulting fees paid by CBR Pharma. The consulting agreement has been terminated.

(5)Based on a U.S. dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate of 1.3262 on December 31, 2019.

(6)Based on a U.S. dollar to Canadian dollar exchange rate of 1.3649 on December 31, 2020.


Bonuses

 

We do not intendNo bonuses were paid to takethe officers named in the table above, whether by 180 prior to the Closing of the Business Combination or by our company following the Closing of the Business Combination, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Stock Options

No stock options were granted to the officers named in the table above, whether by 180 prior to the Closing of the Business Combination or by our company following the Closing of the Business Combination, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Potential Payments Upon Termination

Pursuant to the employment agreements for Dr. Woody, Dr. Rothbard and Mr. Pamir, severance benefits will be paid in the event of a termination without “just cause” (as defined in such agreements). Dr. Woody, in the event of such termination, is entitled to severance payments in the form of continued base salary, for the lesser of eighteen (18) months or the then remaining term of the agreement, (ii) payment of any actionaccrued and unpaid annual bonus for any year preceding the year in which the employment terminates; (iii) payment of a pro rata annual bonus for the year in which the employment terminates calculated by multiplying the target bonus amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days elapsed in the year as of the effective date of termination of employment and the denominator of which is 365; and (iv) payment by the Company of Dr. Woody’s monthly health insurance premiums. For Dr. Rothbard, in the event of such termination during his first year, Dr. Rothbard would be entitled to ensure that membershis then base salary for a period of our management team maintain their positions with us after36 months, during his second year, Dr Rothbard would be entitled to his then base salary for a period of 24 months, and 12 months if the consummationtermination happens in the third year of our initial business combination, although itDr Rothbard’s employment or thereafter; (ii) payment of any accrued and unpaid annual bonus for any year preceding the year in which the employment terminates; (iii) payment of a pro rata annual bonus for the year in which the employment terminates calculated by multiplying the target bonus amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is possible that some or allthe number of calendar days elapsed in the year as of the effective date of termination of employment and the denominator of which is 365; and (iv) payment by the Company of monthly health insurance premiums. Mr. Pamir, in the event of such termination, would be entitled to an amount equal to his then current base salary for a period of (3) months.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year Ended December 31, 2020

None of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employmentheld any outstanding stock awards or consulting arrangements to remain with us after the initial business combination. The existence or termsoption awards as of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we doDecember 31, 2020.

Directors who are not believe that the abilityNamed Executive Officers of our managementCompany prior to remain with us after the consummationClosing of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.the Business Combination

  Fees earned
or paid in cash
  Stock/option
awards
  All other
compensation
  Total 
Name ($)  ($)  ($)  ($) 
Lawrence Steinman $100,000  $-  $53,943  $153,943 
Sir Marc Feldmann, Ph.D., M.D. (3) $156,963  $-  $-  $156,963 
Larry Gold, Ph.D. (1) (2) $-  $48,198  $-  $48,198 
Donald A. McGovern, Jr. (1) (2) $-  $48,198  $-  $48,198 

*The table above does not include the amount of any expense reimbursements paid to the above directors. No directors received any Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation or Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. Does not include perquisites and other personal benefits, or property, unless the aggregate amount of such compensation is more than $10,000.

 

(1)On December 3, 2020, we granted to each of Dr. Gold and Mr. McGovern options to purchase up to 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.49 per share. The options vest in equal monthly instalments over the 12 months after the grant date, subject to such director’s continued service to our company on such vesting dates.

(2)Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the award computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(3)Based on a GBP to USD exchange rate of 1.30.


Item 12.ITEM 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder MattersSECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth, information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 28, 2018 based on information obtained fromJuly 8, 2021, the persons named below, with respect to the beneficial ownershipnumber and percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock beneficially owned by: (a) each person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock; (b) each of our directors; (c) each of our Named Executive Officers; and (d) all current directors and Named Executive Officers, as a group. As of July 8, 2021 (“Date of Determination”), there were 30,768,873 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

 

● each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;
each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns shares of our common stock; and
all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. Under this rule, certain shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by more than one person (if, for example, persons share the power to vote or the power to dispose of the shares). In addition, shares are deemed to be beneficially owned by a person if the person has the right to acquire shares (for example, upon exercise of an option or warrant or upon conversion of a convertible security) within 60 days of the date as of which the information is provided. In computing the percentage ownership of any person, the amount of shares is deemed to include the amount of shares beneficially owned by such person by reason of such acquisition rights. As a result, the percentage of outstanding shares of any person as shown in the following table does not necessarily reflect the person’s actual voting power at any particular date.

 

Beneficial ownership as set forth below is based on our review of our record stockholders list and public ownership reports filed by certain stockholders of the Company, and may not include certain securities held in brokerage accounts or beneficially owned by the stockholders described below.

60

 

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the entities, directors and executive officers in this table is 3000 El Camino Real, Bldg. 4, Suite 200, Palo Alto, CA 94306.

  

  Common Stock 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1) Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  % of
Class
 
KBL IV Sponsor LLC (2)  3,252,500   21.9%
Marlene Krauss, M.D. (2)  3,252,500   21.9%
Joseph Williamson (3)      
George Hornig (3)      
Andrew Sherman (3)      
Sherrill Neff (3)      
Karpus Management, Inc. (4)  1,685,160   11.3%
AQR Capital Management, LLC (5)  900,000   6.0%
Boothbay Fund Management, LLC (6)  891,863   6.0%
Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. (7)  1,743,550   11.7%
All executive officers and directors as a group (5 individuals)      
Name and Address of Beneficial Owners   Number of
Common
Stock
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
 Percent of Common Stock
Directors and Executive Officers      
James N. Woody (1)  490,919   1.7%
Jonathan Rothbard    560,449   1.8%
Ozan Pamir (2)  132,608   * 
Lawrence Steinman    592,359   1.9%
Marc Feldmann    2,617,759   8.4%
Donald A. McGovern, Jr. (3)  19,170   * 
Larry Gold (3)  18,768   * 
Francis Knuettel II, MBA    -   - 
Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D.    -   - 
All officers and directors as a group (7 persons)    4,432,092   14.4%
           
5% Stockholders          
Ron Bauer (4)  1,920,021   6.2%
Craig Bridgman (5)  1,585,056   5.1%

 

*

Less than 1one percent.

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is 527 Stanton Christiana Rd., Newark, DE 19713.

 

(1)

Includes options to purchase 16,667 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.43 per share, which have vested, and/or which vest within 60 days of the Date of Determination.

(2)

TheseIncludes options to purchase 60,000 shares representof common stock at an exercise price of $4.43 per share, which have vested, and/or which vest within 60 days of the founderDate of Determination.


(3)Includes options to purchase 16,667 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.49 per share, which have vested, and/or which vest within 60 days of the Date of Determination.

(4)Includes 500,000 shares of common stock held by Tyche Capital LLC (1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801); 692,377 shares of common stock held by Theseus Capital Ltd. Mr. Bauer (One Capital Place, Third Floor, P.O. Box 1564, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1110) beneficially owns the shares of common stock held by Tyche Capital LLC. and is the sole member and manager of Tyche Capital LLC. Mr. Bauer beneficially owns the shares of Common Stock held by Theseus Capital Ltd. and is the sole shareholder of Theseus Capital Ltd. Includes 727,644 shares of common stock held by Astatine Capital Ltd, a Cayman Islands company. Mr. Bauer disclaims beneficial ownership (voting and/or dispositive power) over the shares held by our sponsor. Dr. Marlene Krauss, our Chief Executive Officer,Astatine Capital Ltd, which is controlled by Samantha Bauer, the sole managing memberwife of KBL IV Sponsor LLC. Consequently, sheRonald Bauer. Address One Capital Place, Third Floor, P.O. Box 1564, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1110.

(5)Includes shares of common stock held by Capri Mercantile Ltd., Hoja Inc., Cambridge Capital Ltd., Anamasam Inc., Biovation Sciences Ltd. and Mr. Craig Bridgman, which shares of common stock Mr. Bridgman may be deemed the beneficial owner of the founder shares held by our sponsor and has sole voting and dispositive control over such securities. Dr. Krauss disclaims beneficial ownership over any securities owned by our sponsor in which she does not have a pecuniary interest.

(3)

Does notto beneficially own any shares of our common stock. However, he has a pecuniary interest in shares of our common stock through his ownership of membership interests of our sponsor.

(4)

Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2018. Karpus Management, Inc., d/b/a Karpus Investment Management is a New York corporation. The business address of such holder is 183 Sully’s Trail, Pittsford, New York 14534.

(5)

Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2018. AQR Capital Management, LLC serves as the investment manager to the AQR Diversified Arbitrage Fund, an open-end registered investment company. AQR Capital Management, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of AQR Capital Management Holdings, LLC. CNH Partners, LLC is deemed to be controlled by AQR Capital Management, LLC. The business address of such holders is Two Greenwich Plaza, Greenwich, CT 06830.

(6)

Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 8, 2018. Such shares are held by Boothbay Absolute Return Strategies LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Fund”), which is managed by Boothbay Fund Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”). The Adviser, in its capacity as the investment manager of the Fund, has the power to vote and the power to direct the disposition of all Shares held by the Fund. Ari Glass is the Managing Member of the Adviser. The business address of such holders is 810 7th Avenue, Suite 615, New York, NY 10019-5818.

(7)According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on November 13, 2017, by Polar Asset Management Partners Inc., the business address of Polar Asset Management Partners Inc., is 401 Bay Street, Suite 1900, PO Box 19, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2Y4, Canada. Polar Asset Management Partners Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Ontario, Canada, serves as investment advisor to Polar Multi-Strategy Master Fund, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“PMSMF”) and certain managed accounts, and has sole voting and investment discretion with respect such securities which are held by PMSMF and such accounts.own. Address: Dubai, UAE, 211281.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table above does not include the sharessets forth information, as of December 31, 2020, with respect to our compensation plans under which common stock underlying the private placement warrants held or to be held by our officers or sponsor because these securities are not exercisable within 60 days of this report.is authorized for issuance. 

 

  Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights  Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights  Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in Column A) 
  (A)  (B)  (C) 
Plan Category            
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)  50,000  $2.49   3,218,400 
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders (2)  63,658  $5.28   3,154,742 

(1)61This relates to the options granted to Dr. Gold and Mr. McGovern. See Note 15 – Stockholders Equity of the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for the details of the stock options.

(2)This relates to the AGP warrants that were not issued as of December 31, 2020. See Note 11 – Derivative Liabilities of the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for the details of the AGP warrants.

 

Changes in Control

 

N/AThe Company is not currently aware of any arrangements which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the Company.

 


ItemITEM 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director IndependenceCERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Certain RelationshipsExcept as referenced below or otherwise disclosed above under (or incorporated by reference in) “Item 11. Executive Compensation”, which information is incorporated by reference in this Item 13, there have been no transactions since January 1, 2019 (provide certain of the disclosures below relate to prior periods in the event such disclosure is necessary to make more recent disclosures clear), and Related Transactionsthere is not currently any proposed transaction, in which the Company was or is to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the Company’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any officer, director, or any stockholder owning greater than five percent (5%) of our outstanding voting shares, nor any member of the above referenced individual’s immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

In September 2016, our sponsor purchased an aggregate 2,875,000 founder shares for an aggregate purchase priceNotice of $25,000, or approximately $0.009 per share. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20.0% of the outstanding shares (excluding the private placement shares).Acceleration

 

Our sponsor andOn December 29, 2020, the underwriters purchased an aggregate of 502,500 units, including 377,500 by our sponsor and 125,000 by the underwriters, which units are identical to the units sold by us in our initial public offering except as described herein, at a price of $10.00 per unit (a total of $5,025,000) in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering. The purchase price of the private placement units was added to the proceedsCompany received notice from our initial public offering held in the trust account. If we do not complete a business combination by December 7, 2018 (or March 7, 2019, as applicable)Marlene Krauss, M.D., the proceeds from the sale of the private placement units held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law). There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our founder shares, private placement shares, rights or warrants, which will expire worthless. The private placement units are identical to the units being sold in our initial public offering except the private placement warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by our sponsor or their affiliates or designees. In addition, for as long as the private placement warrants are held by underwriters or their designees or affiliates, they may not be exercised after five years from the effective date of the registration statement relating to our initial public offering. If the private placement units are held by someone other than the initial holder, or its permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units sold in our initial public offering. In conjunction with their investment in the private placement units, the underwriters or their designees also purchased membership interests in our sponsor, through which the underwriters or their designees collectively have a pecuniary interest in 230,000 founder shares, pursuant to a separate private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of the public offering and the private placement of units. Our sponsor beneficially owns the founder shares allocated to the underwriters or their designees and will retain sole voting and dispositive power over such securities until the closing of our initial business combination, at which time our sponsor will distribute the founder shares to the underwriters or their designees for no additional consideration. Upon receipt of the founder shares, the underwriters or their designees will no longer retain their ownership interests in our sponsor.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Certain of our executive officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

We have agreed to pay our sponsor, an affiliate of Dr. Marlene Krauss, ourformer Chief Executive Officer and director of KBL, alleging the occurrence of an event of default of the terms of a totalcertain promissory note in the amount of $10,000 per month$371,178, dated March 15, 2019, evidencing amounts owed by the Company to KBL IV Sponsor LLC (which Dr. Krauss serves as sole managing member of), for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completionfailure to repay such note within five days of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

62

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or anythe release of their respective affiliates, are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurredfunds from escrow in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the Purchase Agreement. Dr. Krauss has declared the entire amount of expensesthe note to be immediately due and payable. The note, pursuant to its terms, accrues damages of $2,000 per day until paid in full (subject to a maximum amount of damages equal to the principal amount of the note upon the occurrence of the event of default thereunder). There are continuing disputes regarding amounts that willmay be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling ondue to Dr. Krauss under the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.note.

 

Our sponsor loaned us $140,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of our initial offering. This loan was non-interest bearing, unsecured and was due at the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the closing of such offering. This loan was repaid upon the closing of such offering out of the offering proceeds that were allocated to the payment of offering expenses.Registration Rights

 

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,000,000 of such loans will be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 110,000 shares of common stock if $1,000,000 of notes were so converted since the 100,000 rights included in such units would result in the issuance of 10,000 shares upon the closing of our business combination, as well as 100,000 warrants to purchase 50,000 shares) at the option of the lender. The units would be identical to the private placement units. Except as described above, the terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

After our initial business combination, members of our combined team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

The holders of the founder shares and private placement units (and their component securities) and their permitted transferees are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on the effective date of our initial public offering.IPO. The holders of these securities and their permitted transferees are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders and their permitted transferees have certain “piggy-back”piggy-back registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the underwriters may not exercise their demand and “piggyback”piggyback registration rights after five (5) and seven (7) years after the effective date of the registration statement relating to our initial public offeringIPO and may not exercise itstheir demand rights on more than one occasion. We will bearFurther, the expenses incurredholders and their permitted transferees have certain “piggy-back” registration rights regarding the shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Sponsor Note with respect to the registration statement(s) that we may file pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement that we entered into in connection with the June 2020 SPA. We satisfied the foregoing registration rights through the filing of anya Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-248539), which registration statement was declared effective on November 2, 2020; provided that such registration statements.statement is currently not effective and we are currently in default of our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

Related Party Transaction Policy

 

Our audit committee must review and approve any related personparty transaction we propose to enter into. Our audit committee charter details the policies and procedures relating to transactions that may present actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest and may raise questions as to whether such transactions are consistent with the best interest of our company and our stockholders. A summary of such policies and procedures is set forth below.

 

Any potential related party transaction that is brought to the audit committee’s attention will be analyzed by the audit committee, in consultation with outside counsel or members of management, as appropriate, to determine whether the transaction or relationship does, in fact, constitute a related party transaction. At its meetings, the audit committee will be provided with the details of each new, existing or proposed related party transaction, including the terms of the transaction, the business purpose of the transaction and the benefits to us and to the relevant related party.

 

63

In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the audit committee must consider, among other factors, the following factors to the extent relevant:

 

whether the terms of the transaction are fair to us and on the same basis as would apply if the transaction did not involve a related party;

whether there are business reasons for us to enter into the transaction;

whether the transaction would impair the independence of an outside director; and

whether the transaction would present an improper conflict of interest for any director or executive officer.

 

Any member of the audit committee who has an interest in the transaction under discussion must abstain from any voting regarding the transaction, but may, if so, requested by the Chairman of the audit committee, participate in some or all of the audit committee’s discussions of the transaction. Upon completion of its review of the transaction, the audit committee may determine to permit or to prohibit the transaction.

 

Director Independence

 

NASDAQ listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Hornig, ShermanLarry Gold, Ph.D. and NeffDonald A. McGovern, Jr., are “independent directors”independent directors as defined inunder the NASDAQ rules governing members of boards of directors and as defined under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. As described in greater detail below, although we do not currently meet the NASDAQ continued listing standardsrules which require a majority of a listed company’s board of directors be independent and applicable SECwhich require an audit committee consisting of at least three members, NASDAQ has provided us until June 30, 2021, to regain compliance with such continued listing rules. Our

On January 5, 2021, the Company received a letter from the NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC that the Company was no longer in compliance with NASDAQ Listing Rules 5605(b)(1) and 5605(c)(2), which require that the Company’s board of directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors and that the Company have regularly scheduled meetingsan Audit Committee consisting of at least three independent members, respectively (the “Continued Listing Rules”).

NASDAQ provided the Company 45 days, or until February 19, 2021, to submit to NASDAQ a plan detailing how the Company intended to regain compliance with the rules. The Company timely submitted such plan and on March 1, 2021, the Company received notice from NASDAQ that the Company has been granted an extension until June 30, 2021 to regain compliance with the Continued Listing Rules. In the event the Company does not regain compliance within the extension period, NASDAQ will provide the Company written notice of the delisting of the Company’s securities, at which only independent directors are present.time the Company may appeal the decision to a Hearings Panel.

 

On May 27, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed two new directors to the Board, effective on June 15, 2021. On June 8, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed two additional directors to the Board of Directors, effective on the earlier of (a) the day following the date this Report is filed with the SEC; and (b) June 28, 2021 and changed the effective date of appointment for the other two directors to the same date. As a result of these appointments, the Company expects to be in compliance with the independent director requirements under the NASDAQ rules.


Item 14.ITEM 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”) served as the independent registered public accounting firm for KBL from its inception through the closing of the Business Combination on November 6, 2020. The firm of Marcum LLP (“Marcum”) served as the independent registered public accounting firm for privately-held 180 prior to the Business Combination, and continued as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm following the Business Combination.

 

The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to WithumSmith+Brown, PC, or Withum,for audit, tax and related fees for services rendered.rendered during the periods indicated:

 

  For the Fiscal Year Ended 
  December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Marcum      
Audit Fees $405,616  $291,947(1)
Audit-Related Fees  -   - 
Tax Fees  -   - 
All Other Fees  -   - 
Total $405,616  $291,947 
         
Withum        
Audit Fees $46,500  $- 
Audit-Related Fees  -   - 
Tax Fees  -   - 
All Other Fees  -   - 
Total $46,500  $- 

(1)Includes an amount based on Canadian dollar to U.S. dollar exchange rate of 0.7568 on December 31, 2019.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-endannual consolidated financial statements and services that are normally provided by Marcum LLP and Withum, Smith and Brown, PC in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Withumfilings, including for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods and other required filings with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2017 totaled $19,000. The aggregate fees billed by Withum related to audit services in connection with our initial public offering totaled $60,500, and includes the annual financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and the period from September 7, 2016 (date of inception) to December 31, 2016, which were included in the Company’s registration statement.applicable years. The above amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings. 

 

Audit-Related Fees.Fees. Audit-related services consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our consolidated financial statements and are not reported under “AuditAudit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. During the year ended December 31, 2017 and the period from September 7, 2016 (date of inception) to December 31, 2016, we did not pay Withum any audit-related fees.. 

 

Tax Fees. Fees charged by WithumInclude fees paid for tax return services, planning and tax advice for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the period from September 7, 2016 (date of inception) to December 31, 2016, respectively, were $0 and $2,500, respectively.services.

 

All Other Fees. We didIncludes fees not pay Withum for other services for the years ended December 31, 2017included under “Audit Fees”, “Audit-Related Fees and 2016.Tax Fees”.

 

Pre-Approval Policy

 

Our audit committee was formed uponIt is the consummationpolicy of our initial public offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation ofdirectors that all services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm, including audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted audit-related and non-audit services, tomust be performed forpre-approved by our Audit Committee. Our Audit Committee pre-approved all services, audit and non-audit related, provided to us by our auditors, including the feesMarcum and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptionsWithum for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).2020 and 2019.

 

64


PART IV

 

ItemITEM 15.Exhibits,EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report:

The following is an index of the financial statements, schedules and exhibits included in this Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference.

(1)All Financial Statement SchedulesStatements

 

(a)Index to Consolidated Financial StatementsThe following documents are filed as part
Report of this report:Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2
Consolidated Balance SheetsF-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive LossF-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ (Deficiency) EquityF-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsF-8

 

(1)(2)Consolidated Financial StatementsStatement Schedules

Except as provided above, all financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this Form 10-K.

(3)Exhibits

EXHIBIT INDEX

    Incorporated by Reference 
Exhibit No. Description Form File No. Exhibit Filing Date 
2.1 Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2019, by and among KBL, 180, Katexco, CBR Pharma, 180 LP, Merger Sub and the Stockholder Representative 8-K 001-38105 2.1 July 26, 2019 
2.2 Amendment No. 1 to the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2020, by and among KBL, 180, Katexco, CBR Pharma, 180 LP, Merger Sub and the Stockholder Representative. 8-K 001-38105 2.1 February 3, 2020 
2.3 Form of Support Agreement, by and between KBL and certain stockholders of 180. 8-K 001-38105 2.2 July 26, 2019 
2.4 Form of Lock-Up Agreement, by and between KBL and certain stockholders of 180. 8-K 001-38105 2.3 July 26, 2019 
2.5 Amendment No. 2 to the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2020, by and among KBL, 180, Katexco, CBR Pharma, 180 LP, Merger Sub and the Stockholder Representative 8-K 001-38105 2.1 August 13, 2020 
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation. S-1 333-217475 3.1 April 26, 2017 
3.2 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. 8-K 001-38105 3.1 June 7, 2017 
3.3 Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. 8-K 001-38105 3.1 March 8, 2019 


3.4 Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. 8-K 001-38105 3.1 June 6, 2019 
3.5 Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. 8-K 001-38105 3.1 December 6, 2019 
3.6 Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 8-K 001-38105 3.1 April 8, 2020 
3.7 Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 8-K 001-38105 3.1 July 13, 2020 
3.8 Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 8-K 001-38105 3.1 November 12, 2020 
3.9 Bylaws S-1 333-217475 3.3 April 26, 2017 
4.1 Specimen Unit Certificate. S-1 333-217475 4.1 April 26, 2017 
4.2 Specimen Common Stock Certificate. S-1 333-217475 4.2 April 26, 2017 
4.3 Specimen Warrant Certificate. S-1 333-217475 4.3 April 26, 2017 
4.4 Specimen Right Certificate. S-1 333-217475 4.5 May 26, 2017 
4.5 Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2017, between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company. 8-K 001-38105 4.1 June 7, 2017 
4.6* Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.         
4.7 Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company. 8-K 001-38105 4.7 July 2, 2020 
4.8 Form of 10% Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note issued June 2020. 8-K 001-38105 4.8 July 2, 2020 
4.9 Form of 10% Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note 8-K 001-38105 4.1 September 14, 2020 
4.10 Form of Warrant (February 2021 Private Offering) 8-K 001-38105 4.1 February 24, 2021 
10.1 Letter Agreement among the Company and its officers, directors and certain securityholders. 8-K 001-38105 10.4 June 7, 2017 
10.2 Investment Management Trust Account Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company. 8-K 001-38105 10.1 June 7, 2017 
10.3 Registration Rights Agreement among the Company and certain securityholders. 8-K 001-38105 10.3 June 7, 2017 
10.4 Securities Subscription Agreement, dated September 7, 2016, between the Company and KBL IV Sponsor LLC. S-1 333-217475 10.5 April 26, 2017 
10.5 Third Amended and Restated Unit Subscription Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, between the Company and KBL IV Sponsor LLC. 8-K 001-38105 10.5 June 7, 2017 
10.6 Third Amended and Restated Unit Subscription Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, between the Company and the underwriters of the IPO. 8-K 001-38105 10.6 June 7, 2017 
10.7 Form of Indemnity Agreement. S-1 333-217475 10.8 April 26, 2017 
10.8 Administrative Services Agreement, dated June 1, 2017 between the Company and KBL IV Sponsor LLC. 8-K 001-38105 10.7 June 7, 2017 


10.9 Form of Guarantee and Commitment Agreement. 8-K 001-38105 10.1 July 26, 2019 
10.10# Employment Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2019, by and between KBL and Marlene Krauss. 8-K 001-38105 10.2 July 26, 2019 
10.11# Employment Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2019, by and between KBL and George Hornig. 8-K 001-38105 10.3 July 26, 2019 
10.12# 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan 8-K 001-38105 10.3 November 12, 2020 
10.13 Promissory Note, dated March 15, 2019 issued to KBL IV Sponsor LLC. S-4 333-234650 10.13 November 12, 2019 
10.14 Promissory Note, dated August 21, 2019, issued to 180 Life Sciences Corp. (f/k/a CannBioRx Life Sciences Corp.) S-4 333-234650 10.14 November 12, 2019 
10.15 Promissory Note, dated August 28, 2019, issued to 180 Life Sciences Corp. (f/k/a CannBioRx Life Sciences Corp.) S-4 333-234650 10.15 November 12, 2019 
10.16 Promissory Note, dated September 30, 2019, issued to 180 Life Sciences Corp. (f/k/a CannBioRx Life Sciences Corp.) S-4/A 333-234650 10.16 August 28, 2020 
10.17 Promissory Note, dated April 10, 2019, issued to 180 Life Sciences Corp. (f/k/a CannBioRx Life Sciences Corp.) S-4/A 333-234650 10.17 August 28, 2020 
10.18 Promissory Note, dated October 31, 2019, issued to 180 Life Sciences Corp. (f/k/a CannBioRx Life Sciences Corp.) S-4/A 333-234650 10.18 August 28, 2020 
10.19 Promissory Note, dated June 8, 2020, issued to 180 Life Sciences Corp. (f/k/a CannBioRx Life Sciences Corp.) S-4 333-234650 10.19 August 28, 2020 
10.20 Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 12, 2020, by and among the Company and the purchasers signatory thereto. 8-K 001-38105 10.1 July 2, 2020 
10.21 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2020, by and among the Company and the parties signatory thereto. 8-K 001-38105 10.2 July 2, 2020 
10.22 Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 8, 2020, by and among the Company and the purchasers signatory thereto 8-K 001-38105 10.1 September 14, 2020 
10.23 Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 8, 2020, by and among the Company and the parties signatory thereto 8-K 001-38105 10.2 September 14, 2020 
10.24 Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated September 2020, issued to KBL IV Sponsor LLC S-1 333-249539 10.24 October 19, 2020 
10.25 Convertible Promissory Note, dated September 2020, issued to KBL IV Sponsor LLC S-1 333-249539 10.25 October 19, 2020 
10.25# Form of Lock-Up Agreement (November 2020 Offering) 8-K 001-38105 10.1 November 12, 2020 
10.26 Escrow Agreement dated November 6, 2020 by and between the registrant, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, and Lawrence Pemble. 8-K 001-38105 10.2 November 12, 2020 
10.27# Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2020, by and between 180 Life Corp. (f/k/a 180 Life Sciences Corp.) and James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D.. 8-K 001-38105 10.4 November 12, 2020 


10.28# First Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between 180 Life Corp. (f/k/a 180 Life Sciences Corp.) and James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D. 8-K 001-38105 10.5 November 12, 2020 
10.29 Amendment Agreement dated November 25, 2020 8-K 001-38105 10.1 November 27, 2020 
10.30% Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of February 19, 2021 by and between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and the purchasers identified on the signature pages thereto. 8-K 001-38105 10.1 February 24, 2021 
10.31 Engagement Letter dated January 26, 2021 between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and Maxim Group LLC. 8-K 001-38105 10.2 February 24, 2021 
10.32 Amendment to Engagement Letter between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and Maxim Group LLC dated February 18, 2021. 8-K 001-38105 10.3 February 24, 2021 
10.33 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 23, 2021 by and between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and the purchasers signatory thereto. 8-K 001-38105 10.4 February 24, 2021 
10.34# Form of Lock-Up Agreement (February 2021 Private Offering) 8-K 001-38105 10.5 February 24, 2021 
10.35# Consultancy Agreement dated February 22, 2021, by and between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and Prof Jagdeep Nanchahal 8-K 001-38105 10.1 March 3, 2021 
10.36# Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated February 25, 2021, and effective November 6, 2020, by and between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and James N. Woody 8-K 001-38105 10.2 March 3, 2021 
10.37# James N. Woody - Stock Option Agreement effective February 26, 2021 (1,400,000 shares) 8-K 001-38105 10.3 March 3, 2021 
10.38# Employment Agreement dated February 24, 2021, and effective November 6, 2020, by and between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and Ozan Pamir and Amendment and Correction Thereto dated March 1, 2021 8-K 001-38105 10.4 March 3, 2021 
10.39# Ozan Pamir - Stock Option Agreement effective February 26, 2021 (180,000 shares) 8-K 001-38105 10.5 March 3, 2021 
10.40# First Amendment to Consultancy Agreement dated March 31, 2021, by and between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and Prof Jagdeep Nanchahal 8-K 001-38105 10.1 April 2, 2021 
10.41 Settlement and Mutual Release Agreement dated May 4, 2021, by and between 180 Life Sciences Corp. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. 8-K 001-38105 10.1 May 7, 2021 
10.42# Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated May 27, 2021, and effective November 6, 2020, by and between 180 Life Sciences Corp., Katexco Pharmaceuticals Corp. and Ozan Pamir 8-K 001-38105 10.2 May 27, 2021 
10.43# Form of Director Nominee Offer Letter (May 2021) 8-K 001-38105 10.1 May 27, 2021 
10.44#* Form of August 21, 2019 Employment Agreement between KBL Merger Corp. IV and Jonathan Rothbard         


14.1# Code of Business and Ethics S-1 333-217475 10.8 April 26, 2017 
16.1 Letter of WithumSmith+Brown, PC regarding change in certifying accountant 8-K 001-38105 16.1 December 1, 2020 
21.1* List of Subsidiaries         
31.1* Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act         
31.2* Certification of Principal Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act         
32.1** Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act         
32.2** Certification of Principal Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act         
99.1 Form of Audit Committee Charter. S-1 333-217475 99.1 April 26, 2017 
99.2 Form of Compensation Committee Charter. S-1 333-217475 99.2 April 26, 2017 
99.3 Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter 8-K 001-38105 99.8 November 12, 2020 
99.4* Risk, Safety and Regulatory Committee Charter         
101.INS* XBRL Instance Document         
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema         
101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase         
101.DEF* XBRL Definition Linkbase Document         
101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase         
101.PRE* XBRL Definition Linkbase Document         
101.INS* XBRL Instance Document         
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema         
101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase         

%Certain schedules and exhibits to the Business Combination Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

*Filed herewith.

**Furnished herewith.

#Management contract or compensatory plans or arrangements.

ITEM 16.FORM 10–K SUMMARY

None.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP.
Date: July 9, 2021/s/ James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D.
By:James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D., Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: July 9, 2021/s/ Ozan Pamir
By:Ozan Pamir, Interim Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SignatureTitleDate
/s/ James N. Woody, M.D., Ph.D.Chief Executive Officer and DirectorJuly 9, 2021
James N. Woody(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Ozan PamirInterim Chief Financial OfficerJuly 9, 2021
Ozan Pamir(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Marc FeldmannCo-Executive Chairman and DirectorJuly 9, 2021
Marc Feldmann   
 (2)Financial Statements Schedule

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the amounts are immaterial and not required, or the required information is presented in the financial statements and notes thereto in is Item 15 of Part IV below.

 (3)Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

65 

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No./s/ Lawrence Steinman Description
1.1Co-Executive Chairman and Director Underwriting Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, between the Company and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. (1)July 9, 2021
3.1Lawrence Steinman Certificate of Incorporation. (1)
3.2 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.(1)
3.3Bylaws. (2)
4.1Specimen Unit Certificate. (3)
4.2Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (2)
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate. (3)
4.4Specimen Right Certificate. (3)
4.5Warrant Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company. (1)
10.1Letter Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, by and among the Company and certain security holders, officers and directors of the Company. (1)
10.2Investment Management Trust Account Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company. (1)
10.3Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, between the Company and certain securityholders. (1)
10.4Rights Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. (1)
10.5Securities Subscription Agreement, dated December 28, 2016, between the Company and KBL IV Sponsor LLC. (2)
10.6Third Amended and Restated Unit Subscription Agreement, dated March 15, 2017, between the Company and KBL Investors I, LLC. (1)
10.7Third Amended and Restated Unit Subscription Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, between the Company and the underwriters of the Company’s IPO(1)
10.8Form of Indemnity Agreement. (2)
10.9Administrative Services Agreement, dated June 1, 2017, between the Company and KBL Capital Management, LLC (1)
14.1Code of Business and Ethics. (2)
31.1Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).*
32.1Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350**
101.INSXBRL Instance Document*
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema*
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase*
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase*
101.PREXBRL Definition Linkbase Document*
101.DEFXBRL Definition Linkbase Document*

* Filed herewith

** Furnished herewith

(1)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on June 7, 2017.
(2)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form S-1, filed with the Commission on April 26, 2017.
(3)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form S-1/A, filed with the Commission on May 26, 2017.

66

KBL MERGER CORP. IV

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  Page
/s/ Larry Gold, Ph.D.DirectorJuly 9, 2021
Larry Gold, Ph.D.
/s/ Donald A. McGovern, Jr.Lead DirectorJuly 9, 2021
Donald A. McGovern, Jr.
/s/ Pamela G. MarroneDirectorJuly 9, 2021
Pamela G. Marrone
/s/ Francis Knuettel IIDirectorJuly 9, 2021
Francis Knuettel II

116

180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered PubicPublic Accounting Firm F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ (Deficiency) Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 F-6
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-7 – F-15F-8

 

F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of

180 Life Sciences Corp.

(formerly known as KBL Merger Corp. IVIV)

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 180 Life Sciences Corp. (formerly known as KBL Merger Corp. IVIV) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016, and2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016,2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016,2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Other MatterExplanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussedmore fully described in Note 12 to the financial statements, if the Company is unablehas a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant losses and needs to complete a Business Combination by December 7, 2018, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. This date for mandatory liquidationraise additional funds to meet its obligations and subsequent dissolution raisessustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”(the “PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits arein accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PCMarcum llp

 

Marcum llp

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Whippany, New Jersey

March 29, 20182019.

 

San Francisco, CA

F-2

July 9, 2021

 


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IVIV)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 
Assets      
Current assets:      
Cash $428,393  $67,250 
Prepaid expenses  41,944    
Total current assets  470,337   67,250 
         
Deferred offering costs     172,750 
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account  116,588,017    
Total Assets $117,058,354  $240,000 
         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity        
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $24,544  $78,105 
Franchise tax payable  88,401     
Due to related party  95,186    
Note payable – related party     140,000 
Total current liabilities  208,131   218,105 
Deferred underwriting fees  4,025,000    
Total Liabilities  4,233,131   218,105 
         
Commitments        
         
Common stock subject to possible redemption, $0.0001 par value; 10,675,764 and -0- shares as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively (at value of approximately $10.10 per share)  107,825,218    
         
Stockholders’ Equity:        
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016      
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 35,000,000 shares authorized; 4,201,736 and 2,875,000 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 10,675,764 and -0- shares subject to possible redemption, respectively) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively  420   287 
Additional paid-in capital  4,878,926   24,713 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)  120,659   (3,105)
Total Stockholders’ Equity  5,000,005   21,895 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $117,058,354  $240,000 

  As of
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Assets      
Current Assets:      
Cash $2,108,544  $83,397 
Due from related parties  300,000   73,248 
Notes receivable, net (see Note 6)  -   - 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  1,606,414   591,648 
Total Current Assets  4,014,958   748,293 
Property and equipment, net  -   54,307 
Intangible assets, net  2,047,818   2,121,834 
In-process research and development  12,569,793   12,536,950 
Goodwill  36,900,801   36,423,084 
Total Assets $55,533,370  $51,884,468 
         
Liabilities, Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ Equity        
Current Liabilities:        
Accounts payable $8,529,259  $4,103,566 
Accounts payable - related parties  215,495   123,035 
Accrued expenses  4,110,916   1,691,466 
Accrued expenses - related parties  454,951   177,074 
Due to related parties  -   17,341 
Loans payable - current portion  968,446   116,250 
Loans payable - related parties  513,082   220,525 
Convertible notes payable, net of debt discount  1,916,195   2,736,946 
Convertible notes payable - related parties  270,000   454,604 
Derivative liabilities  4,442,970   - 
Total Current Liabilities  21,421,314   9,640,807 
Accrued issuable equity  43,095   - 
Loans payable - non current portion  113,763   - 
Deferred tax liability  3,668,329   3,672,759 
Total Liabilities  25,246,501   13,313,566 
         
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 14)        
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares designated; 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019; none available at December 31, 2020  -   - 
         
Stockholders’ Equity:        
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; (see designations and shares authorized for Series A, Class C and Class K preferred stock)        
Class C Preferred Stock; 1 share authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019  -   - 
Class K Preferred Stock; 1 share authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019  -   - 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 26,171,225 and 13,846,925 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively  2,617   1,384 
Additional paid-in capital  78,005,004   75,890,295 
Accumulated other comprehensive income  636,886   152,803 
Accumulated deficit  (48,357,638)  (37,473,580)
Total Stockholders’ Equity  30,286,869   38,570,902 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $55,533,370  $51,884,468 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of thethese consolidated financial statements.

F-3


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IVIV)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
  For the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through
December 31,
2016
 
       
General and administrative expenses $343,884  $3,105 
Loss from operations  (343,884)  (3,105)
         
Other income:        
Interest income  663,017    
Other income  663,017    
         
Income before provision for income taxes  319,133    
Provision from income taxes  195,369    
Net income (loss) $123,764  $(3,105)
         
Weighted average shares outstanding        
Basic  3,450,416   2,500,000 
Diluted  9,435,075   2,500,000 
         
Net income (loss) per common share        
Basic $0.04  $(0.00)
Diluted $0.01  $(0.00)
  For the Years Ended 
  December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Operating Expenses:      
Research and development $2,217,371  $1,981,299 
Research and development - related parties  75,633   54,020 
General and administrative  3,169,260   5,607,808 
General and administrative - related parties  185,848   286,745 
Modification of stock award - related party  -   12,959,360 
Rental income - related parties  -   (25,946)
Total Operating Expenses  5,648,112   20,863,286 
Loss From Operations  (5,648,112)  (20,863,286)
         
Other (Expense) Income:        
Gain (loss) on sale and disposal of property and equipment  (37,174)  1,714 
Other income  15,334   - 
Other income - related parties  240,000   552,329 
Interest income  -   3,727 
Interest expense  (1,002,424)  (162,066)
Interest expense - related parties  (84,550)  (23,074)
Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes payable, net  (2,580,655)  (703,188)
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities  (1,816,309)  - 
Change in fair value of accrued issuable equity  9,405   (327,879)
Change in fair value of accrued issuable equity - related parties  -   (3,881,819)
Total Other Expense, Net  (5,256,373)  (4,540,256)
         
Loss Before Income Taxes  (10,904,485)  (25,403,542)
Income tax benefit  20,427   9,496 
Net Loss (10,884,058) (25,394,046)
         
Deemed dividend related to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock  (1,122,702)  - 
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders $(12,006,760) $(25,394,046)
         
Net Loss $(10,884,058) $(25,394,046)
         
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):        
Foreign currency translation adjustments  484,083   (160,745)
Total Comprehensive Loss $(10,399,975) $(25,554,791)
         
Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share $(0.66) $(2.30)
         
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding:  18,154,056   11,035,289 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of thethese consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IVIV)

STATEMENTCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY

For The Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

  Common Stock  Additional Paid-in  

(Accumulated Deficit)

Retained

  

Total

Stockholders’

 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Earnings  Equity 
Balance – September 7, 2016 (inception)    $  $  $  $ 
                     
Issuance of common stock to Sponsor  2,875,000   287   24,713      25,000 
                     
Net loss           (3,105)  (3,105)
                     
Balance – December 31, 2016  2,875,000   287   24,713   (3,105)  21,895 
                     
Sale of 11,500,000 Units, net of underwriting discount and offering expenses  11,500,000   1,150   107,653,414      107,654,564 
                     
Sale of 502,500 Private Units  502,500   51   5,024,949      5,025,000 
                     
Common stock subject to redemption  (10,675,764)  (1,068)  (107,824,150)     (107,825,218)
                     
Net income           123,764   123,764 
                     
Balance – December 31, 2017  4,201,736  $420  $4,878,926  $120,659  $5,000,005 
        Additional  Accumulated
Other
     Total 
  Common Stock  Paid-in  Comprehensive  Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Income  Deficit  Equity 
Balance - January 1, 2020  13,846,925  $1,384  $75,890,295  $152,803  $(37,473,580) $38,570,902 
Common stock issued for cash  12,292   1   72,499   -   -   72,500 
Shares issued upon conversion of KBL debt  1,519,628   152   4,164,833   -   -   4,164,985 
Shares issued upon conversion of 180 debt  482,894   48   2,117,270           2,117,318 
Shares issued upon the conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock  1,619,144   162   4,348,873           4,349,035 
Shares issued upon exchange of common stock equivalents  1,521,157   153   (153)  -   -   - 
Beneficial conversion feature on convertible debt issued  -   -   329,300   -   -   329,300 
Deemed dividend on Series A convertible preferred stock:                        
Extinguishment  loss  -   -   (565,659)  -   -   (565,659)
Make-whole dividend  -   -   (333,333)  -   -   (333,333)
Beneficial conversion feature  -   -   (223,710)  -   -   (223,710)
Stock based compensation:                        
Common stock  240,540   24   1,057,965   -   -   1,057,989 
Options  -   -   7,798   -   -   7,798 
Effect of reverse recapitalization, net of cash acquired  6,928,645   693   (8,860,974)  -   -   (8,860,281)
Comprehensive loss:                        
Net loss  -   -   -   -   (10,884,058)  (10,884,058)
Other comprehensive loss  -   -   -   484,083   -   484,083 
Balance - December 31, 2020  26,171,225  $2,617  $78,005,004  $636,886  $(48,357,638) $30,286,869 

        Additional  Accumulated
Other
    Total
Stockholders’
 
  Common Stock  Paid-in  Comprehensive  Accumulated  (Deficiency) 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Income (Loss)  Deficit  Equity 
Balance - January 1, 2019  1,046,471  $104  $4,088,937  $313,548  $(12,079,534) $(7,676,945)
Issuances of common stock for:                        
Cash and services (1)  64,657   6   1,463,796   -   -   1,463,802 
Satisfaction of accrued issuable equity and investor deposits  2,854,012   285   12,992,185   -   -   12,992,470 
Modification of stock award - related party  -   -   12,959,360   -   -   12,959,360 
Beneficial conversion feature on convertible debt issued  -   -   250,839   -   -   250,839 
Shares issued in connection with reorganization  9,881,785   989   45,865,510   -   -   45,866,499 
Effect of reverse acquisition  -   -   (1,730,332)  -   -   (1,730,332)
Comprehensive loss:                        
Net loss  -   -   -   -   (25,394,046)  (25,394,046)
Other comprehensive loss  -   -   -   (160,745)  -   (160,745)
Balance - December 31, 2019  13,846,925  $1,384  $75,890,295  $152,803  $(37,473,580) $38,570,902 

(1)Includes $1,130,656 of cash consideration.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of thethese consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 

KBL MERGER180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. IVAND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY LIFE SCIENCES CORP.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
  For the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through
December 31,
2016
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:      
Net income (loss) $123,764  $(3,105)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:        
Interest income earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account  (663,017)   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Prepaid expenses  (41,944)   
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (53,561)  3,105 
Franchise tax payable  88,401     
Due to related party  49,000    
Net cash used in operating activities  (497,357)   
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:        
Investment of cash in Trust Account  (116,150,000)   
Interest income released from Trust Account to pay taxes  225,000    
Net cash used in investing activities  (115,925,000)   
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Proceeds from issuance of Founders Shares     25,000 
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid  112,125,000    
Proceeds from sale of Private Units  5,025,000    
Proceeds from advances from related party  107,744    
Repayment of advances from related party  (61,558)   
Proceeds from note payable – related party  51,521   100,000 
Repayment of note payable – related party  (191,521)   
Payment of offering costs  (272,686)  (57,750)
Net cash provided by financing activities  116,783,500   67,250 
         
Net Change in Cash  361,143   67,250 
Cash – Beginning  67,250    
Cash – Ending $428,393  $67,250 
         
Supplementary cash flow information:        
Cash paid for taxes $225,000  $ 
         
Non-Cash investing and financing activities:        
Deferred underwriting fees charged to additional paid in capital $4,025,000  $ 
Deferred offering costs charged to additional paid in capital $172,750  $ 
Offering costs paid by Sponsor under note payable – related party $  $40,000 
Offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses $  $75,000 

  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities      
Net loss $(10,884,058) $(25,394,046)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Depreciation and amortization  125,333   72,244 
Amortization of debt discount  356,179   - 
Gain on settlement of payables  (25,643)  - 
Bad debt (recovery) expense  (1,699,825)  649,825 
Stock-based compensation  1,118,286   340,411 
Modification of stock award  -   12,959,360 
Loss (gain) on sale/disposal of property and equipment  37,174   (1,714)
Loss on extinguishment of convertible note payable  2,580,655   703,188 
Accrued interest capitalized to principal  396,535   115,245 
Gain on exchange rate transactions  4,760   - 
Deferred tax benefit  (20,427)  (9,496)
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities  1,816,309   - 
Change in fair value of accrued issuable equity  (9,405)  4,209,698 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (210,195)  427,922 
Due from related parties  (217,939)  (22,570)
Due to related parties  -   (100,759)
Deferred income  -   (528,519)
Deposits  -   109,903 
Accounts payable  2,226,814   2,895,645 
Accrued expenses  533,486   255,009 
Total adjustments  7,648,097   22,075,392 
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities  (3,871,961)  (3,318,654)
         
Cash Flows From Investing Activities        
Cash withdrawn from Trust Account  10,280,739   - 
Cash acquired in Reorganization  -   86,078 
Cash acquired in reverse merger  3,006,235   - 
Acquisition of intangible assets  -   (144,402)
Issuance of notes receivable  -   (649,825)
Proceeds from repayment of notes receivable  1,203,750   - 
Disposal of property and equipment  -   - 
Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Investing Activities  14,490,724   (708,149)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of thethese consolidated financial statements

statements.

F-6


 

180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(FORMERLY LIFE SCIENCES CORP.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, continued

(Expressed in US Dollars)

  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities      
Payment of common stock redemptions payable  (9,006,493)  - 
Repayment of advances from related party  (201,859)  - 
Repayment of loans payable  (72,843)  - 
Proceeds from sale of common stock  72,500   1,132,676 
Proceeds from payment of subscription receivable  -   124,369 
Proceeds from loans payable  275,049   335,303 
Proceeds from Bounce Back Loan Scheme  64,168   - 
Proceeds from government loan  53,051   - 
Proceeds from convertible notes payable  82,500   2,350,000 
Cash (Used In) Provided By Financing Activities  (8,733,927)  3,942,348 
         
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash  140,311   (399,368)
         
Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash  2,025,147   (483,823)
Cash - Beginning of Year  83,397   567,220 
Cash - End of Year $2,108,544  $83,397 
         
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:        
Cash paid during the period for interest $-  $- 
         
Non-cash investing and financing activities:        
KBL payments to vendors in satisfaction of notes receivable $-  $- 
Issuance of common stock in satisfaction of accrued issuable equity $-  $12,631,663 
Issuance of common stock in satisfaction of investor deposits $-  $463,557 
Receivable from related party for sale of property and equipment $-  $8,902 
Recognition of beneficial conversion feature as loss on extinguishment of convertible note principal $329,300  $250,839 
Redemption premium and restructuring fee recognized as an increase in convertible note principal $557,436  $452,349 
Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest into common stock $6,282,303  $- 
Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into common stock $4,349,035  $- 
Deemed dividend - Extinguishment on Series A Convertible Preferred stock $565,659  $- 
Deemed dividend - Make-whole dividend on conversion of Series A Convertible preferred stock $333,333  $- 
Deemed dividend - Beneficial conversion feature on Series A Convertible Preferred Stock $223,710  $- 
Net non-cash liabilities assumed in Business Combination $11,866,515  $- 
Financing of D&O insurance premium $728,437  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV

IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20172020 AND 2019

 

1. DESCRIPTION OFNOTE 1 — BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESSNATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

180 Life Sciences Corp., formerly known as KBL Merger Corp. IV (the(“180LS”, or together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is, was a blank check company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 7, 2016. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businessesbusinesses.

180 Life Corp. (“Business Combination”180”, f/k/a 180 Life Sciences Corp. and CannBioRx Life Sciences Corp.). Although is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposesand was incorporated in the State of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focusDelaware on the healthcare and related wellness industry.January 28, 2019. The Company is an emerging growthlocated in the United States (“U.S.”) and is a medical pharmaceutical company focused upon unmet medical needs in the areas of inflammatory diseases, fibrosis, and as such,chronic pain by employing innovative research and, where appropriate, combination therapies, through its three wholly-owned subsidiaries, 180 Therapeutics L.P. (“180 LP”), CannBioRex Pharmaceuticals Corp. (“CBR Pharma”), and Katexco Pharmaceuticals Corp. (“Katexco”). 180 LP, CBR Pharma and Katexco are together, the Company is subject to all“180 Subsidiaries.” Katexco was incorporated on March 7, 2018 under the provisions of the risks associated with early stageBritish Corporation Act of British Columbia. Additionally, 180’s wholly-owned subsidiaries Katexco Callco, ULC, Katexco Purchaseco, ULC, CannBioRex Callco, ULC, and emerging growth companies.

At December 31, 2017, the Company had not yet commenced operations. All activity through December 31, 2017 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating incomeCannBioRex Purchaseco, ULC were formed in the formCanadian Province of interest income fromBritish Columbia on May 31, 2019 to facilitate the proceeds held in trust derived from the Initial Public Offeringacquisition of Katexco, CBR Pharma and the Private Placement (defined below)180 LP (see Note 4 - Reorganization and Recapitalization).

 

The registration statement180 LP is a clinical stage biotechnology company focused on the discovery and development of biologic therapies for the Company’s Initial Public Offeringtreatment of fibrosis. CBR Pharma is a pharmaceutical research company specializing in the clinical development of synthetic pharmaceutical grade cannabinoid compounds for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and related arthritic diseases. Katexco is a medical pharmaceutical company researching and developing orally available therapies harnessing nicotinic receptors to treat inflammatory diseases.

Reorganization and Business Combination 

On July 16, 2019, 180 and each of 180 LP, Katexco and CBR Pharma completed a corporate restructuring, pursuant to which 180 LP, Katexco and CBR Pharma became wholly-owned subsidiaries of 180 (the “Reorganization”). It was declared effective on June 1, 2017. determined that Katexco was the accounting acquirer in the Reorganization and the remaining companies were the accounting acquirees (see Note 4 - Reorganization and Recapitalization).

On June 7, 2017,November 6, 2020 (the “Closing Date”), the Company consummated the Initial Public Offeringpreviously announced business combination (the “Business Combination”) following a special meeting of 10,000,000 unitsstockholders held on November 5, 2020, where the stockholders of the Company considered and approved, among other matters, a proposal to adopt that certain Business Combination Agreement (as amended, the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated as of July 25, 2019. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, among other things, a subsidiary of the Company merged with and into 180, with 180 continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”). The Merger became effective on November 6, 2020 (see Note 5 – Business Combination).

Risks and Uncertainties

Regarding the COVID-19 pandemic, a continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to access capital, on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Management continues to monitor the developments and have taken active measures to protect the health of the Company’s employees, their families and the Company’s communities. The ultimate impact will depend heavily on the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and public health responses, as well as the substance and pace of macroeconomic recovery, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the continuing evolving landscape of the COVID-19 pandemic and the public health responses to contain it.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Management has evaluated, and will continue to evaluate, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or completion of business combination, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. To date, the follow-up time for patient data for the Phase 2b Dupuytren’s disease clinical trial, in addition to the launch of clinical trials in our SCA platform were delayed as a result of COVID-19, however, such follow-up is now completed. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 2 — GOING CONCERN AND MANAGEMENT’S PLANS

The Company has not generated any revenues and has incurred a significant loss since inception. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred a net loss of $10,884,058 and used $3,871,961 of cash in operations. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $48,357,638 and a working capital deficit of $17,406,356. The Company expects to invest a significant amount of capital to fund research and development. As a result, the Company expects that its operating expenses will increase significantly, and consequently will require significant revenues to become profitable. Even if the Company does become profitable, it may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. The Company cannot predict when, if ever, it will be profitable. There can be no assurance that the intellectual property of the Company, or other technologies it may acquire, will meet applicable regulatory standards, obtain required regulatory approvals, be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at $10.00 per unit (“Units” and,reasonable costs, or be successfully marketed. The Company plans to undertake additional laboratory studies with respect to the shares ofintellectual property, and there can be no assurance that the Company’s common stock includedresults from such studies or trials will result in the Units offered, the “Public Shares”), generating gross proceeds of $100,000,000, which is described in Note 3.a commercially viable product or will not identify unwanted side effects.

 

Simultaneously withThese consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 450,000 units (“Private Units” and, with respect to the shares of the Company’s common stock included in the Private Units offered, the “Private Shares”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Unit in a private placement to the Company’s sponsor, KBL IV Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”), and the underwriters, generating gross proceeds of $4,500,000, which is described in Note 3.

On June 23, 2017, in connection with the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, the Company consummated the sale of an additional 1,500,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit and the sale of an additional 52,500 Private Units at $10.00 per Private Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $15,525,000. Following the closing, an additional $15,150,000 of net proceeds ($10.10 per Unit) was placed in the Trust Account, resulting in $116,150,000 ($10.10 per Unit) held in the Trust Account (defined below).

Transaction costs amounted to $7,345,436, consisting of $2,875,000 of underwriting fees, $4,025,000 of deferred underwriting fees (see Note 5) and $445,436 of Initial Public Offering costs.

Trust Account

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, an amount of $101,000,000 ($10.10 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Units was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay income taxes, if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completionassumption of a Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of its Initial Public Offering and Private Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurancegoing concern, which assumes that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more initial Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of therealize its assets heldand discharge its liabilities in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the timenormal course of the agreementbusiness. The Company’s ability to enter into the initial Business Combination. However,continue its operations is dependent upon obtaining new financing for its ongoing operations. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for information related to financings completed subsequent to December 31, 2020. Future financing options which the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it notplans to be required to registerexplore as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide holders of the outstanding Public Shares (“public stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account ($10.10 per share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Accountare needed include equity financings and not previously released to the Company for tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to public stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 5). The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combinationloans and if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination.

F-7

KBL MERGER CORP. IV

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017

If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, a stockholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the initial stockholder (as defined below), officers and directors have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 4), Private Shares, and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination. In addition, the initial stockholder, officers and directors have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares.

The Company’s Sponsor (the “initial stockholder”), officers and directors agreed not to propose an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated article of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of the Company’s common stock in conjunction with any such amendment.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 18 months (or 21 months, as applicable) from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (the “Combination Period”),obtain such additional financing timely, or at all, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the Company’s Board of Directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There are no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s Rights, Warrants, Private Placement Warrants (as defined in Note 3) and the rights underlying the Private Units, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete its Business Combination within the Combination Period.

In connection with the redemption of 100% of the Company’s outstanding Public Shares for a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company for taxes payable and up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses.

The initial stockholder, officers, directors and underwriters agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares and Private Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if they should acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Company’s Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.10 per share initially held in the Trust Account. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor willmay have to indemnify the Trust Account duecurtail its development, marketing and promotional activities, which would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations, and it could ultimately be forced to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

F-8

KBL MERGER CORP. IV

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had a cash balance of approximately $428,000, which excludes interest income of approximately $663,000 from the Company’s investments in the Trust Account which is available to the Company for tax obligations.

The Company intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less taxes payablediscontinue its operations and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete its initial Business Combination. To the extent necessary, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required, up to $1,000,000. Such loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Private Units (see Note 4).

Based on the foregoing, management believes that the Company will have sufficient working capital to meet the Company’s needs through December 7, 2018, the scheduled liquidation date. Over this time period, the Company will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination.

Going Concern

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raisesliquidate. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made toconcern for a reasonable period of time, which is defined as within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued. Realization of the Company’s assets may be substantially different from the carrying amounts of assets or liabilitiespresented in these consolidated financial statements and the accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that may become necessary, should the Company be requiredunable to liquidate after December 7, 2018.continue as a going concern. See Note 1 – Business Organization and Nature of Operations - Risk and Uncertainties related to COVID-19.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

2.NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of presentationPresentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presentedhave been prepared in U.S. dollars in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the UnitedUnites States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, and pursuant180 is deemed to be the accounting acquirer.

Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that are reflected in these consolidated financial statements prior to the rulesBusiness Combination are those of 180 Life Corp. and regulationsits subsidiaries. The preferred stock, common stock, additional paid in capital and earnings per share amount in these consolidated financial statements for the period prior to the Business Combination have been restated to reflect the recapitalization in accordance with the shares issued to the shareholders of the SEC.former parent, 180 Life Corp. as a result of the Business Combination.

 

Emerging growth companyGrowth Company Disclosure Exemptions

 

The Company isqualifies as an “emerging growth company”company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act,JOBS Act. For so long as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”),Company remains an emerging growth company, it is permitted and it may take advantage of certainplans to rely on exemptions from various reportingcertain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including,companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to: being permitted to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related selected financial data and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure; an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 ofPublic Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements; reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements in itsour periodic reports, registration statements and proxy statements,statements; and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of In addition, the JOBS Act exemptspermits emerging growth companies from being requiredto take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are requiredapplicable to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards.public companies. The JOBS Act provides that a company can electCompany intends to opt outtake advantage of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

F-9

KBL MERGER CORP. IV

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017exemptions discussed above.

 

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the consolidated accounts of Katexco prior to the Reorganization, the consolidated accounts of 180 Life Corp, which includes Katexco, CBR Pharma and 180 LP, between the Reorganization and the Business Combination, and, effective with the closing of the Business Combination, the consolidated accounts also include 180LS. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimatesEstimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses, duringtogether with amounts disclosed in the reporting periods.

Makingrelated notes to the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s significant estimates requires managementused in these financial statements include, but are not limited to, exercise significant judgment.the fair value of equity shares, the valuation of derivative liabilities, the valuation allowance associated with income tax balances, the valuation of intangible assets in acquisition accounting, the useful lives of long-lived assets and the recovery of notes receivable and other assets. Certain of the Company’s estimates could be affected by external conditions, including those unique to the Company and general economic conditions. It is at least reasonably possible that these external factors could have an effect on the estimateCompany’s estimates and may cause actual results to differ from those estimates.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Accounting for Business Combinations

As required by U.S. GAAP, the Company records acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting, under which the effectassets acquired and liabilities assumed are initially recorded at their respective fair values and any excess purchase price over the estimated fair value of a condition, situationnet assets acquired is reflected as goodwill. The Company uses estimates and, in some instances, independent third-party valuation firms to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration, if any. Such estimates and valuations require significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance. The estimated fair values are subject to change during the measurement period, which is limited to one year subsequent to the acquisition date.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s reporting currency is the United States dollar. The functional currency of certain subsidiaries is the Canadian Dollar (“CAD”) or set of circumstances that existedBritish Pound (“GBP”). Assets and liabilities are translated based on the exchange rates at the balance sheet date (0.7847 and 0.7689 for the CAD, 1.3649 and 1.3262 for the GBP as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively), while expense accounts are translated at the financial statements, which management consideredweighted average exchange rate for the period (0.7462 and 0.7568 for the CAD and 1.2843 and 1.2613 for the GBP for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively). Equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are recognized in formulating its estimate, couldstockholders’ equity (deficiency) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of an entity from all sources other than investments by owners or distributions to owners and includes foreign currency translation adjustments as described above. During the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly,years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the actual results could differ significantly from our estimates.Company recorded other comprehensive gain/(loss) of $459,622 and ($160,745), respectively, as a result of foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

Foreign currency gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies, including intercompany transactions, are included in results of operations. The Company recorded $1,030 and $7,652 of foreign currency transaction gains/(losses) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Such amounts have been classified within general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Cash and cash equivalentsCash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all short-termhighly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.equivalents in the financial statements. The Company did not have anyhad no cash equivalents asat December 31, 2020 or 2019. As of December 31, 20172020, the Company had bank accounts in the United States and 2016.the United Kingdom. The Company’s cash deposits in United States and English financial institutions may at times may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (“FSCS”) insurance limits, respectively. The Company has not experienced losses in such accounts and periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of its financial institutions.

 

CashIntangible Assets and marketable securities held in Trust AccountIn-Process Research and Development (“IPR&D”)

 

AtIntangible assets consist of licensed patents held by Katexco as well as technology licenses acquired in connection with the Reorganization. Licensed patents are amortized over the remaining life of the patent. Technology licenses represent the fair value of licenses acquired for the development and commercialization of certain licenses and knowledge. The technology licenses are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the underlying patents. It will be necessary to monitor and possibly adjust the useful lives of the licensed patents and technology licenses depending on the results of the Company’s research and development activities.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

IPR&D assets represent the fair value assigned to technologies that were acquired on July 16, 2019 in connection with the Reorganization, which have not reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use. IPR&D assets are considered to be indefinite-lived until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development projects. During the period that the IPR&D assets are considered indefinite-lived, they are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if the Company becomes aware of any events occurring or changes in circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the IPR&D assets are less than their carrying amounts. If and when development is complete, which generally occurs upon regulatory approval, and the Company is able to commercialize products associated with the IPR&D assets, these assets are then deemed definite-lived and are amortized based on their estimated useful lives at that point in time. If development is terminated or abandoned, the Company may record a full or partial impairment charge related to the IPR&D assets, calculated as the excess of the carrying value of the IPR&D assets over their estimated fair value.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable assets for impairment whenever circumstances and situations change such that there is an indication that the carrying amounts may not be recovered. An impairment exists when the carrying value of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its estimated fair value. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2017,2020 and 2019, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of assets heldand liabilities acquired in a business combination. The Company reviews goodwill yearly, or more frequently whenever circumstances and situations change such that there is an indication that the carrying amounts may not be recovered, for impairment by initially considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is performed to identify goodwill impairment. If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is unnecessary to perform a quantitative analysis. The Company may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing a quantitative analysis. As of December 31, 2020, the Company elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and conducted a quantitative assessment whereby it was determined the fair value of the reporting unit (which the Company concluded was the consolidated entity), exceeded the carrying value and, accordingly, there was no impairment of goodwill.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the guidance of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 “Fair Value Measurements” (“ASC 820”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the Trust Accountprincipal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable; and

Level 3 - Inputs that are unobservable (for example, cash flow modeling inputs based on assumptions).


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, consisting primarily of notes receivable, loans payable and convertible notes payable, approximate their fair values as presented in these consolidated financial statements due to the short-term nature of those instruments. The Company’s derivative liabilities were comprisedvalued using level 3 inputs (see Note 11 – Derivative Liabilities for additional information).

Accrued Issuable Equity

The Company records accrued issuable equity when it is contractually obligated to issue shares and there has been a delay in the issuance of $16,699such shares. Accrued issuable equity is recorded and carried at fair value with changes in its fair value recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Once the underlying shares of common stock are issued, the accrued issuable equity is reclassified as of the share issuance date at the then current fair market value of the common stock.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award. The fair value of the award is measured on the grant date and is estimated by management based on observations of the recent cash sales prices of common stock. The fair value amount is then recognized over the period during which services are required to be provided in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period. Upon the exercise of an option or warrant, the Company issues new shares of common stock out of its authorized shares.

Derivative Liabilities and $116,571,318Convertible Instruments

The Company evaluates its debt and equity issuances to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives requiring separate recognition in the Company’s financial statements. Entities must consider whether to classify contracts that may be settled in its own stock, such as warrants, as equity of the entity or as an asset or liability. If an event that is not within the entity’s control could require net cash settlement, then the contract should be classified as an asset or a liability rather than as equity.

The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the embedded derivative is marked-to-market at each balance sheet date and recorded as a liability and the change in fair value is recorded in other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations. In circumstances where there are multiple embedded instruments that are required to be bifurcated, the bifurcated derivative instruments are accounted for as a single, compound derivative instrument. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is reassessed at the end of each reporting period. Equity instruments that are initially classified as equity that become subject to reclassification are reclassified to liability at the fair value of the instrument on the reclassification date. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument is expected within twelve months of the balance sheet date.

If the embedded conversion options do not require bifurcation, the Company then evaluates for the existence of a beneficial conversion feature by comparing the fair value of the Company’s underlying stock as of the commitment date to the effective conversion price of the instrument (the intrinsic value).

Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption and are classified in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Preferred stock discounts are only accreted to their redemption value if redemption becomes probable.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Amendments to convertible instruments are evaluated as to whether they should be accounted for as a modification of the original instrument with no change to the accounting or, if the terms are substantially changed, as an extinguishment of the original instrument and the issuance of a new instrument.

The Company has computed the fair value of warrants, options, convertible notes and convertible preferred stock issued using the Monte-Carlo and Black-Scholes option pricing models. The expected term used for warrants, convertible notes and convertible preferred stock are the contractual life and the expected term used for options issued is the estimated period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company utilizes the “simplified” method to develop an estimate of the expected term of “plain vanilla” option grants. The Company is utilizing an expected volatility figure based on a review of the historical volatilities, over a period of time, equivalent to the expected life of the instrument being valued, of similarly positioned public companies within its industry. The risk-free interest rate was determined from the implied yields from U.S. Treasury Bills.zero-coupon bonds with a remaining term consistent with the expected term of the instrument being valued.

 

Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, plus the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the common share equivalents had been issued (computed using the treasury stock subjector if converted method), if dilutive.

The following common share equivalents are excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding, because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:

  For the Years Ended 
  December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Options  50,000   - 
Warrants  6,064,908   - 
Convertible debt (a)  932,614   682,908 
Total potentially dilutive shares  7,047,522   682,908 

(a)Represents shares issuable upon conversion of debt at variable conversion process, which were calculated using the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the respective balance sheet date.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses are charged to possible redemptionoperations as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred $2,217,371 and $1,981,299, respectively, of research and development expenses. See Note 17 – Related Parties for more information on research and development expenses – related parties. See Note 3 for a discussion related to acquired IPR&D.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance withincome taxes under the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock are classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2017, 10,675,764 shares of common stock subject to possible redemption at the redemption amount are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Offering costs

Offering costs consisting of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs amounting to $7,345,436 that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering on June 7, 2017.

Income taxes

The Company complies with the accounting and reporting requirementsprovisions of ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” which requires an assetTaxes” (“ASC 740”).

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liability approach toliabilities for the expected future tax consequences of items that have been included or excluded in the financial accounting and reporting for income taxes.statements or tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differencesdetermined on the basis of the difference between the financial statement and tax basesbasis of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductibleand their respective financial reporting amounts based on(“temporary differences”) at enacted tax laws and rates applicable toin effect for the periodsyears in which the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.reverse.

 

ASC Topic 740 prescribesThe Company utilizes a recognition threshold and a measurement attributeprocess for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax positionsposition taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that Delawarepolicy is the Company’s only majorto classify assessments, if any, for tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accruedrelated interest as interest expense and penalties relatedas general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified in order to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Asconform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on previously reported results of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accrualsoperations or material deviation from its position.loss per share.

Subsequent Events

 

The Company may be subjecthas evaluated events that have occurred after the balance sheet date but before these financial statements were issued. Based upon that evaluation, the Company did not identify any recognized or non-recognized subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements, except as disclosed in Note 18 - Subsequent Events.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2020-03, “Codification Improvements to potential examination by federal or state taxing authorities inFinancial Instruments” (“ASU 2020-03”). ASU 2020-03 improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics. ASU 2020-03 includes seven different issues that describe the areas of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioningimprovement and the timingrelated amendments to GAAP, intended to make the standards easier to understand and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictionsapply by eliminating inconsistencies and compliance with federal and state tax laws. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

F-10

KBL MERGER CORP. IV

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017

Net income (loss) per common share

providing clarifications. The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Shares of common stock subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2017 have been excluded from the calculation of basic income per share for the year ended December 31, 2017 since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of the Trust Account earnings. The Company hasadopted ASU 2020-03 upon issuance, which did not considered the effect of (1) warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement to purchase 6,001,250 shares of common stock and (2) rights sold in the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement that convert into 1,200,250 shares of common stock, in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the warrants and the conversion of the rights into shares of common stock is contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants and rights would be anti-dilutive.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recently issued accounting standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGIn January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminated the calculation of implied goodwill fair value. Under the amendments in this update, an entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. However, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company adopted ASU 2017-04 upon issuance and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND PRIVATE PLACEMENTSUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Initial Public OfferingRecently Issued But Not Yet Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 requires that a lessee recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from operating leases. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of twelve months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. This amendment will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10 “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases” (“ASU 2018-10”), ASU No. 2018-11 “Leases (Topic 842) Targeted Improvements” (“ASU 2018-11”) in July 2018, and ASU No. 2018-20 “Leases (Topic 842) - Narrow Scope Improvements for Lessors” (“ASU 2018-20”) in December 2018. ASU 2018-10 and ASU 2018-20 provide certain amendments that affect narrow aspects of the guidance issued in ASU 2016-02. ASU 2018-11 allows all entities adopting ASU 2016-02 to choose an additional (and optional) transition method of adoption, under which an entity initially applies the new leases standard at the adoption date and recognizes a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating these ASUs and their impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13 “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement” (“ASU 2018-13”). The amendments in ASU 2018-13 modify the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements based on the concepts in the FASB Concepts Statement, including the consideration of costs and benefits. The amendments on changes in unrealized gains and losses, the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and the narrative description of measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2018-13 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes,” which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2019-12 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

In February 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-02, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842) — Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date (“ASU 2020-02”) which provides clarifying guidance and minor updates to ASU No. 2016-13 — Financial Instruments — Credit Loss (Topic 326) (“ASU 2016-13”) and related to ASU No. 2016-02 — Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2020-02 amends the effective date of ASU 2016-13, such that ASU 2016-13 and its amendments will be effective for the Company for interim and annual periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2020-02 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06 “Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Topic 470) and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Topic 815). The amendments in ASU 2020-06 are intended to simplify the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity by eliminating certain accounting models in Subtopic 470-20, for convertible debt instruments. Under the amendments in this update, the embedded conversion features no longer are separated from the host contract for convertible instruments with conversion features that are not required to be accounted for as derivatives under Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or that do not result in substantial premiums accounted for as paid-on capital. A convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single liability measured at its amortized cost and convertible preferred stock will be accounted for as a single equity instrument measured at its historical cost, as long as no other features require bifurcation and recognition as derivatives. By removing the separation models, the interest rate of convertible debt instruments typically will be closer to the coupon interest rate when applying the guidance in Topic 835, Interest. These amendments to the derivatives scope exception for contracts in an entity’s own equity change the population of contracts that are recognized as assets or liabilities. For a freestanding instrument, an entity should record it in equity if the instrument qualifies for the derivatives scope exception under the amendments. For an embedded feature, if the feature qualifies for the derivatives scope exception under the amendments, an entity should no longer separate the feature and account for it individually. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2020-06 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

NOTE 4 — REORGANIZATION AND RECAPITALIZATION

On July 16, 2019, 180 and each of 180 LP, Katexco and CBR Pharma completed a corporate restructuring, pursuant to which 180 LP, Katexco and CBR Pharma became wholly-owned subsidiaries of 180 (the “Reorganization”). It was determined that Katexco was the accounting acquirer in the Reorganization and the remaining companies were the accounting acquirees.

In connection with the Reorganization, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,881,785 shares of common stock, and 1 share of preferred stock which is exchangeable into an aggregate of 1,664,083 shares of common stock at the option of the holders, to the former shareholders of CBR Pharma and 180 LP, in exchange for 100% of the outstanding equity and equity equivalents of CBR Pharma and 180 LP. Of the 9,881,785 shares of common stock issued in connection with the Reorganization, 2,694,053 shares were issued to a consultant were subject to redemption by 180 LP (the “Contingently Redeemable Shares”) for an aggregate redemption price of $4.00 if (i) the closing of the Business Combination did not occur on or prior to October 31, 2019; or (iii) the consultant terminated its service with 180 LP prior to October 31, 2019. On November 11, 2019, the Board of Directors authorized its management to enter into an agreement to waive its right of redemption in connection with the Contingently Redeemable Shares. Note 15 - Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency), Contingently Redeemable Shares.

The Reorganization was accounted for as a reverse acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting, with Katexco being the accounting acquirer for financial reporting purposes.

The following table summarizes the purchase price consideration paid to the accounting acquirees:

  CBR Pharma  180 LP  Total 
Debt assumed $-  $270,000  $270,000 
Shares at fair value (a)  24,927,274   20,939,224   45,866,498 
Total Purchase Consideration $24,927,274  $21,209,224  $46,136,498 

a)Represents the fair value of 3,965,059 and 1,326,830 shares of common stock and common stock equivalents issued to the former shareholders of CBR Pharma and 180 LP, respectively. The value of the Contingently Redeemable Shares was not accounted for since, as of the date of the Reorganization, it was not probable that the conditions for which the redemption provision could be removed would be met.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

The following table represents the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values on the acquisition date:

  CBR Pharma  180  Total 
Cash $47,268  $38,810  $86,078 
Prepaid expenses (1)  126,606   595,849   722,455 
Other receivables  -   420,000   420,000 
Deposits  86,192   -   86,192 
Property and equipment  47,958   -   47,958 
Technology licenses (2)  1,609,000   -   1,609,000 
In process research and development (2)  1,584,000   10,943,000   12,527,000 
Due from (to) related parties  783,593   (555,100)  228,493 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (1,528,894)  (134,081)  (1,662,976)
Deferred income, related party (3)  (36,537)  (492,329)  (528,866)
Deferred tax liabilities (4)  (832,000)  (2,845,180)  (3,677,180)
Net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed  1,887,186   7,970,969   9,858,154 
Goodwill (2)  23,040,089   13,238,255   36,278,344 
Total $24,927,275  $21,209,224  $46,136,498 

(1)Includes $588,349 related to prepaid research and development expenses with Oxford University. See Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies.

(2)Changes in the balance of technology licenses, in process research and development and goodwill reflected on the balance sheet are the result of the impact of the change in foreign currency exchange rates.

(3)Represents deferred income associated with the 360 Life Sciences Corp. agreement (formerly known as the “Reformation Pharmaceuticals” agreement). See Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies.

(4)See Note 16 – Income Taxes for more information on deferred tax liabilities.

Management, with the assistance of an independent valuation firm, valued the technology licenses and the in-process research and development utilizing the cost approach. The goodwill is attributed to (a) synergies arising from the overlap of clinical research among the entities; (b) the benefit of future market, drug and product development; and (c) the benefit of revenue growth from both areas. The deferred tax liability relates to the book-tax basis difference associated with the intangible assets at an estimated tax rate of 26%, which is an estimate of the blended United States and Canadian federal and state/province effective income tax rates.

Pro Forma Results

The following table sets forth the unaudited pro forma results of the Company as if the Reorganization were effective on January 1, 2019. These combined results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may have been achieved had the companies always been combined.

  For the
Year Ended
 
  December 31,
2019
 
Revenues $- 
Operating loss $(25,300,321)
Net loss $(29,437,823)


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

NOTE 5 — BUSINESS COMBINATION

On November 6, 2020 (the “Closing Date”), the Company consummated the previously announced business combination (the “Business Combination”) following a special meeting of stockholders held on November 5, 2020, where the stockholders of the Company considered and approved, among other matters, a proposal to adopt that certain Business Combination Agreement (as amended, the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated as of July 25, 2019. References to “KBL” below refer to the Company prior to the Closing Date, then known as KBL Merger Corp. IV (“KBL”). Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering,Business Combination Agreement, among other things, a subsidiary of the Company sold 11,500,000 Units atmerged with and into 180, with 180 continuing as the surviving entity and a purchase pricewholly-owned subsidiary of $10.00 per Unit, inclusivethe Company (the “Merger”). The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization of 1,500,000 Units sold180. All of 180’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the underwritersmerger was exchanged for (i) 15,736,348 shares of 180LS common stock, (ii) 2 shares of Class C and Class K Special Voting Shares exchangeable into 1,763,652 shares of 180LS common stock which are presented as outstanding in the accompanying Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) due to the reverse recapitalization. KBL’s 6,928,645 outstanding shares of common stock are presented as being issued on June 23, 2017the date of the Business Combination.

Below is a summary of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in connection with the Business Combination:

  KBL Merger
Corp. IV
 
Cash $3,006,235 
Prepaid expenses  57,748 
Marketable securities held in Trust Account  10,373,857 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (4,722,933)
Convertible notes payable, net of debt discount  (2,504,045)
Derivative liabilities (see Note 11)  (3,945,365)
Due to/from Related Party  (201,859)
Loans payable  (10,000)
Promissory note with 180  (496,161)
Redemptions payable  (9,006,493)
Net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed  (6,813,017)
Series A convertible preferred stock (see Note 15)  (1,411,264)
Effect of reverse recapitalization $(8,860,281)

Subsequent to the Business Combination, the marketable securities were released from the Trust Account, were converted into cash, and were used to settle the share redemptions payable.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

NOTE 6 — NOTES RECEIVABLE, NET

The Company had the following notes receivable from KBL, net as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  As of
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Notes receivable from KBL $-  $1,699,825 
Provision for notes receivable from KBL  -   (1,699,825)
Notes receivable, net $-  $- 

As of December 31, 2019, 180 had loaned $1,699,825 to KBL to fund its operating expenses, deal transaction expenses, and certain financing expenses for the Business Combination. During the year ended December 31, 2020, KBL paid an aggregate amount of $1,203,750 on behalf of 180 in the form of payments to various vendors of 180 and cash paid directly to 180 in order to fund its operations, in partial satisfaction of the Company’s Notes Receivable. The notes did not accrue interest and matured upon the underwriters’ electionclosing of the Business Combination. As of December 31, 2020, the remaining balance of the notes receivable from KBL was eliminated in consolidation as part of the Business Combination with KBL.

The notes receivable from KBL were originally fully reserved because recoverability could not be assured in the event the Business Combination did not close and since the Business Combination was consummated, the reserve was reversed and recovered as of December 31, 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, 180 recorded bad debt (recovery) expense of ($1,699,825) and $649,825, respectively, related to fully exercise their over-allotmentthe notes receivable from KBL, which is included in general and administrative expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company recorded $1,050,000 of bad debt expense before the Reorganization, which is not included in these consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 7 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses consist of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  As of
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Insurance $1,003,271  $- 
Research and development expense tax credit receivable  409,470   211,740 
Professional fees  104,080   115,166 
Value-added tax receivable  37,751   43,352 
Taxes  37,424   - 
Other  14,418   34,999 
Research and development  -   186,391 
  $1,606,414  $591,648 


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

NOTE 8 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  Remaining Amortization Period In Years at  As of December 31, 2020  As of December 31, 2019 
  

December 31,
2020

  

Gross Asset Value

  Accumulated Amortization  

Net Carrying Value

  

Gross Asset Value

  Accumulated Amortization  

Net Carrying Value

 
Licensed patents  15.6  $592,608  $(76,766) $515,842  $583,145  $(43,314) $539,831 
Technology license  18.5   1,652,469   (120,493) $1,531,976   1,619,107   (37,104)  1,582,003 
      $2,245,077  $(197,259) $2,047,818  $2,202,252  $(80,418) $2,121,834 

Changes in the gross asset value of licensed patents and technology licenses from the dates acquired are the result of changes in the foreign currency exchange rate.

The Company recorded amortization expense of $116,841 and $62,589 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to intangible assets, which is included in general and administrative expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Future amortization related to intangible assets is as follows:

For the Years Ending December 31,   
2021 $113,994 
2022  113,994 
2023  113,994 
2024  113,994 
2025  113,994 
Thereafter  1,477,848 
  $2,047,818 


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

NOTE 9 — ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Consulting fees $1,718,559  $613,115 
Professional fees  1,261,751   459,084 
Employee and director compensation  878,292   395,248 
Interest  184,576   15,571 
Other  45,321   3,003 
Research and development fees  17,817   120,631 
Travel expenses  4,600   - 
Patent costs  -   84,814 
  $4,110,916  $1,691,466 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, accrued expenses - related parties was $454,951 and $177,074, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, accrued expenses – related parties consisted of fees of professional fees and services. See Note 17 – Related Parties for details.

NOTE 10 — ACCRUED ISSUABLE EQUITY

A summary of the accrued issuable equity activity during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is presented below:

Balance at January 1, 2019 $640,116 
Reclassification to equity  (979,365)
Mark-to market  327,879 
Effect of FX translation  11,370 
Balance at December 31, 2019  - 
Additions  43,095 
Reclassification to equity  - 
Mark-to market  - 
Balance at December 31, 2020 $43,095 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company entered into a contractual arrangement for services in exchange for shares of common stock of the Company for fixed dollar amounts. Pursuant to the contractual agreement, the Company will issue an aggregate value of $5,000 common shares on a monthly basis and an aggregate of $30,000 of common shares at the end of each quarter. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $43,095 of accrued issuable equity related to services. See Note 14 – Commitment and Contingencies for more information on this contractual agreement. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for additional information.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

NOTE 11 — DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of Level 3 derivative liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

  For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 
  Warrants  Convertible Notes  Preferred Stock  Total 
Beginning balance as of January 1, 2020 $-  $-  $-  $- 
Derivative liabilities assumed at date of Business Combination  2,754,865   23,500   1,167,000   3,945,365 
Derecognition of derivative liabilities in connection with convertible note and preferred stock modifications and exchanges  -   (723,336)  (2,033,068)  (2,756,404)
Issuance of derivative liabilities      1,219,700   218,000   1,437,700 
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities  1,462,305   (294,064)  648,068   1,816,309 
Ending balance as of December 31, 2020 $4,217,170  $225,800  $-  $4,442,970 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, in connection with the Business Combination, the Company assumed derivative liabilities in the aggregate amounts of $188,940, $1,978,000, $587,925, $23,500, and $531,000 related to the AGP Warrants (defined below under AGP Warrants), public warrants, private warrants, embedded conversion options of certain convertible notes payable, and redemption features of the Series A Preferred Stock, respectively. See Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable for additional details. See Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) for a description of the warrants issued and preferred stock redemption features deemed to be derivative liabilities. In applying the Monte-Carlo and Black-Scholes option generating gross proceedspricing models to derivatives assumed on November 6, 2020, the Company used the following assumptions:

November 6,
2020
Riske free interest rate0.08% - 0.40%
Expected term (years)0.26 - 5.01
Expected volatility80% - 207%
Expected dividends0.00%

In connection with the modification of $115,000,000. Each Unit consistscertain convertible notes on November 25, 2020 (See Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable for additional details), the Company applied the Monte-Carlo and Black-Scholes option pricing models to value embedded features as derivative liabilities with the following assumptions:

November 25,
2020
Riske free interest rate0.06% - 0.09%
Expected term (years)0.24 - 0.54
Expected volatility115% - 160%
Expected dividends0.00%


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company extinguished an aggregate of one share$1,318,704 of derivative liabilities in connection with repayments and exchanges of certain convertible notes payable and preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock. See Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable and Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) for additional details. In applying the Monte-Carlo and Black-Scholes option pricing models to derivatives related to the embedded features of the convertible notes during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company used the following assumptions:

For the Year Ended
December 31,
2020
Riske free interest rate0.03% - 0.09%
Expected term (years)0.15 - 0.50
Expected volatility105% - 150%
Expected dividends0.00%

In applying the Monte-Carlo and Black-Scholes option pricing models to derivatives outstanding on December 31, 2020, the Company used the following assumptions:

December 31,
2020
Riske free interest rate0.00% - 0.36%
Expected term (years)0.11 - 4.85
Expected volatility84% - 207%
Expected dividends0.00%

Convertible Notes

On November 6, 2020, in connection with the Business Combination (see Note 5), the Company assumed certain convertible notes (see Note 13) which had default features that had been bifurcated from the notes and were recorded as derivative liabilities with a fair value of $23,500 on that date. On November 25, 2020, the conversion prices of the convertible notes were amended and the Company determined that the amendment should be recorded as an extinguishment (see Note 13). The existing derivative liabilities were first marked-to-market as of the date of the amendment, reducing the value by $3,200 and the $20,300 fair value of the derivative liabilities was then derecognized. The reissuance of the amended convertible notes was recorded, including the bifurcation of the default features and new redemption features which had an aggregate fair value of $1,219,700. Between November 27, 2020 and December 31, 2020, there were multiple conversions of the convertible notes that were recorded as extinguishments due to the existence of bifurcated derivative liabilities (see Note 13). The bifurcated derivative liabilities were marked-to-market just prior to each conversion and at period end, resulting in an aggregate reduction of $290,864 in the fair value of the derivative liabilities and $703,036 aggregate fair value of the bifurcated derivative liabilities were derecognized on the conversion dates, leaving derivative liabilities with a fair value of $225,800 outstanding on December 31, 2020. 

Alliance Global Partners (“AGP”) Warrants

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination on November 6, 2020, the Company became obligated to issue five-year warrants for the purchase of 63,658 shares of the Company’s common stock one rightat an exercise price of $5.28 per share (the “AGP Warrant Liability”) to receive one-tenth of one sharean investment banking firm in connection with a prior private placement. The value of the Company’s common stockAGP Warrants assumed on the date of the Business Combination was $188,940 and at December 31, 2020 the value is $165,895, the difference is due to a change in fair value of $23,045. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for details of the issuance of the AGP warrants.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Public Warrants

Participant’s in KBL’s initial public offering received an aggregate of 11,500,000 Public Warrants (“Right”Public Warrants”), and one redeemable warrant. Each Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one-half of one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share), subject to adjustment. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants are currently exercisable and will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. The Company may redeem the Public Warrants, in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant upon 30 days’ notice (“Warrant”30-day redemption period”), only in the event that the last sale price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given, provided there is an effective registration statement with respect to the shares of common stock underlying such Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption as described above, the Company’s management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” Management has determined that the Public Warrants contain a tender offer provision which could result in the Public Warrants settling for the tender offer consideration (including potentially cash) in a transaction that didn’t result in a change-in-control. This feature results in the Public Warrants being precluded from equity classification. Accordingly, the Public Warrants are classified as liabilities measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings. The value of the Public Warrants assumed on the date of the Business Combination was $1,978,000 and at December 31, 2020 the value was $3,795,000, the difference is due to a change in fair value of $1,817,000.

Private Warrants

Participant’s in KBL’s initial private placement received an aggregate of 502,500 Private Warrants (“Private Warrants”). Each Private Warrant will entitleentitles the holder to purchase one-half of one Commonshare of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share), subject to adjustment. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. The Private Warrants will becomeare currently exercisable on the later of (i) 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination and (ii) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and will expire five years after the completion of the initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Private Warrants are non-redeemable so long as they are held by original holders or their permitted transferees. If the Private Warrants are held by other parties, the Company may redeem the Private Warrants, in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant upon 30 days’ notice (“30-day redemption period”), only in the event that the last sale price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given, provided there is an effective registration statement with respect to the shares of common stock underlying such Warrants and a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If the Company calls the Private Warrants for redemption as described above, the Company’s management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise Private Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whetherManagement has determined that the Private Warrants contain a tender offer provision which could result in the Private Warrants settling for the tender offer consideration (including potentially cash) in a transaction that didn’t result in a change-in-control. This feature (amongst others) results in the Private Warrants being precluded from equity classification. Accordingly, the Private Warrants are classified as liabilities measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings. The value of the Private Warrants assumed on the date of the Business Combination was $587,925 and at December 31, 2020, the value was $256,275, the difference is due to require all holdersa change in fair value of $331,650.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

The following is a summary of warrant activity (in whole shares) for the year ended December 31, 2020:

         Weighted    
      Weighted  Average    
      Average  Remaining  Aggregate 
   Number of  Exercise  Life  Intrinsic 
   Warrants  Price  In Years  Value 
Outstanding, January 1, 2020   -  $-         
Issued   6,064,908   11.43         
Outstanding, December 31, 2020   6,064,908  $11.43   4.9  $      - 
                  
Exercisable, December 31, 2020   6,001,250  $11.50   4.9  $- 

The following table presents information related to exercise theirstock warrants on a “cashless basis,” the management will consider, among other factors,(in whole shares) at December 31, 2020:

Warrants Outstanding  Warrants Exercisable 
   Outstanding  Weighted Average  Exercisable 
Exercise  Number of  Remaining Life  Number of 
Price  Warrants  In Years  Warrants 
$11.50   6,001,250   4.9   6,001,250 
$5.28   63,658   -   - 
     6,064,908   4.9   6,001,250 

NOTE 12 — LOANS PAYABLE

Loans Payable, Current Portion

The current portion of the Company’s loans payable as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

  Simple
Interest Rate
  December 31,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
Loan payable issued September 18, 2019 8% $50,000  $50,000 
Loan payable issued October 29, 2019 8%  69,250   66,250 
Loan payable issued February 5, 2020 8%  3,500   - 
Loan payable issued March 31, 2020 8%  4,537   - 
Loan payable issued June 8, 2020 8%  5,000   - 
Loan payable issued June 8, 2020 8%  5,000   - 
Kingsbrook loan issued June 12, 2020 15%  150,000   - 
Loan payable issued July 15, 2020 * 8%  4,695   - 
Loan payable issued October 13, 2020 8%  13,337   - 
Loan payable issued December 10, 2020 3%  655,594   - 
Current portion of PPP Loans (1) 1%  7,533   - 
     $968,446  $116,250 

*These loans are denominated in currencies other than USD.

(1)See Loans Payable, Non-Current Portion for a description of the PPP Loans.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

On January 31, 2020, the loan payable dated October 29, 2019 was amended to increase the principal balance by $3,000 in satisfaction of certain accounts payable. The loans payable issued between September 18, 2019 and March 31, 2020 matured on June 30, 2020. On July 1, 2020, the Company amended the terms of these loans to extend the maturity terms to the earlier of (a) the closing of a qualified financing; or (b) November 1, 2020.

On June 12, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Kingsbrook Opportunities Master Fund LP (“Kingsbrook”) for an aggregate principal sum of $150,000, which bears interest at 15% per annum and matures on August 31, 2021. See Note 13 Convertible Notes Payable, Extinguishment of Senior Note and Issuance of New Note for additional details. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for information related to the repayment of this note.

On November 27, 2020, the Company entered into amended loan agreements, excluding the Kingsbrook promissory note and PPP loans (discussed below), with all parties to modify the terms of the loan agreements. The loan agreements were extended and modified to mature at the earlier of (a) a filing pursuant to a Form S-1 Registration Statement; or (b) February 15, 2021. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for more information on the extension of the loans and repayment of the Kingsbrook promissory note.

The terms of all loan extensions were reviewed and were deemed to be modifications, rather than extinguishments.

Loans Payable, Non-Current Portion

The non-current portion of the Company’s loans payable as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

  Simple
Interest
  December 31,  Maturity 
  Rate  2020  Date 
PPP loan payable issued May 5, 2020 1.0%  51,051  5/4/2022 
PPP loan payable issued April 24, 2020 1.0%  2,000  4/23/2022 
BBLS loan payable issued June 10, 2020 2.5%  68,245  6/10/2026 
Subtotal     121,296    
Less: Current portion of PPP loans (see above)     (7,533)   
     $113,763    

During April and May 2020, the Company received loans in the aggregate amount of $53,051 (the “PPP Loans”), under the Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”), to support continuing employment during the COVID-19 pandemic. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for more information on the application for forgiveness of the PPP Loans.

Effective March 27, 2020, legislation referred to as the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was passed to benefit companies in the U.S. that were significantly impacted by the pandemic. Under the terms of the CARES Act, as amended by the Paycheck Protection Program Flexibility Act of 2020, the Company is eligible to apply for and receive forgiveness for all or a portion of their respective PPP Loans. Such forgiveness will be determined, subject to limitations, based on the use of the loan proceeds for certain permissible purposes as set forth in the PPP, including, but not limited to, payroll costs (as defined under the PPP) and mortgage interest, rent or utility costs (collectively, “Qualifying Expenses”) incurred during the 24 weeks subsequent to funding, and on the maintenance of employee and compensation levels, as defined, following the funding of the PPP Loan. The Company intends to use the proceeds of their PPP Loans for Qualifying Expenses. However, no assurance is provided that the Company will be able to obtain forgiveness of the PPP Loans in whole or in part. Any amounts not forgiven incur interest at 1.0% per annum and monthly repayments of principal and interest are deferred for six months after the date of disbursement. While the Company’s PPP loans currently have a two-year maturity, the amended law will permit the Company to request a five-year maturity. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded accrued interest of $354 related to the PPP loans. During the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company recorded interest expense of $354 and $0, respectively, related to the PPP loans.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

On June 10, 2020, the Company received GBP £50,000 (USD $64,353) of cash position,proceeds pursuant to the number of WarrantsBounce Back Loan Scheme (“BBLS”), which provides financial support to businesses across the UK that are outstandinglosing revenue, and seeing their cashflow disrupted, as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. The BBLS is unsecured and bears interest at 2.5% per annum. The maximum loan amount is GBP £50,000 and the dilutive effectlength of the loan is six years, with payments beginning 12 months after the date of disbursement. Early repayment is allowed, without early repayment fees. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded accrued interest of GBP £514 (USD $702) related to the BBLS loan. During the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company recorded interest expense of GBP £514 (USD $702) and $0, respectively, related the BBLS loan.

Loans Payable, Related Parties

Loans payable to related parties (the “Related Party Loans”) consist of loans payable to certain of the Company’s officers, directors and a greater than 10% stockholder. The Company had the following loans payable to related parties outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

   Simple
Interest Rate
  December 31,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
Loan payable issued September 18, 2019  8%  $50,000  $50,000 
Loan payable issued October 8, 2019  0%   4,000   4,000 
Loan payable issued October 20, 2019 *  8%   81,463   79,572 
Loan payable issued October 28, 2019 *  8%   7,088   6,887 
Loan payable issued October 29, 2019  8%   40,000   40,000 
Loan payable issued October 29, 2019   8%   10,000   10,000 
Loan payable issued November 27, 2019 *  8%   20,515   19,933 
Loan payable issued December 11, 2019  8%   10,342   10,133 
Loan payable issued January 14, 2020  8%   4,726   - 
Loan payable issued January 20, 2020  8%   137,382   - 
Loan payable issued January 30, 2020 *  8%   7,088   - 
Loan payable issued February 5, 2020  8%   3,500   - 
Loan payable issued February 28, 2020 *  8%   19,261   - 
Loan payable issued March 31, 2020  8%   4,537   - 
Loan payable issued April 2, 2020  8%   1,871   - 
Loan payable issued April 2, 2020  8%   1,564   - 
Loan payable issued April 13, 2020  8%   12,875   - 
Loan payable issued April 13, 2020  8%   12,905   - 
Loan payable issued April 27, 2020 *  8%   7,962   - 
Loan payable issued May 19, 2020  8%   2,152   - 
Loan payable issued May 30, 2020 *  8%   7,962   - 
Loan payable issued May 30, 2020  8%   7,890   - 
Loan payable issued June 17, 2020  8%   485   - 
Loan payable issued July 15, 2020  8%   5,503   - 
Loan payable issued August 25, 2020 *  8%   9,162   - 
Loan payable issued October 8, 2020 *  8%   8,796   - 
Loan payable issued October 15, 2020  8%   10,094   - 
Loan payable issued October 14, 2020 *  8%   4,544   - 
Loan payable issued October 1, 2020 *  8%   10,253   - 
Loan payable issued November 4, 2020 *  8%   9,162   - 
             
      $513,082  $220,525 

*These loans are denominated in currencies other than USD.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

At issuance, the Related Party Loans provided for a maturity date upon the earliest of (a) the consummation of the Business Combination; (b) June 30, 2020; or (c) 60 days after the respective issuance date. On July 1, 2020, the Company amended the terms of the Related Party Loans to extend the maturity terms to the earlier of (a) the closing of a qualified financing; or (b) November 1, 2020. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events, Extension of the Loan Agreements for additional details. The terms of all loan extensions were reviewed and were deemed to be modifications, rather than extinguishments.

Interest Expense on Loans Payable

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized interest expense and interest expense — related parties associated with outstanding loans, of $23,709 and $35,973, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized interest expense and interest expense — related parties associated with outstanding loans, of $2,055 and $3,086, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had accrued interest and accrued interest — related parties associated with outstanding loans, of $24,824 and $37,539, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had accrued interest and accrued interest — related parties associated with outstanding loans, of $2,055 and $3,086, respectively. See Note 17 — Related Parties for additional details.

NOTE 13 — CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE

The following table details the convertible notes payable activity during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  For The Year Ended December 31, 2020
  Effective
Date
 Maturity Date
(as amended,
if applicable)
 01/01/20
Principal
Balance
  Debt Issued  Debt Discount  Amortization of Debt Discount  Impact of Extinguishment  Unpaid Interest Capitalized to Principal  Amendment
to
Senior Notes &
Bridge Notes
  Conversions to Common Stock  12/31/20
Principal
Balance
 
Dominion Convertible Promissory Note 06/12/20 02/11/21 $-  $1,805,556  $(722,966) $134,134  $588,832  $-  $-  $(972,222) $833,334 
Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Note 06/12/20 02/11/21  -   1,796,411   (685,615)  127,227   558,388   -   -   (1,695,411)  101,000 
Alpha Capital Convertible Promissory Note 06/12/20 02/11/21  -   1,111,111   (800,421)  94,786   705,635   -   -   (495,000)  616,111 
Amended Senior Note 07/25/19 08/28/21  1,405,695   -   -   -   -   104,418   (1,510,113)[1]  -   - 
Amended Senior Note (1) 07/25/19 08/28/21  1,081,251   -   -   -   -   123,681   563,847[2]  (1,768,779)  - 
Bridge Note 12/27/19 08/28/21  250,000   -   -   -   -   -   25,000[3]  -   275,000 
Bridge Note 01/03/20 08/28/21  -   82,500   -   -   -   -   8,250[3]  -   90,750 
Total     $2,736,946  $4,795,578  $(2,209,002) $356,147  $1,852,855  $228,099  $(913,016) $(4,931,412) $1,916,195 

[1]See Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable - Extinguishment of Senior Note and Issuance of New Note for additional details.

[2]See Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable - Bridge Notes for additional details.

[3]See Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable – Amended Bridge Notes for additional details.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

  For the Year ended December 31, 2019
  Effective
Date
 Maturity Date
(as amended,
if applicable)
 01/01/19
Principal
Balance
  Debt Issued  

Debt Discount

  Amortization of Debt Discount  Impact of Extinguishment  Unpaid Interest Capitalized to Principal  Amendment
to
Senior Notes &
Bridge Notes
  Conversions to Common Stock  12/31/19
Principal
Balance
 
Senior Note 07/25/19 08/28/21 $       -  $1,025,000  $       -  $       -  $       -  $56,251  $      -  $      -  $1,081,251 
Amended Senior Note 07/25/19 08/28/21  -   900,000   -   -   -   49,390   456,305   -   1,405,695 
Amended Senior Note 07/25/19 08/28/21  -   26,372   -   -   -   4,427   12,342   (43,141)  - 
Bridge Note 12/27/19 08/28/21  -   250,000   -   -   -   -   -   -   250,000 
Total     $-  $2,201,372  $-  $-  $-  $110,068  $468,647  $(43,141) $2,736,946 

The following table details the convertible notes payable – related parties activities during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  For the year ended December 31, 2020
  Effective
Date
 Maturity Date
(as amended,
if applicable)
 01/01/20
Principal
Balance
  Debt Issued  Unpaid Interest Capitalized to Principal  Amendment
to
Senior Notes
  Conversions to Common Stock  12/31/20
Principal
Balance
 
Amended Senior Notes (1) 07/25/19 08/28/21 $184,604  $      -  $34,760  $51,396   (270,760) $- 
180 LP Convertible Note 09/24/13 09/25/15  160,000   -   -   -   -   160,000 
180 LP Convertible Note 06/16/14 06/16/17  10,000   -   -   -   -   10,000 
180 LP Convertible Note 07/08/14 07/08/17  100,000   -   -   -   -   100,000 
Total     $454,604  $-  $34,760  $51,396  $(270,760) $270,000 

(1)Includes $588,349 related to prepaid research and development expenses with Oxford University. See Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies.

  For the Year Ended December 31, 2019
  Effective
Date
 Maturity Date
(as amended,
if applicable)
 01/01/19
Principal
Balance
  Debt Issued  Unpaid Interest Capitalized to Principal  Amendment
to
Senior Notes
  Conversions to Common Stock  12/31/19
Principal
Balance
 
Amended Senior Notes 07/25/19 08/28/21 $        -  $175,000  $9,604  $        -           -  $184,604 
180 LP Convertible Note 09/24/13 09/25/15  160,000   -   -   -   -   160,000 
180 LP Convertible Note 06/16/14 06/16/17  10,000   -   -   -   -   10,000 
180 LP Convertible Note 07/08/14 07/08/17  100,000   -   -   -   -   100,000 
Total     $270,000  $175,000  $9,604  $-  $-  $454,604 


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Dominion, Kingsbrook and Alpha Convertible Promissory Notes

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Dominion (defined below), Kingsbrook and Alpha (defined below) Convertible Promissory Notes were assumed.

Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes

  Dominion 
  Principal  Debt Discount  Net 
Balance at 12/31/19 $-  $-  $- 
Assumption of Note  1,805,556   -   1,805,556 
Debt discount at assumption  -   (722,966)  (722,966)
Amortization of debt discount  -   134,134   134,134 
Impact of extinguishment  -   588,832   588,832 
Impact of conversion  (972,222)  -   (972,222)
Balance at 12/31/20 $833,334  $-  $833,334 

On June 12, 2020 (the “Dominion Issue Date”), KBL entered into a $1,666,667 10% Secured Convertible Promissory Note and $138,889 10% Senior Secured Convertible Extension Promissory Note (together the “Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes”) with Dominion Capital LLC (“Dominion”), which was issued to Dominion in conjunction with 400,000 shares of common stock (the “Dominion Commitment Shares”). In conjunction with the transaction, KBL entered into a series of Leak Out Agreements in which certain parities agreed that they would not sell, dispose or otherwise transfer, in aggregate more than 5% of the composite daily trading volume of the common stock of KBL. Pursuant to the Leak-Out Agreement between the KBL and Caravel CAD Fund Ltd., KBL issued 404,245 restricted shares of common stock (“Leak-Out Shares”).

The Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes had a debt discount due to original issue discount, third-party fees directly attributed to the issuance, leak-out shares, a derivative liability, a beneficial conversion feature and warrants. The debt discount assumed at the Business Combination for this note was $722,996, which is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt. See Note 11 – Derivative Liabilities for more information on the derivative liabilities related to this note.

The Company has agreed to pay the principal amount, together with interest at the annual rate of 10% (unless the Company defaults, which increases the interest rate to 15%) (including 10% guaranteed interest), with principal and accrued interest on the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes due and payable on February 11, 2021 (the “Dominion Maturity Date”), unless converted under terms and provisions as set forth within the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes. The Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes provide Dominion with the right to convert, at any time, all or any part of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest into shares of the Company’s stockholderscommon stock at a conversion price of issuing$5.28 per share. The Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes require the maximumCompany to reserve at least 868,056 and 114,584 shares of common stock from its authorized and unissued common stock to provide for all issuances of common stock under the 10% Secured Convertible Promissory Note and 10% Senior Secured Convertible Extension Promissory Note, respectively. However, the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes provide that the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuableissued to the Dominion under the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes shall not exceed 4.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of the closing date unless the Company has obtained stockholder approval of the issuance (the “the Beneficial Ownership Limitation”). Dominion, upon not less than sixty-one (61) days’ prior notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation; provided, that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes held by Dominion.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

On the 10th day following the Company consummating any public or private offering of any securities or other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (each a “Subsequent Offering”) on any date other than the Maturity Date, the Company shall, subject to Dominion’s conversion rights set forth in such notes, pay to Dominion in cash an amount equal to the Mandatory Prepayment Amount but in no event greater than fifty percent (50%) of the gross proceeds from the Subsequent Offering.

The Company shall pay a late fee (the “Late Fees”) on any amount required to be paid under any transaction document and not paid when due, at a rate equal to the lesser of an additional 10% of such amount or the maximum rate permitted by applicable law which shall be due and owing daily from the date such amount is due hereunder through the date of actual payment in full of such amount in cash.

Immediately on and after the occurrence of any event of default, without need for notice or demand all of which are waived, interest on the notes shall accrue and be owed daily at an increased interest rate equal to the lesser of two percent (2.0%) per month (twenty-four percent (24.0%) per annum) or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law. In addition, in any event of default, the Company must pay a mandatory default amount equal to one hundred thirty percent (130%) of the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes at such time and all accrued interest unpaid at such time (including any minimum interest remaining outstanding on such principal amount as of such time) and (b) all other amounts, costs, fees (including late fees), expenses, indemnification and liquidated and other damages and other amounts due to Dominion or any other party in respect of the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes (as applicable, the “Mandatory Prepayment Amount”).

The Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes also contain a provision whereby Dominion is due a minimum interest amount or make whole amount meaning on any date and with respect to any principal amount owing under the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes, the difference between (a) 10% of such principal amount, representing a full year of interest payments thereunder and (b) any payment of interest made prior to such date with respect to such principal amount. To be free from doubt, the minimum interest amount is only applicable for the initial 12 month period from the Issue Date.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded interest expense and amortization of debt discount of $77,067 and $134,164, respectively, and accrued interest of $52,254 as of December 31, 2020 associated with the Dominion Convertible Promissory Notes.

See Convertible Debt Conversions of the Dominion, Kingsbrook and Alpha Convertible Promissory Notes further on in this note for the details related to the 2020 conversions of the notes. See Note 18 - Subsequent Events for information related to the conversions of the convertible notes subsequent to December 31, 2020.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes

  Kingsbrook 
  Principal  Debt Discount  Net 
Balance at 12/31/19 $-  $-  $- 
Assumption of Note  1,796,411   -   1,796,411 
Debt discount at assumption  -   (685,615)  (685,615)
Amortization of debt discount  -   127,227   127,227 
Impact of extinguishment  -   558,388   558,388 
Impact of conversion  (1,695,411)  -   (1,695,411)
Balance at 12/31/20 $101,000  $-  $101,000 

On June 12, 2020 (the “Kingsbrook Issue Date”), KBL entered into a $1,657,522 10% Secured Convertible Promissory Note and $138,889 10% Senior Secured Convertible Extension Promissory Note (together the “Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes”) with Kingsbrook Opportunities Master Fund LP (“Kingsbrook”), which was issued to Kingsbrook in conjunction with 250,000 shares of common stock (the “Kingsbrook Commitment Shares”).

The Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes had a debt discount due to original issue discount, third-party fees directly attributed to the issuance, a derivative liability, a beneficial conversion feature and warrants. The debt discount assumed at the Business Combination for this note was $685,615, which is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt. See Note 11 – Derivative Liabilities for more information on the derivative liabilities related to this note.

The Company has agreed to pay the principal amount, together with guaranteed interest at the annual rate of 10% (unless the Company defaults, which increases the interest rate to 15%), with principal and accrued interest on the Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes due and payable on February 11, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”), unless converted under terms and provisions as set forth within the Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes. The Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes provide Kingsbrook with the right to convert, at any time, all or any part of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $5.28 per share. The Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes require the Company to reserve at least 1,823,275 and 114,584 shares of common stock from its authorized and unissued common stock to provide for all issuances of common stock under the 10% Secured Convertible Promissory Note and 10% Senior Secured Convertible Extension Promissory Note, respectively. However, the Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes provide that the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued to Kingsbrook under the Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes shall not exceed 4.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of the closing date unless the Company has obtained stockholder approval of the issuance (the “the Beneficial Ownership Limitation”). Kingsbrook, upon not less than sixty-one (61) days’ prior notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation; provided, that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes held by Kingsbrook.

On the 10th day following the Company consummating any public or private offering of any securities or other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (each a “Subsequent Offering”) on any date other than the Maturity Date, the Company shall, subject to Kingsbrook’s conversion rights set forth in the note, pay to Kingsbrook in cash an amount equal to the Mandatory Prepayment Amount but in no event greater than fifty percent (50%) of the gross proceeds from the Subsequent Offering.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Immediately on and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, without need for notice or demand all of which are waived, interest on this Note shall accrue and be owed daily at an increased interest rate equal to the lesser of two percent (2.0%) per month (twenty-four percent (24.0%) per annum) or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law. In addition, in any Event of Default, the Company must pay a mandatory default amount equal to one hundred thirty percent (130%) of the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Kingsbrook Convertible Notes at such time and all accrued interest unpaid at such time (including any minimum interest amount remaining outstanding on such principal amount as of such time) and (b) all other amounts, costs, fees (including late fees), expenses, indemnification and liquidated and other damages and other amounts due to Kingsbrook or any other party in respect of the Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes.

The Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes also contain a provision whereby Kingsbrook is due a minimum interest amount or make whole amount meaning on any date and with respect to any principal amount owing under the Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes, the difference between (a) 10% of such principal amount, representing a full year of interest payments thereunder and (b) any payment of interest made prior to such date with respect to such principal amount. To be free from doubt, the minimum interest amount is only applicable for the initial 12 month period from the Issue Date.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded interest expense and amortization of debt discount of $61,315 and $127,228, respectively, and accrued interest of $0 as of December 31, 2020 associated with the Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Notes.

See Convertible Debt Conversions of the Dominion, Kingsbrook and Alpha Convertible Promissory Notes further on in this note for the details related to the 2020 conversions of the notes. See Note 18 - Subsequent Event for information related to the conversions of the convertible notes that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2020.

Alpha Convertible Promissory Note

  Alpha 
  Principal  Debt Discount  Net 
Balance at 12/31/19 $-  $-  $- 
Assumption of Note  1,111,111   -   1,111,111 
Debt discount at assumption  -   (800,421)  (800,421)
Amortization of debt discount  -   94,786   94,786 
Impact of extinguishment  -   705,635   705,635 
Impact of conversion  (495,000)  -   (495,000)
Balance at 12/31/20 $616,111  $-  $616,111 

On September 8, 2020 (the “Alpha Issue Date”), KBL entered into a $1,111,111 10% Secured Convertible Promissory Note (the “Alpha Convertible Promissory Note”) with Alpha Capital Anstalt (“Alpha”), which was issued to the Holder in conjunction with 100,000 shares of common stock (the “Alpha Capital Anstalt Commitment Shares”).

The Alpha Convertible Promissory Notes had a debt discount due to original issue discount, third-party fees directly attributed to the issuance, a derivative liability, a beneficial conversion feature and warrants. The debt discount assumed at the Business Combination for this note was $800,421, which is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt. See Note 11 – Derivative Liabilities for more information on the derivative liabilities related to this note.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

The Company has promised to pay the principal amount, together with guaranteed interest at the annual rate of 10% (unless the Company defaults, which increases the interest rate to 15%), with principal and accrued interest on the Alpha Convertible Promissory Note due and payable on April 7, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”), unless converted under terms and provisions as set forth within the Alpha Capital Anstalt Convertible Note. The Alpha Convertible Promissory Note provides Alpha with the right to convert, at any time, all or any part of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $5.28 per share. The Alpha Convertible Promissory Note provides that the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued to Alpha under the Alpha Convertible Promissory Note shall not exceed 4.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of the closing date unless the Company has obtained stockholder approval of the issuance (the “the Beneficial Ownership Limitation”). Alpha, upon not less than sixty-one (61) days’ prior notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation; provided, that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the Alpha Convertible Promissory Note held by Alpha.

On the 10th day following the Company consummating any public or private offering of any securities or other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (each a “Subsequent Offering”) on any date other than the Maturity Date, the Company shall, subject to Alpha’s conversion rights set forth herein, pay to Alpha in cash an amount equal to the Mandatory Prepayment Amount but in no event greater than fifty percent (50%) of the gross proceeds from the Subsequent Offering.

Immediately on and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, without need for notice or demand all of which are waived, interest on this Note shall accrue and be owed daily at an increased interest rate equal to the lesser of two percent (2.0%) per month (twenty-four percent (24.0%) per annum) or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law. In addition, upon any Event of Default, the holder can elect to accelerate the amount due, payable in cash or in shares of common stock, at the greater of (i) 130% of the outstanding principal amount and accrued interest (including 10% minimum interest, discussed below), and other fees, expenses amounts due under any other transaction document; and (ii) divided by the lowest volume weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock during the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the dated of determination (subject to a floor of $2.00), and multiplied by the highest closing price for the Company’s common stock during the period beginning on the first date that an event of default occurred. A holder has made claims regarding an alleged Event of Default and the Company is in discussions with such note holder.

The Alpha Convertible Promissory Note also contains a provision whereby Alpha is due a minimum interest amount or make whole amount meaning on any date and with respect to any principal amount owing under the Alpha Convertible Promissory Note, the difference between (a) 10% of such principal amount, representing a full year of interest payments thereunder and (b) any payment of interest made prior to such date with respect to such principal amount. To be free from doubt, the minimum interest amount is only applicable for the initial 12 month period from the Issue Date.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded interest expense and amortization of debt discount of $28,962 and $94,787, respectively, and accrued interest of $47,504 as of December 31, 2020 associated with the Alpha Convertible Promissory Notes.

See Convertible Debt Conversions of the Dominion, Kingsbrook and Alpha Convertible Promissory Notes further on in this note for the details related to the 2020 conversions of the notes. See Note 18 - Subsequent Event for information related to the conversions of the convertible notes that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2020.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Extinguishment of the Dominion, Kingsbrook and Alpha Convertible Promissory Notes

On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into an amended agreement with Dominion, and Alpha to amend the secured convertible promissory notes in the original aggregate principal amount of $4,713,078 (after giving effect to a 10% original issue discount) that the Company issued pursuant to a purchase agreement (the “Notes”) so that the fixed conversion price of the Notes, during the 90 day period following November 6, 2020, shall be equal to the lower of: (A) ninety-six percent (96%) of the lowest volume weighted average price of the common stock of the Company on the NASDAQ Capital Market during the five trading day period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the applicable conversion date and (B) $5.28; provided, that in no event shall the fixed conversion price be lower than $2.00 (in each case, as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, reclassification or similar transaction that proportionately decreases or increases the number of shares of common stock prior to such date). No other changes were made to the Notes as a result of the amendment agreement. The change of the conversion price of the Notes, triggered the most-favored-nation clause and changed the conversion price of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to be the same price as the Notes.

The Company determined that while the cash flows of the Secured Convertible Notes did not change upon the exerciseamendment (maturity and interest rate remained the same), the increase of the Warrants.fair value of the conversion feature exceeded 10% of the carrying value of the Secured Convertible Notes prior to the amendment, and accordingly, the amendment should be accounted for as an extinguishment. In recording the extinguishment, the Company compared the reacquisition price of the post-amended Secured Convertible Notes in the aggregate amount of $5,932,778 to the net carrying value of the derivative liability and pre-amended Secured Convertible Notes in the aggregate amount of $2,880,524. As a result, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment in the aggregate amount of $3,052,254.

 

EachConvertible Debt Conversions of the Dominion, Kingsbrook and Alpha Convertible Promissory Notes

The holders of the Secured Convertible Promissory Notes elected to convert principal and interest into shares of the Company’s common stock as follows:

  

Principal

Balance

Converted

  

Interest

Converted

  

Derivative

Liabilities

Converted

  

Total

Amount

Converted

  

Common

Shares

Issued

  

Fair Value of

Shares Issued

  

Loss on

Extinguishment of

Convertible Notes

 
Dominion Convertible Promissory Note $972,222  $97,222  $201,216  $1,270,660   464,287  $1,275,525  $4,865 
Kingsbrook Convertible Promissory Note  1,695,411   169,541   378,335  $2,243,287   816,769   2,198,155   (45,132)
Alpha Capital Convertible Promissory Note  495,000   12,528   123,485  $631,013   238,572   691,304   60,291 
Total $3,162,633  $279,291  $703,036  $4,144,960   1,519,628  $4,164,985  $20,025 

After the closing of the Business Combination, from November 27, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the holders of the Company’s convertible promissory notes were converted an aggregate of $3,441,924, which includes accrued interest of $279,291, which is owed under such convertible notes into an aggregate of 1,519,628 shares of our common stock, pursuant to the terms of such notes, as amended, at conversion prices of between $2.00 and $2.31 per share.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Default of Certain Convertible Promissory Notes

On December 31, 2020, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC which disclosed, among other things, that the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company, which were prepared based on the information and representations received from the former KBL management, for the interim period ended September 30, 2020, should no longer be relied upon due to errors in the condensed consolidated financial statements and should be restated. As a result, the Company recognized a derivative liability related to an arguable default of the Secured Convertible Notes, which was valued using a Monte Carlo Simulation.

Senior Notes

On July 25, 2019, the Company issued Senior Secured Notes (the “Senior Notes”) totaling $1,200,000 of which an aggregate of $175,000 was issued to the former Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company. The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 15% per annum and matured on November 15, 2019. Any accrued and unpaid interest portion is capitalized to principal on a monthly basis. Pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes, the maturity date may be extended an additional 30 days at the option of the Company if the Securities and Exchange Commission’s review of the documents filed in connection with the Business Combination has taken more than 30 days. In the event of an event of default: a) the Company is required to notify the holders of these notes (the “Holders”) within one business day of any such occurrence; b) the interest rate increases to 18% per annum; and c) the Holder may require the Company to redeem any or all of the outstanding principal and interest together with a 25% premium.

The Senior Notes rank senior to all outstanding and future indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries and are secured by: a) the Company’s equity interests in its subsidiaries; b) guarantees issued by those subsidiaries; and c) assets of those subsidiaries.

The Senior Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any outstanding late charges, automatically convert into common shares immediately prior to the occurrence of the Business Combination at the conversion price of $4.23 per share. If the Company issues any shares of its common stock or securities that are effectively common stock equivalents prior to the Business Combination at a price of less than $4.23 per share, then the conversion price per share will be adjusted so that the Holders receive the same conversion price. The above represents a contingent beneficial conversion feature that will be accounted for when the contingency is resolved. As of December 31, 2019, the contingently adjustable, non-bifurcated beneficial conversion features associated with the Senior Notes were not resolved. See below for details regarding the amendment of the Senior Notes and the conversion terms.

On January 13, 2020, the Company and holders of a series of Senior Secured Notes (the “Senior Notes”) agreed to exchange the Senior Notes for new Senior Secured Notes (the “Amended Senior Notes”) with amended terms (the “Senior Note Amendments”). Pursuant to the Amended Senior Notes, the note holders waived all events of default associated with the Senior Notes and the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest of $1,282,205 and $6,411, respectively, was converted to principal in the aggregate amount of $1,846,052 (consisting of $1,282,205 of the outstanding principal of the Senior Notes, $6,411 of accrued interest reclassified to principal, $200,000 of restructuring fees and $357,436 of redemption premiums), of which $186,988 and $935, of aggregate principal and accrued interest, respectively, owed to the former Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company, was converted to principal in the aggregate amount of $239,320 (consisting of $186,988 of the outstanding principal of the Senior Notes, $935 of accrued interest reclassified to principal and $51,397 of redemption premiums). See above in Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable for a table displaying the impact of the increase in the principal under the column titled Amendment to Senior Note and Bridge Notes.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

The Company accounted for the amendment to the Senior Notes as note extinguishments, since the present value of future cash flows under the Amended Senior Notes was substantially different than the future cash flows under the Senior Notes. Accordingly, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of $886,736, consisting of the issuance of the Amended Senior Note in the aggregate principal amount of $1,846,052, partially offset by the derecognition of the aggregate carrying amount of the extinguished Senior Notes of $1,288,616, plus the immediately recognized beneficial conversion feature of $329,300 arising from the modified conversion terms of the Amended Senior Notes.

The Amended Senior Notes rank senior to all outstanding and future indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries and are secured by: a) the Company’s equity interests in its subsidiaries; b) guarantees issued by those subsidiaries; and c) assets of those subsidiaries.

The Amended Senior Notes were convertible into common stock of the Company at any time following issuance until maturity and automatically convert into common stock of the Company immediately prior to the occurrence of the Business Combination, in either event, at a conversion price of $4.23 per share. If the Company issues any shares of its common stock, or securities that are effectively common stock equivalents, prior to the Business Combination at a price of less than $4.23 per share, then the conversion price per share would be adjusted to the price at which those common shares (or equivalents) were issued.

The Amended Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 15% per annum and matured in February 2020. On June 12, 2020, the Company entered into an additional amendment with each noteholder to extend the maturity dates from February 2020 to August 2021. Unpaid interest is reclassified to the principal on a monthly basis.

In the event of default: a) the Company is required to notify the holders of these notes within one business day of any such occurrence; b) the interest rate increases to 18% per annum; and c) the holder may require the Company to redeem any or all of the outstanding principal and interest together with a 25% premium.

Additional Amendment to an Amended Senior Note

On June 12, 2020, the Company, KBL, and the holder of an Amended Senior Note in the aggregate principal amount of $1,661,136 agreed that (i) such Amended Senior Note will automatically convert into 404,265 shares of the Company’s common stock upon the Business Combination, and (ii) the holder of such Amended Senior Note and its affiliates shall not sell or dispose more than 5% of the daily trading volume of such shares of common stock as reported by Bloomberg, LP.

Extinguishment of Senior Note and Issuance of New Note

On June 12, 2020, the Company, KBL, certain investors (the “Purchasers”) and the holder (the “Initial Purchaser”) of an Amended Senior Note in the aggregate principal and interest amount of $1,528,360 (consisting of principal of $1,510,113 and accrued interest payable of $18,247) entered into a RightSecurities Purchase Agreement pursuant to which (i) the Amended Senior Note was extinguished, and (ii) KBL sold to the Purchasers a secured promissory note which is secured by the intellectual property of the Company. Such transaction closed on June 29, 2020. See above in Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable for a table displaying the impact of extinguishing the aforementioned $1,510,113 of principal under the column titled Amendment to Senior Note and Bridge Notes. Concurrent with the transaction, on June 12, 2020, the Company, KBL, the Purchasers and Kingsbrook entered into a guaranty agreement pursuant to which the Company is a guarantor to the notes issued by KBL to the Purchasers and Kingsbrook. As of September 30, 2020, the Company determined that contingent payments under the guaranty agreement were not probable.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Additionally, in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company issued the Initial Purchaser a non-convertible loan payable in the principal amount of $150,000 which bears interest at a rate of 15% per annum, payable at maturity. The note matures on August 31, 2021 (see Note 12 Loans Payable).

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, in connection with the Amended Senior Note extinguishment and loan payable issuance above, the Company recognized a gain on extinguishment of convertible notes payable in the amount of $1,378,360.

Conversion of Senior Notes at Close of Business Combination

On November 6, 2020, upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company issued 482,894 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001, to the holders of the Senior Notes, as a result of the automatic conversion of promissory notes in the principal amount of about $2,039,539 and accrued interest of $77,779, or an aggregate of $2,117,318, as per the closing of the Merger pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2019, by and among the Company, KBL Merger Sub, Inc., 180 Life Corp., Katexco Pharmaceuticals Corp., CannBioRex Pharmaceuticals Corp., 180 Therapeutics L.P. and Lawrence Pemble in his capacity as stockholder representative.

Bridge Notes

On January 3, 2020 and December 27, 2019, the Company issued convertible bridge notes in the aggregate amount of $82,500 and $250,000 under the same terms. The total outstanding principal amount of convertible bridge notes of $332,500 (the “Bridge Notes”) and the respective accrued interest will automatically convert into a portion of the 17.5 million shares of KBL common stock to be received upon the consummation of the Business Combination Agreement at a conversion price equal to the lesser of $6.00 per KBL share or 60% of the implied valuation at such time, as defined. The Bridge Notes accrue interest at 15% per annum. The contingently adjustable, non-bifurcated beneficial conversion feature associated with the convertible note will be accounted for at the time the contingency is resolved. The Bridge Notes matured on June 30, 2020. The Company may elect to prepay the Bridge Notes at any time without penalty, however, the holder may elect to receive shares of common stock of the Company in lieu of prepayment at the holder’s discretion. The Company analyzed the embedded conversion option of the convertible note at issuance and determined the embedded conversion option contains a contingent beneficial conversion feature that will be accounted for when the contingency is resolved. As of December 31, 2019, the contingently adjustable, non-bifurcated beneficial conversion feature associated with the convertible note was not resolved. See below for further details regarding the amendment of the Bridge Notes and the conversion terms.

Amended Bridge Notes

On July 7, 2020, effective June 29, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment agreement with each Bridge Noteholder (the “Amended Bridge Notes”). Pursuant to the terms of the Amended Bridge Notes, the principal under each Amended Bridge Note is increased by 10% and the Amended Bridge Notes mature upon the earlier of (i) the date that the Registration Statement, which refers to the Form S-4 Registration Statement filed with the Commission by KBL, relating to the Business Combination, including the exchange of shares of common stock of the Company for shares of common stock of KBL, which is declared effective by the SEC; (ii) such date in which all amounts due and owing under the Amended Bridge Notes become due and payable pursuant to the terms of the agreement; and (iii) August 28, 2021 (“Maturity Date”). See above in Note 13 – Convertible Notes Payable for a table displaying the impact of the increase in the 10% of principal under the column titled Amendment to Senior Note and Bridge Notes. The Amended Bridge Notes can be converted at the following options:

at any time prior to the Maturity Date, at the option of the holder, the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Amended Bridge Notes, and any accrued but unpaid interest, may be converted into shares of common stock; or

automatically at the Maturity Date, the remaining outstanding principal amounts of these Amended Bridge Notes and any accrued but unpaid interest, will automatically convert (“Automatic Conversion”).


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Depending on the timing of the conversion, the holder will receive one-tenth (1/10)either:

shares of common stock of the Company, if the Business Combination has not occurred prior to such Maturity Date; or

shares of KBL if the Business Combination has occurred prior to such Maturity Date.

In either case above, the number of conversion shares equal to (A) the outstanding principal amount plus interest being converted, divided by (B) the lesser of (i) $4.23 per share or (ii) the per share price equal to 0.60 multiplied by the per share price of one share of common stock upon consummationsold by the Company as part of a Business Combination. No fractional shares will be issued upon exchangePIPE transaction (or the deemed value of the Rights. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of Rights in order to receive its additional shares upon consummation of a Business Combination as the consideration related thereto has been included in the Unit purchase price paid for by investors in the Initial Public Offering. If the Company enters into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination in which the Company will not be the surviving entity, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert its rights in order to receive the 1/10one share of common stock underlying each right (without payingas reasonably determined by the board of directors of the Company sold in the PIPE transaction if the securities sold in the PIPE transaction include units or other securities convertible into shares of common stock), subject to equitable adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events affecting the Company. As per the agreement, a PIPE transaction is defined as a private placement or public offering of shares of common stock of KBL for purposes of raising additional consideration).capital to fund the Business Combination or other matters. The Company determined that the embedded features of the Amended Bridge Notes were (i) a fixed price conversion option which represented a beneficial conversion feature of de minimis value and (ii) a redemption feature with de minimis value. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for details regarding the conversion of the Bridge Notes.

 

There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respectSecond Amendment to the Warrants and Rights, which will expire worthless ifBridge Notes

On October 7, 2020, the Company failsentered into an additional amendment with each Amended Bridge Noteholder pursuant to complete its Business Combination withinwhich the Combination Period.

F-11

KBL MERGER CORP. IV

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017Amended Bridge Notes will no longer mature upon the date that the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC. Since the change in cash flows was not more than 10%, this amendment was deemed to be a modification.

 

Private Placement180 LP Convertible Notes

 

ConcurrentlyIn connection with the Reorganization, the Company assumed $270,000 of debt related to convertible notes payable (the “Notes”), of which $10,000 is owed to the former Chief Executive Officer of 180 LP and $260,000 is owed to a founder and director of the Company.

Principal of $160,000 due under the Notes accrues interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and principal of $110,000, accrues interest at 2.5% per annum. Interest is compounded annually. Effective upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering,first issuance of convertible preferred units (or units with similar rights) with proceeds of at least $1,000,000 (the “Qualified Financing”), all of the Sponsoroutstanding principal and interest under these Notes will automatically be converted into other equity interests of the Company of the same class issued to other investors in the Qualified Financing, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per unit of the Qualified Financing securities paid by the other investors. The Notes contain contingent beneficial conversion features, which will be accounted for at the time the conversion price is known, and the underwriters purchasedcontingency is resolved.

Interest on Convertible Notes

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded interest expense of $915,371 and $123,112, respectively, related to convertible notes payable, and recorded interest expense - related parties of $32,452 and $17,827, respectively, related to convertible notes payable - related parties. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company capitalized an aggregate of 450,000 Private Units at $10.00 per Private Unit, generating gross proceeds$228,099 of $4,500,000 in a Private Placement. In addition, on June 23, 2017, the Company consummated the saleaccrued interest and $34,760 of an additional 52,500 Placement Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, which were purchased by the Sponsor and underwriters, generating gross proceeds of $525,000. Of these, 377,500 Private Units were purchased by the Sponsor and 125,000 Private Units were purchased by the underwriters. The proceeds from the Private Units were addedaccrued interest – related parties, respectively, to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. The Private Units (including their component securities) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination and the warrants included in the Private Units (the “Private Placement Warrants”) will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor, the underwriters or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the Sponsor, the underwriters or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering. In addition, for as long as the Private Placement Warrants are held by the underwriters or its designees or affiliates, they may not be exercised after five years from the effective date of the registration statement related to the Initial Public Offering. Otherwise, the Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and have no net cash settlement provisions.

If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds of the Private Placement will be part of the liquidating distribution to the public stockholders and the Private Units and their component securities issued to the Sponsor will expire worthless.

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In September 2016, the Company issued 2,875,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to the Sponsor (the “Founder Shares”) in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000. The 2,875,000 Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 375,000 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part. As a result of the underwriters’ election to exercise their over-allotment option in full on June 23, 2017, 375,000 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

In conjunction with their investment in the Private Units, the underwriters or their designees also purchased membership interests in the Sponsor, through which the underwriters or their designees collectively have a pecuniary interest in 230,000 Founder Shares, pursuant to a separate private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement. The Sponsor beneficially owns the Founder Shares allocated to the underwriters or their designees and retains sole voting and dispositive power over such securities until the closing of a Business Combination, at which time the Sponsor will distribute the Founder Shares to the underwriters or their designees for no additional consideration. Upon receipt of the Founder Shares, the underwriters or their designees will no longer retain their ownership interests in the Sponsor.

The Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Founder Shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until the earlier to occur of (i) one year after the completion of a Business Combination, and (ii) the date following the completion of a Business Combination on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of the Company’s common stock for cash, securities or other property the (“Lock-Up Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last sale price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after its initial Business Combination, then the lock-up will terminate.

Related Party Advancesnote principal.

 

As of December 31, 2017,2020 and 2019, accrued interest expense related to convertible notes payable was $182,181 and $13,515, respectively, and accrued interest expense - related parties related to convertible notes payable - related parties was $124,833 and $75,524, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses and accrued expenses - related parties, respectively, on the Company’s Sponsor advanced an aggregateaccompanying consolidated balance sheets.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

NOTE 14 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation and Other Loss Contingencies

The Company records liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of $107,744 tothe loss can be used for working capital purposes.reasonably estimated. The advances are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has repaid $61,558 of such advances. Advances amounting to $46,186 were outstandingno liabilities recorded for loss contingencies as of December 31, 2017 and included in due to related party in the accompanying balance sheets (see Administrative Service Fee below).2020 or 2019.

 

Note Payable – Related Party

The Sponsor loaned the Company $192,000 in the form of a promissory note to be used for the payment of costs related to the Initial Public Offering. The loan was non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Company repaid this loan from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering not placed in the Trust Account on June 8, 2017.

Administrative Service FeePotential Legal Matters

 

The Company agreed, commencingmay initiate legal action against former executives of KBL for non-disclosure in the KBL original June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 Form 10-Qs of the matters disclosed in Note 14 (as restated) of the September 30, 2020 financial statements in the amended Form 10-Q filed on February 5, 2021. If such legal action is initiated, the effectiveCompany would seek damages to cover, at a minimum, the unrecorded and contingent liability obligations and legal fees. There can be no assurance that, if such legal action is initiated, the Company will be successful in its legal actions.

The Company has initiated legal action against Tyche Capital LLC (“Tyche”) for breaching its obligations under a term sheet entered into between KBL, KBL IV Sponsor, LLC, 180 and Tyche on April 10, 2019 and for breaching its obligations under the Guarantee and Commitment Agreement entered into between KBL and Tyche on July 25, 2019. The Company is seeking damages to bring the net tangible asset balance of KBL as of November 6, 2020, the closing date of the Initial Public Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination, and its liquidation, to pay the Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2017,$5,000,001. There can be no assurance that the Company incurred $70,000 of administrative service fees, of which $49,000 is payablewill be successful in its legal actions. See also “Tyche Guarantee and included in due to related party in the accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 2017.

F-12

KBL MERGER CORP. IV

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017

Related Party LoansCommitment Agreement” below.

 

In orderApril 2021, Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”) filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York (Index No. 652709/2021), alleging causes of action against the Company relating to financethe claimed breach of a fee agreement between the parties from February 2018, requiring the Company to pay Cantor a transaction costsfee in cash in the event the Company completed a business transaction and the alleged breach of a settlement agreement subsequently entered into with Cantor on or around November 6, 2020. The complaint seeks $1,500,000 in damages, pre-and-post judgment interest and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the allegations, and the Company intends to continue to vigorously defend against the litigation. The Company believes that it has counterclaims against Cantor and plans to plead such counterclaims in defense of claims raised. The outcome of the matter is currently unknown. See also “Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. Breach of Contract”, below. The Company is in discussions with Cantor regarding the registration of the 150,000 shares that have been issued to Cantor and hopes to resolve this dispute by registering the shares that have been issued to Cantor, of which there is no assurance.

Notice of Acceleration

On December 29, 2020, the Company received notice from Marlene Krauss, M.D., the former Chief Executive Officer and director of KBL, alleging the occurrence of an event of default of the terms of a certain promissory note dated March 15, 2019 in the amount of $371,178 evidencing amounts owed by the Company to KBL IV Sponsor LLC (which Dr. Krauss serves as sole managing member of), for failure to repay such note within five days of the release of funds from escrow in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliatePurchase Agreement. Dr. Krauss has declared the entire amount of the Sponsor, or certainnote to be immediately due and payable. The note, pursuant to its terms, accrues damages of $2,000 per day until paid in full (subject to a maximum amount of damages equal to the principal amount of the Company’s officers and directors may, butnote). Due to the matters described in Potential Legal Matters in Note 14 to these financial statements, there are not obligated to, loan the Company funds asdisputes regarding any amounts that may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Ifdue to Dr. Krauss under the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,000,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Private Units. There were no Working Capital Loans outstanding as of Decembernote.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017.2020 AND 2019

 

5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

 

The holders of the founder shares (“Founder SharesShares”) and private units (“Private UnitsUnits”) and warrants that maybemay be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (“Working Capital LoansLoans’), which were issued to the sponsors of KBL in connection with the Business Combination, (and any shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Units and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on the effective date of the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering.Offering”). The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable Lock-Up Period.Period, which is one year after the Closing Date of the Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. The Company satisfied the foregoing registration rights through the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC on October 19, 2020, which registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on November 2, 2020 (No. 333-249539), provided that the Company subsequently determined that such Form S-1 Registration Statement could not be relied upon because of the requirement to restate the Company’s financial statements for the periods ended June 30 and September 30, 2020.

 

Underwriting AgreementCantor Fitzgerald & Co. Breach of Contract

 

TheOn February 27, 2018, KBL entered into a service contract with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“CF&CO”) whereby CF&CO would receive a transaction fee in cash arising out of any contemplated business combination by the Company. On July 25, 2019, KBL entered into the Business Combination Agreement whereby CF&CO became entitled to a transaction fee of $1,500,000 (the “Transaction Fee”). On November 6, 2020, the Company grantedand CF&CO entered into a settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) whereby CF&CO agreed to release the underwritersCompany from the obligation to pay the Transaction Fee in cash and to instead accept 150,000 fully paid shares of the Company’s common stock, but only if the Company would take all necessary action to permit the sale of the Shares by filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a 45-day option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments at the Initial Public Offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On June 23, 2017, the underwriters elected to exercise their over-allotment option to purchase 1,500,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit.

In connection withshelf registration statement within 30 days following the closing of the Initial Public Offeringmerger. On November 6, 2020, the Company closed the merger and the over-allotment option, the underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of $2,875,000. In addition, the underwriters deferred their fee of up to $4,025,000 until the completionin breach of the Settlement Agreement, did not file a registration statement with the SEC within 30 days of the November 6, 2020 closing, due to the need to restate the previously filed KBL financial statements (See Potential Legal Matters in this Note 14). As a result, CF&CO claims that the Transaction Fee of $1,500,000 owed under the Fee Agreement is due in cash and has been payable by the Company to CF&CO since December 6, 2020. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for details regarding current litigation pursued in connection with the Transaction Fee.

Tyche Guarantee and Commitment Agreement

On April 10, 2019, 180, KBL, KBL IV Sponsor, LLC (“Sponsor”), and Tyche Capital LLC (“Tyche”) entered into a non-binding term sheet (the “Term Sheet”) for a potential business combination transaction (the “Transaction”). Pursuant to the Term Sheet, Sponsor agreed to deposit 1,906,250 shares of common stock initially acquired by Sponsor prior to the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combinationpublic offering into a separate segregated escrow account (the “Deferred Fee”“Escrow Account”). The DeferredTerm Sheet also included certain binding provisions where (i) Tyche agreed to participate in a PIPE transaction to ensure that KBL had at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets at the closing of the Transaction, and (ii) in the event of a breach of the obligations of Tyche, the shares deposited to the Escrow Account would be released to the Sponsor. Further, on July 25, 2019, KBL and Tyche entered into a Guarantee and Commitment Agreement, where Tyche provided an absolute guarantee to ensure KBL had at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets by purchasing shares from KBL. See Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies for potential matters as the Company initiated legal action against Tyche for this obligation.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

EarlyBird-Capital Finder’s Fee will be paid in cash upon

On October 17, 2018, KBL entered into an agreement with EarlyBird-Capital, Inc. (“EarlyBird”), whereby EarlyBird would introduce potential targets to the Company on a non-exclusive basis for the purpose of consummating a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, or other similar business combination. Upon the closing of a Business Combinationtransaction, the Company will pay EarlyBird a finder’s fee, payable in cash, of 1% of the value of the transaction, minus any liabilities at closing in excess of $5,000,000. See Note 18 – Subsequent Events for more information on the EarlyBird finder’s fee.

Yissum Research and License Agreement

On May 13, 2018, CBR Pharma entered into a worldwide research and license agreement with Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Ltd. (“Yissum Agreement”) allowing CBR Pharma to utilize certain patent (the “Licensed Patents”). The Licensed Patents shall expire, if not earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of the Yissum Agreement, on a country-by-country, product-by-product basis, upon the later of: (i) the date of expiration in such country of the last to expire Licensed Patent included in the Licensed Technology; (ii) the date of expiration of any exclusivity on the product granted by a regulatory or government body in such country; or (iii) the end of a period of twenty (20) years from the amounts helddate of the First Commercial Sale in such country. Should the Trust Account,periods referred to in items (i) or (ii) above expire in a particular country prior to the period referred to in item (iii), above, the license in that country or those countries shall be deemed a license to the Know-How during such post-expiration period.

Royalties will be payable to Yissum if sales of any products which use, exploit or incorporate technology covered by the Licensed Patents (“Net Sales”) are US $500,000,000 or greater, calculated at 3% for the first annual $500,000,000 of Net Sales and at 5% of Net Sales thereafter.

Pursuant to the Yissum Agreement, if Yissum achieves the following milestones, CBR Pharma will be obligated to make the following payments:

i)$75,000 for successful point of care in animals;

ii)$75,000 for submission of the first investigational new drug testing;

iii)$100,000 for commencement of one phase I/II trial;

iv)$150,000 for commencement of one phase III trial;

v)$100,000 for each product market authorization/clearance (maximum of $500,000); and

vi)$250,000 for every $250,000,000 in accumulated sales of the product until $1,000,000,000 in sales is achieved.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

In the event of an exit event (“Event”), which may be defined as either, a transaction or series of transactions under which the receipt of any consideration, monetary or otherwise by the Company or its shareholders is received in consideration for the sale of shares of the Company or shareholders, or an initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Company, but for greater certainty excludes a reorganization of the Company where the ultimate equity holders of the reorganized entity remain substantially the same as that of the Company, the Company will issue 5% of the issued and outstanding shares, on a fully diluted basis, to Yissum prior to the closing of an Event. These shares will be subject to: (a) as to half of such shares, a lock-up period ending 12 months from the Event date and as to the other half of such shares, a lock-up period ending 24 months from the Event date, and (b) in any event, any resale restrictions (including lock-ups and hold periods). See Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) for more information on the shares issued to Yissum as part of the business combination.

CBR Pharma is also party to consulting agreements with Yissum, whereby Yissum has agreed to provide two of its employees as consultants to the Company for $100,000 per annum per person for a term of three years, commencing May 13, 2018.

On January 1, 2020, CBR Pharma entered into a first amendment to the Yissum Agreement (“First Amendment”) with Yissum, allowing CBR Pharma to sponsor additional research performed by two Yissum professors. Pursuant to the terms of the underwritingFirst Amendment, the Company will pay Yissum $200,000 per year plus 35% additional for University overhead for the additional research performed by each professor over an 18-month period, starting May 1, 2019. As of December 31, 2020 the Company owes an outstanding balance of $418,098 in connection with the Yissum Agreement (as amended), of which $48,908 is reflected within accounts payable and $370,000 is included in accrued expenses on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized research and development expenses of $442,453 related to this agreement.

 

ConcurrentlyDuring the year ended December 30, 2019, actual research and development expenses and accrued expenses relating to the Yissum Agreement were $19,350 and $121,894, respectively. Because CBR Pharma is an accounting acquiree in the Reorganization, the contract expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss is only for the post-Reorganization period. See Note 15- Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) for more information related to common stock.

Additional Yissum Agreement

On November 11, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), CBR Pharma entered into a new worldwide research and license agreement with Yissum (the “Additional Yissum Agreement”), allowing CBR Pharma to obtain a license and perform the closingresearch, development and commercialization of the Initial Public Offering,licensed patents (the “Licensed Patents”) in the underwriters purchasedresearch of cannabinoid salts relating to arthritis and pain management. Within 60 days after the end of the first anniversary of the Effective Date, Yissum will present the Company with a detailed written report summarizing the results of their research.

The Licensed Patents shall expire, if not earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of the Additional Yissum Agreement, on a country-by-country, product-by-product basis, upon the later of: (i) the date of expiration in such country of the last to expire Licensed Patent included in the Licensed Technology; (ii) the date of expiration of any exclusivity on the product granted by a regulatory or government body in such country; or (iii) the end of a period of twenty (20) years from the date of the first commercial sale in such country. Should the periods referred to in items (i) or (ii) above expire in a particular country prior to the period referred to in item (iii), above, the license in that country or those countries shall be deemed a license to the know-how during such post-expiration period.

Pursuant to the terms of the Additional Yissum Agreement, CBR Pharma paid Yissum a non-refundable license fee of $70,000 and will pay an aggregate of 125,000 Private Units at $10.00 per Private Unit.$398,250 of research, development and consulting fees over the term of the Additional Yissum Agreement, as well as an annual license maintenance fee of $25,000, beginning on the first anniversary of the Effective Date.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

The Company shall pay Yissum the following amounts in connection with the achievement of the following milestones:

Submission of the first Investigational New Drug application: $75,000

Dosing of first patient in phase II trial: $100,000

Dosing of first patient in phase Ill trial: $150,000

Upon first market authorization/clearance: $150,000

Upon second market authorization/clearance: $75,000

For every $250,000,000.00 US in accumulated Net Sales of the Product until $1,000,000,000.00 US in sales: $250,000

Upon the commercialization of the license, the Company shall pay Yissum a royalty equal to 3% of the first aggregate $500,000,000 of annual net sales and 5% thereafter. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $91,748 and $298,686 of accounts payable and accrued expenses, respectively, relating to the Additional Yissum Agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded the purchase of the patents of $72,995 and $71,525, respectively, as an intangible asset to be amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining lives of the patents and $477,411 and $0, respectively, of research and development expenses.

Evotec Agreement

On June 7, 2018, Katexco entered into an agreement (the “Drug Discovery Services Agreement”) with Evotec International GmbH (“Evotec”), whereby the Company and Evotec have agreed to negotiate research programs to be conducted by Evotec for the Company. Pursuant to the Drug Discovery Services Agreement, Evotec has agreed to conduct specified research services (the “Project”). The Project is scheduled to be conducted over a 24-month period, over which the Company will fund a minimum of $4,937,500 and a maximum of $5,350,250, based on quarterly invoices. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company expensed $31,979 and $1,401,165, respectively, of research and development expenses in connection with the Drug Discovery Services agreement, and recorded interest expense of $31,979 and $36,899, respectively, on unpaid balances owed related to the Drug Discovery Services Agreement, which is included in accounts payable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, unpaid balances owed related to the Drug Discovery Services Agreement amounted to $1,342,299 and $1,301,187, respectively.

Stanford License Agreement

On May 8, 2018, Katexco entered into a six-month option agreement (the “Stanford Option”) with Stanford University (“Stanford”) under which Stanford granted the Company a six-month option to acquire an exclusive license for patents (the “Licensed Patents”) which are related to biological substances used to treat auto-immune diseases. In conjunctionconsideration for the Stanford Option, the Company paid Stanford $10,000 (the “Option Payment”), which was creditable against the first anniversary license maintenance fee payment.

On July 25, 2018, Katexco exercised their six-month option and entered into an exclusive license agreement with their investmentequity (the “Stanford License Agreement”) with Stanford. Pursuant to the Stanford License Agreement, beginning upon the first anniversary of the effective date, and each anniversary thereafter, the Company will pay Stanford, in advance, a yearly license maintenance fee of $20,000, on each of the first and second anniversaries and $40,000 on each subsequent anniversary, which will be expensed on a straight-line basis annually.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Furthermore, the Company will be obligated to make the following milestone payments:

(i)$100,000 upon initiation of Phase II trial,

(ii)$500,000 upon the first U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval of a product (the “Licensed Product”) resulting from the Licensed Patents; and

(iii)$250,000 upon each new Licensed Product thereafter.

The Stanford License Agreement is cancellable by the Company with 30 days’ notice. Royalties, calculated at 2.5% of 95% of net product sales, will be payable to Stanford. Also, the Company will reimburse Stanford for patent expenses as per the agreement. The Company paid Stanford $20,000 for the annual license maintenance fee that was recorded to prepaid expenses and is being expensed on a straight-line basis over 12 months, which had a balance of $6,978 as of December 31, 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded patent and license fees of $32,979 and $32,443, respectively, related to the Stanford License Agreement, which is included in general and administrative expenses on the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Pursuant to the Stanford License Agreement, there are other considerations disclosed in the Private Units,agreement, such as a purchase right of up to 10% participation in a private offering of the underwritersCompany’s equity securities, and if there is a change of control in the Company, the Company will pay a change of control fee of $200,000 to Stanford. The Business Combination does not qualify for change of control because 180 is the accounting acquirer and the majority of the shareholder base and officers of 180 is the same and will carry on.

Oxford University Agreements

On August 15, 2018, CBR Pharma entered into an agreement (the “Oxford University Agreement”) for a research project with the University of Oxford (“Oxford”), which expires on December 31, 2019, or any later date agreed upon by the parties in writing. The Oxford University Agreement provides that Oxford will undertake a research project (the “Project”) based around the clinical development of cannabinoid-based and non-cannabinoid-based drugs that are known to exhibit both anti-inflammatory and immunomodulatory properties. The aim of the Project is to develop and characterize chemical compounds that are synthesized at Yissum in order to create treatments for rheumatoid arthritis and other chronic inflammatory conditions, and to eventually obtain regulatory approval in order to initiate early-phase clinical trials in patients.

The Company has agreed to pay to Oxford the following, which is being recognized on a straight-line basis over the 12-month term of the Oxford Agreement:

(i)£166,800 on signing of the agreement, (USD $214,210 paid on August 22, 2018)

(ii)£166,800 six months after commencement of the Project, (USD $214,804 paid on January 29, 2019)

(iii)£166,800 nine months after commencement of the Project and (USD $217,877 paid on May 5, 2019)

(iv)£55,600 twelve months after commencement of the Project. (USD $73,737 accrued at December 31, 2019)


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

On May 30, 2019 (“Effective Date”), CBR Pharma entered into an amended research agreement with Oxford to amend the expiration date of the research project to December 31, 2019 or until any later date agreed by the parties in writing, or until this Oxford University Agreement is terminated in accordance with its provisions. On November 27, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with Oxford to further extend the term of the research project to March 31, 2020 or any later date agreed upon by the parties in writing.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not record any research and development expenses related to this agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded research and development expenses of $57,498. Because CBR Pharma is an accounting acquiree in the Reorganization, the contract expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss is only for the post-Reorganization period.

On March 22, 2019, 180 LP entered into a one-year research agreement (the “Research Agreement”) with Oxford pursuant to which 180 LP agreed to pay Oxford approximately $900,000 to perform certain research and to obtain the exclusive option to negotiate a license to commercially exploit any arising intellectual property as a result of Oxford’s research. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized research and development expenses of $186,391. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized research and development expenses of $396,950 related to the Research Agreement. Because 180 LP is an accounting acquiree in the Reorganization, the contract expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss is only for the post-Reorganization period.

On September 18, 2020, CBR Pharma entered into a 3 year research and development agreement (the “3 Year Oxford Agreement”) with Oxford to research and investigate the mechanisms underlying fibrosis in exchange for aggregate consideration of $1,085,738 (£795,468), of which $109,192 (£80,000) is to be paid 30 days after the project start date and the remaining amount is to be paid in four equal installments of $244,136 (£178,867) on the six month anniversary and each of the annual anniversaries of the project start date. The agreement can be terminated by either party upon written notice or if the Company remains in default on any payments due under this agreement for more than 30 days. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $113,433 (£88,385) of research and development expenses in connection with the 3 Year Oxford Agreement.

On September 21, 2020, CBR Pharma entered into a 2 year research and development agreement (the “2 Year Oxford Agreement”) with Oxford University for the clinical development of cannabinoid drugs for the treatment of inflammatory diseases in exchange for aggregate consideration of $625,124 (£458,000), of which $138,917 (£101,778) is to be paid 30 days after the project start date and the remaining amount is to be paid every 6 months after the project start date in 4 installments, whereby $138,917 (£101,778) is to be paid in the first 3 installments and $69,456 (£50,888) is to be paid as the final installment. The agreement can be terminated by either party upon written notice or if the Company remains in default on any payments due under this agreement for more than 30 days. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $78,374 (£61,067) of research and development expenses in connection with the 2 Year Oxford Agreement, which is reflected within accrued expenses on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company owed Oxford an aggregate of $704,960, including $693,515 of accounts payable and $11,445 of accrued expense. As of December 31, 2019, the Company owed Oxford an aggregate of $472,021, including $398,284 of accounts payable and $73,737 of accrued expense.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Kennedy License Agreement

On September 27, 2019, 180 LP entered into a license agreement (the “Kennedy License Agreement”) with the Kennedy Trust for Rheumatology Research (“Kennedy”) exclusively in the U.S., Japan, United Kingdom and countries of the EU, for certain licensed patents (the “Kennedy Licensed Patents”), including the right to grant sublicenses, and the right to research, develop, sell or manufacture any pharmaceutical product (i) whose research, development, manufacture, use, importation or sale would infringe the Kennedy Licensed Patents absent the license granted under the Kennedy License Agreement or (ii) containing an antibody that is a fragment of or derived from an antibody whose research, development, manufacture, use, importation or sale would infringe the Kennedy Licensed Patents absent the license granted under the Kennedy License Agreement, for all human uses, including the diagnosis, prophylaxis and treatment of diseases and conditions.

As consideration for the grant of the Kennedy Licensed Patents, 180 LP paid Kennedy an upfront fee of GBP £60,000, (USD $74,000) on November 22, 2019, which was recognized as an intangible asset for the purchase of the licensed patents and is being amortized over the remaining life of the patents. 180 LP will also pay Kennedy royalties equal to (i) 1% of the net sales for the first annual GBP £1 million (USD $1,283,400) of net sales, and (ii) 2% of the net sales after the net sales are at or in excess of GBP £1 million, as well as 25% of all sublicense revenue, provided that the amount of such percentage of sublicense revenue based on amounts which constitute royalties shall not be less than 1% on the first cumulative GBP £1 million of net sales of the products sold by such sublicenses or their designees also purchased membership interestsaffiliates, and 2% on that portion of the cumulative net sales of the products sold by such sublicenses or their affiliates in excess of GBP £1 million.

The term of the royalties paid by the Company to Kennedy will expire on the later of (i) the last valid claim of a patent included in the Sponsor, throughKennedy Licensed Patents which covers or claims the exploitation of a product in the applicable country; (ii) the expiration of regulatory exclusivity for the product in the country; or (iii) 10 years from the first commercial sale of the product in the country. The Kennedy License Agreement may be terminated without cause by providing a 90-day notice.

Petcanna Sub-License Agreement

On August 20, 2018, CBR Pharma entered into a sub-license agreement (the “Sub-License Agreement”) with its wholly owned subsidiary, Petcanna Pharma Corp. (“Petcanna”), of which the underwritersCompany’s former Chief Financial Officer is a director. Petcanna is a private company with the same principals as the Company.

Pursuant to the terms of the Sub-license Agreement, the Company has granted a sub-license on the Licensed Patents to pursue development and commercialization for the treatment of any and all veterinary conditions. In consideration, Petcanna will (a) issue 9,000,000 common shares of its share capital (the “Petcanna Shares”) 30 days after the effective date; and (b) pay royalties of 1% of net sales. The Company will be issued 85% and Yissum will be issued 15% of the 9,000,000 common shares of the Petcanna subsidiary. The Petcanna shares are deemed to be founders shares with no value. The Petcanna shares have not been issued as of December 31, 2020, due to administrative delays.

360 Life Sciences Corp. Agreement - Related Party (Acquisition of ReFormation Pharmaceuticals Corp.)

On July 1, 2020, the Company entered into an amended agreement with ReFormation Pharmaceuticals, Corp. (“ReFormation”) and 360 Life Sciences Corp. (“360”), whereby 360 has entered into an agreement to acquire 100% ownership of ReFormation, on or their designees collectively havebefore July 31, 2020 (“Closing Date”). The Company shares officers and directors with each of ReFormation and 360. Upon the Closing Date, 360 will make tranche payments in tranches to 180 LP in the aggregate amount of $300,000. The parties agree that the obligations will be paid by 360 to 180 LP by payments of $100,000 for every $1,000,000 raised through the financing activities of 360, up to a pecuniary interesttotal of $300,000, however, not less than 10% of all net financing proceeds received by 360 shall be put towards the obligation to the Company until paid in 230,000 Founder Shares,full. This transaction closed on July 31, 2020.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

On February 26, 2019, 180 LP entered into a one-year agreement (the “Pharmaceutical Agreement”) with ReFormation, a related party that shares directors and officers of 180 LP, pursuant to which the ReFormation agreed to pay 180 LP $1.2 million for rights of first negotiation to provide for an acquisition of any arising intellectual property or an exclusive licensing, partnering, or collaboration transaction to use any arising intellectual property with respect to a separate private placement that closed simultaneouslycontemplated research agreement between the Company and Oxford (see Oxford University Agreements, above), which was signed on March 22, 2019 and therefore is the start date of the project. Of the $1.2 million receivable from Reformation pursuant to the Pharmaceutical Agreement, $0.9 million was received by the Company on March 14, 2019 and the remaining $0.3 million will be received over the one-year term of the agreement.

180 LP is recognizing the income earned in connection with the closingPharmaceutical Agreement on a straight-line basis over the term of the Initial Public Offeringagreement. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, 180 LP recognized $240,000 and $552,329, respectively, of income related to the Pharmaceutical Agreement, which is included in other income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and other comprehensive income loss (because 180 LP is an accounting acquiree in the Reorganization, the other income included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss is only for the post-Reorganization period). As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had a receivable of $300,000 and $60,000, respectively, representing income earned in excess of cash received pursuant to the Pharmaceutical Agreement.

Operating Leases

On February 17, 2020, the Company entered into a twelve-month lease agreement to lease office space located in London, UK. The rent is approximately GBP £4,250 (USD $5,801) per month over the lease term for a total lease commitment of GBP £61,200 (USD $83,532). The lease commenced on February 19, 2020 and expires on February 18, 2021. In connection with the lease, the Company paid the landlord a security deposit of GBP £5,100 (USD $6,961). The lease shall continue until one of the following two events occur: (a) another lease agreement is entered into by the parties or (b) either party gives not less than three full calendar months written notice terminating this agreement prior to the expiration date. The Company terminated the lease in August 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company’s rent expense amounted to GBP £30,257 (USD $38,831) and GBP £0 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Rent expense is reflected in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

On October 17, 2018, CBR Pharma entered into a twelve (12) month lease agreement to lease office space located in London, UK. The rent is approximately GBP £6,400 (USD $4,808) per month over the lease term for a total lease commitment of GBP £56,845 (USD $69,823). The lease commenced on December 1, 2018 and expired on November 30, 2019 and was not renewed. In connection with the lease, the Company paid the landlord a security deposit of GBP £4,410 (USD $5,619). During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded GBP £22,836 (USD $28,803) of rent expense related to the lease.

On June 8, 2018, CBR Pharma entered into a thirty (30) month agreement to lease office space located in Toronto, Canada (the “Toronto Lease”). The Toronto Lease base rent ranged from $10,993 to $14,658 per month over the lease term for a total base lease commitment of $425,082. The Toronto Lease expired on November 30, 2020. The Company has subleased the office space in Toronto, Canada to various other companies on a month-to-month basis. Please refer to “Due from Related Parties” in Note 17, Related Parties. In September 2019, the Company and the Private Placement.landlord of the Toronto Lease mutually agreed to terminate the lease on March 31, 2020 without penalty and the landlord would retain the security deposit of CAD $120,000 ($92,268) as rent expense for the period of October 2019 through March 2020. Since the Company and its sublessees vacated the space in October 2019 and did not occupy the space as of December 31, 2019, the Company recorded the full amount of the security deposit to rent expense in 2019 in satisfaction of the lease agreement and accelerated a rent expense of CAD $60,000 ($46,134). During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized rent expense of $0 and $76,267, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized rental income – related parties of $0 and $25,946, respectively. Because CBR Pharma is an accounting acquiree in the Reorganization, the contract expense and rental income included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss is only for the post-Reorganization period.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

6.C&H Capital Consulting Services Agreement

On September 4, 2020, the Company entered into a consulting agreement for investor relations services in exchange for shares of the Company for fixed dollar amounts. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company will issue an aggregate of 5,000 common shares on a monthly basis and an aggregate of 30,000 common shares at the end of each quarter. See Note 10 – Accrued Issuable Equity and Note 18 – Subsequent Events for additional details.

Directors and Officers Insurance Financing

On December 10, 2020, the Company entered into a financing arrangement for a Directors and Officers Insurance Policy (the “D&O Insurance”) with Hudson Specialty Insurance Co. and Lloyds of London to finance $728,438 of a total D&O Insurance amount of $1,002,816, inclusive of premiums, taxes, and fees. As of December 31, 2020, a total of $854,550 and $655,594 remains financed in prepaid expenses and loans payable, respectively, payable in monthly installments of $72,844.

NOTE 15 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on November 6, 2020, the Company has 5,000,000 preferred shares authorized at a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which 1,000,000 shares are designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred”), 1 share is designated as the Class K Special Voting Share and 1 share is designated as the Class C Special Voting Share. The Class K Special Voting Share and the Class C Special Voting Share are together, the “Special Voting Shares”. As of December 31, 2020, there is no Series A Preferred issued or outstanding; there is one Class K Special Voting Share and one Class C special Voting Share issued and outstanding.

Series A Preferred Stock

The Series A Preferred is convertible into common stock at an initial conversion price of $5.28 per share, at the election of the holder, at any time following issuance, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Upon a dilutive issuance (as defined) at a price per share lower than the existing conversion price, the conversion price will adjust to the lower of (a) the dilutive issuance price per share; or (b) the lowest volume-weighted-average-price during the five days preceding the dilutive issuance. Upon any conversion, a make-whole amount (as defined in the Certificate of Designation of the Series A Preferred) shall be due with respect to each share of Series A Preferred converted. At any time following the three-month anniversary of the Business Combination, the holder of the Series A Preferred had the right to force the Company to redeem all or any portion of the Series A Preferred then owned by the holder in cash. Series A Preferred stockholders were entitled to 10% dividends. Holders of the Series A Preferred had no voting rights.

The Company assumed 1,000,000 shares of issued and outstanding Series A Preferred in connection with the Business Combination with a carrying value of $1,411,265, which was net of a $1,922,068 discount from its stated value of $3,333,333. The discount included an original issuance discount of $333,333, cash issuance costs of $318,333, warrant issuance costs of $103,402 (fair value of warrant issued to placement agent), and a bifurcated redemption feature that was valued at $1,167,000 at issuance (see Note 11 – Derivative Liabilities). No accretion of the Series A Preferred discount was required because redemption wasn’t deemed to be probable.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

On November 25, 2020, a dilutive issuance reduced the conversion price to the lower of (a) 96% of the lowest volume-weighted-average-price of the common stock during the five-day period preceding the conversion date; or (b) $5.28, both subject to a floor of $2.00 per share. The conversion price adjustment was treated as an extinguishment and reissuance of the outstanding Series A Preferred. On the extinguishment date, the bifurcated redemption feature was marked-to-market, increasing the value by $606,000 and recognizing a corresponding charge to change in fair value of derivative liabilities. The $1,411,265 carrying value of the preferred stock and the $1,773,000 fair value of the derivative liability were derecognized and we recognized the new $3,531,924 fair value of the preferred stock and the new $218,000 value of the bifurcated redemption feature. The difference of $565,659 was recognized as a deemed dividend.

During the period from November 30, 2020 to December 18, 2020, the 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred of the Company with a total conversion value of $3,666,667 were converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at conversion prices of between $2.00 and $2.31 per share, pursuant to the terms of such preferred stock. The bifurcated redemption features were marked-to-market just prior to each conversion, resulting in an aggregate charge of $42,068 to change in fair value of derivative liabilities and the $260,068 fair value of the bifurcated redemption features were derecognized on the conversion dates. At conversion, the aggregate $3,531,924 carrying value of the preferred stock and the $260,068 fair value of the derivative liability were derecognized and we recognized the $4,349,035 fair value of the 1,614,144 shares of common stock issued. The difference of $557,043 was recorded as deemed dividend expense, including $333,333 associated with the make-whole premiums and $223,710 associated with the contingent beneficial conversion feature. Due to such conversions, the Company currently has no shares of Series A Preferred issued or outstanding.

The aggregate deemed dividend presented on the income statement is comprised of the $333,333 make-whole dividend, the $223,710 beneficial conversion feature and a $565,659 extinguishment loss associated with the conversion price adjustment.

Special Voting Shares

The Special Voting Shares were issued to the former shareholders of CBR Pharma and Katexco in connection with the Reorganization. The Special Voting Shares are exchangeable by the holder for shares of the Company’s common stock and vote together as a single class with the Company’s common stockholders. Special Voting Shares are not entitled to receive any dividend of distributions.

The following table summarizes the Special Voting Shares activity during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  For the Years Ended 
  December 31, 
  2020  2019 
January 1 balance  2,990,904   - 
Shares issued  -   2,990,904 
Shares exchanged  (1,521,157)  - 
December 31 balance  1,469,747   2,990,904 

Included in the 2,990,904 special voting shares in the table above, are 1,664,072 special voting shares issued to CBR Pharma stockholders in connection with the Reorganization. See Note 4 – Reorganization and Recapitalization for additional details.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there are no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 35,000,000100,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s shares of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At

During the year ended December 31, 20172019, the Company issued 12,800,454 shares of its common stock, of which 64,657 shares were issued for cash consideration of $1,130,656 and 2016, thereservices valued at $333,145, 2,854,012 shares with an aggregate issuance date fair value of $12,992,470 were 4,201,736issued in full satisfaction of accrued issuable equity and 2,875,000investors deposits, and 9,881,785 shares with an aggregate fair value at issuance of $45,866,502 were issued to the accounting acquiree stockholders in connection with the Reorganization.

On March 10, 2020, the Company issued 12,292 shares of common stock for cash proceeds of $72,500.

On November 6, 2020, the Company issued 240,540 shares with a grant date value of $1,057,989 as compensation to a consultant as part of the business combination that was granted on May 13, 2018. See Note 14 – Commitments and outstanding, respectively (excluding 10,675,764Contingencies for more information related to Yissum Research and 0License Agreement.

On November 6, 2020, the Company effectively issued 1,519,628 shares of common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively).the KBL shareholders upon the consummation of the Reverse Merger.

During November and December 2020, the Company issued 2,102,038 shares of its common stock upon the conversion of convertible debt and interest in the aggregate amount of $6,466,353.

During the period from November 30, 2020 to December 18, 2020, the Company issued 1,619,144 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $4,349,035 of Series A Preferred Stock as described above.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued 1,521,157 shares of its common stock upon the exchange of common stock equivalents associated with the Special Voting Shares.

Stock Options

On December 3, 2020, the Company issued ten-year options for the purchase of an aggregate of 50,000 shares of its common stock to two members of the board of directors. The options are exercisable at $2.49 per share and vest in equal monthly installments over the twelve months following the grant date. The grant date value of $93,575 was estimated using the Black Scholes valuation method with the following assumptions used:

Expected Term5.27 years
Volatility100.0%
Risk Free Rate0.4%
Annual Rate of Dividends0.00%

The options expire on December 31, 2030. As of December 31, 2020, there was $85,777 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the stock options that will be recognized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of 0.9 years. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $7,798 related to the amortization of the grant date value of the options.

 

F-13


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV

IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20172020 AND 2019

 

7.Adoption of 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

At a special meeting of stockholders held on November 5, 2020, the stockholders of the Company considered and approved the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) and reserved 3,718,140 shares of common stock for issuance thereunder. The Incentive Plan was previously approved on October 24, 2019, subject to stockholder approval, by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Incentive Plan became effective on November 6, 2020, immediately upon the closing of the Business Combination.

Contingently Redeemable Shares

On July 16, 2019, in connection with the Reorganization, the Company issued 2,694,053 shares to a consultant that were subject to redemption by 180 for an aggregate redemption price of $4.00 if (i) the closing of the Business Combination did not occur on or prior to October 31, 2019; or (ii) the consultant terminated his service with 180 prior to October 31, 2019.

On November 11, 2019, the Board of Directors authorized management to waive its right of redemption in connection with the Contingently Redeemable Shares. This was accounted for as a modification of the stock award. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a charge related to a modification of a stock award – related parties of $12,959,360 in connection with the waiver of the Company’s right of redemption related to the Contingently Redeemable Shares. See Note 17 – Related Parties for more information about Modification of Stock Award – Related Party.

NOTE 16 — INCOME TAXTAXES

 

The Company’sCompany is subject to federal and state/provincial income taxes in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom and each legal entity files on a non-consolidated basis. The benefit of the pre-reorganization net operating losses of 180 LP were passed through to its owners.

The losses before income taxes consist of the following domestic and international components:

  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Domestic $(8,635,341) $(18,288,861)
International  (2,269,144)  (7,114,681)
  $(10,904,485) $(25,403,542)

The provision for income taxes consists of the following benefits (provisions):

  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Deferred tax benefits:        
Domestic:        
Federal $1,289,907  $969,769 
State  427,689   321,576 
International  541,614   663,972 
   2,259,210   1,955,317 
Change in valuation allowance  (2,238,783)  (1,945,821)
Net income tax benefit $20,427  $9,496 


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Certain deferred tax assetsliabilities are denominated in currencies other than the US dollar and are subject to foreign currency translation adjustments.

The provision for income taxes differs from the United States Federal statutory rate as follows:

  

  December 31,
2017
 
Deferred tax asset   
Organizational costs/Startup expenses $53,651 
Total deferred tax assets  53,651 
Valuation allowance  (53,651)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance $ 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
US Federal statutory rate  21.0%  21.0%
Difference between domestic and foreign federal rates  (0.6%)  (1.6%)
State and provincial taxes, net of federal benefits  6.0%  8.3%
Permanent differences:        
Stock-based compensation  (0.8%)  (14.6%)
Change in the fair value of derivatives and accrued issuable equity  (4.6%)  (4.5%)
Loss on extinguishment  (1.0%)  (0.8%)
Other  0.7%  (0.1%)
Change in valuation allowance  (20.5%)  (7.7%)
Effective income tax rate  0.2%  0.0%

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

  As of
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Deferred tax assets:        
Net operating loss carryforwards $6,352,809  $4,131,288 
Organizational costs deferred for tax purposes  3,068,651   - 
Reserve for uncollectible trade and notes receivable not currently deductible for tax purposes  -   713,367 
Accrued compensation not currently deductible  224,931   134,620 
Other  62,828   - 
   9,709,220   4,979,276 
         
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Difference between book and tax basis related to:        
Technology license  (404,507)  (394,824)
Acquired in-process research and development  (3,242,750)  (3,277,935)
Other  (21,072)  - 
   (3,668,329)  (3,672,759)
         
Deferred tax assets and liabilities  6,040,891   1,306,517 
Valuation allowance  (9,709,220)  (4,979,276)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities, net $(3,668,329) $(3,672,759)

180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

The incomechange in the valuation reserve for deferred tax provision (benefit)assets consists of the following:

 

  Year Ended December 31,
2017
 
Federal   
Current $195,369 
Deferred  (53,651)
     
State    
Current   
Deferred   
Change in valuation allowance  53,651 
Income tax provision $195,369 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Beginning of period $(4,979,276) $(942,251)
Allowance established in connection with the recording of deferred tax assets acquired resulting from the        
following transactions:        
- Reorganization in 2019 described in Note 4  -   (2,031,811)
- Business combination in 2020 described in Note 5  (2,491,161)  - 
Change in valuation pursuant to the tax provision  (2,238,783)  (1,945,821)
True-up to a prior year’s tax return  -   (59,393)
End of period $(9,709,220) $(4,979,276)

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016,2020, the Company had no U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers (“NOLs”NOL”) carryforwards that may be available to offset future taxable income. In accordance withincome in various jurisdictions as follows:

Approximately $11,123,000 each of domestic federal and state NOLs. The federal NOLs have no expiration date and the state NOLs will begin to expire in 2038;

Approximately $9,417,000 each of Canadian federal and provincial NOLs. Those NOLs will begin to expire in 2038; and

Approximately $4,030,000 of United Kingdom federal NOLs. Those NOLs have no expiration date.

The utilization of the domestic NOLs to offset future taxable income may be subject to annual limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code deductibilityand similar state statutes as a result of ownership changes, but the United States federal NOLs have no expiration dates.

On July 16, 2019 as part of the Company’s NOLs may be subject to an annual limitation in the event of a change in control as defined under the regulations.

In assessing the realization of theReorganization (see Note 4), we acquired net deferred tax assets management considers whether itof $2,031,811, against which there is more likely than nota full valuation allowance. On November 6, 2020, we acquired net deferred tax assets of $2,491,161, against which there is a full valuation allowance.

The Company has assessed the likelihood that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realizationrealized in accordance with the provisions of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. ManagementASC 740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires that such a review considers all available positive and negative evidence, including the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.strategies. ASC 740 requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is “more likely than not” that all, or a portion of, deferred tax assets will not be realized. After considerationthe performance of allsuch reviews as of the information available,December 31, 2020 and 2019, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of theits deferred tax assets and has, therefore, established a full valuation allowance. Forallowance as of those dates. Thus, the Company established valuation reserves of $2,491,161 and $2,031,811 in connection with the net deferred tax assets acquired in connection with the Business Combination described in Note 5 and the Reorganization described in Note 4 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Additionally, the Company recorded increases in the valuation allowance of $2,238,783 and $1,945,821 in connection with the tax provisions for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Management has evaluated and concluded that there were no material uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company does not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits within twelve months of the reporting date.

No tax audits were commenced or were in process during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 nor were any tax related interest or penalties incurred during those periods. The Company’s tax returns filed in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom since inception remain subject to examination, with the exception of the tax returns filed for the 180 LP pass-through entity whose tax returns remain subject to examination beginning with the 2018 tax return.

NOTE 17 — RELATED PARTIES

Due from Related Parties

Due from related parties was $300,000 as of December 31, 2020 and consists of a receivable due from a research and development company that has shared officers and directors.

Due from related parties was $73,248 as of December 31, 2019 and consists of (i) a receivable of $60,000 due from a research and development company that has shared officers and directors and (ii) a travel advance of $13,248 to a company with shared officers and directors.

Accounts Payable - Related Parties

Accounts payable - related parties was $215,495 as of December 31, 2020 and consists of $196,377 for professional services provided by the Company’s directors and $19,118 for accounting fees for services provided by a director and his company. Accounts payable - related parties was $123,035 as of December 31, 2019 and consists of $101,009 for professional services provided by the Company’s directors and $22,026 for accounting fees for services provided by a director and his company.

Accrued Expenses - Related Parties

Accrued expenses - related parties was $454,951 as of December 31, 2020 and consists of $124,833 of interest accrued on loans and convertible notes due to certain officers and directors of the Company and $330,118 of accrued professional fees for services provided by certain directors of the Company. Accrued expenses - related parties of $177,074 as of December 31, 2019, consists of $78,610 of interest accrued on loans and convertible notes due to certain officers and directors of the Company, $30,464 of accrued professional fees for services provided by certain directors of the Company and $68,000 of accrued accounting fees related to services provided by a Company director and his company.

Due to Related Parties

Due to related parties was $0 and $17,341 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The balance as of December 31, 2019 represents an overpayment of rent by a company that is subleasing space from the Company in Toronto, Canada whose directors and officers of the Company are affiliated with the Company.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Loans Payable – Related Parties

Loans payable - related parties consists of $513,082 and $220,525 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Please refer to Note 12 - Loan Payables for more information.

Convertible Notes Payable – Related Parties

Convertible notes payable - related parties of $270,000 and $454,604 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, represents the principal balance of convertible notes owed to certain officers and directors of the Company. Please refer to Note 13 - Convertible Notes Payable for more information.

Research and Development Expenses – Related Parties

During the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, the Company incurred $75,633 of research and development expenses – related parties to consulting fees paid to former officers, directors or greater than 10% stockholders, or affiliates thereof.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred $54,020 of research and development expenses – related parties to consulting fees paid to former officers, directors or greater than 10% stockholders, or affiliates thereof.

General and Administrative Expenses – Related Parties

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred $185,848 of general and administrative expenses related to professional fees paid to current or former officers, directors or greater than 10% investors, or affiliates thereof.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred $286,745 of general and administrative expenses for related party services, including (a) $268,745 for professional fees paid to current or former officers, directors or greater than 10% stockholders, or affiliates thereof; and (b) $18,000 for travel expenses paid to a greater than 10% stockholders of the Company.

Modification of Stock Award – Related Party

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred $0 and $12,959,360, respectively, related to the modification of a stock award granted to a greater than 10% investor related to the Contingent Redeemable Shares. See Note 15 - Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) for more information about Contingently Redeemable Shares.

Rental Income – Related Parties

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded $0 and $25,946 of rental income for sub-leasing office space in Toronto, Canada to companies with shared officers and directors.

Other Income – Related Parties

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $240,000 of other income related to a one-year research and development agreement with a company who has common officers and directors of the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded $552,329 of other income, related to a one-year research and development agreement with a company who has common officers and directors of the Company. Please refer to Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies, Reformation Pharmaceuticals Agreement Related Party.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Interest Expense – Related Parties

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $84,550 of interest expense related parties, of which $48,591 related to the convertible notes with officers and directors of the Company and $33,798 related to interest expense on loans with officers, directors and a greater than 10% investor of the Company, and $2,161 was incurred prior to the Reorganization in connection with a Katexco loan payable to CBR Pharma.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded $23,074 of interest expense related parties, of which $17,827 related to the convertible notes with officers and directors of the Company and $3,086 related to interest expense on loans with officers, directors and a greater than 10% investor of the Company, and $2,161 was incurred prior to the Reorganization in connection with a Katexco loan payable to CBR Pharma.

Change in Fair Value of Accrued Issuable Equity – Related Parties

During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded charges of $0 and $3,881,819, respectively, related to the change in the valuation allowance was $53,651. Information regardingfair value of unissued shares of common stock to officers, directors and investors of the deferred tax asset at December 31 2016Company in exchange for corporate advisory services.

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Repayment of Kingsbrook Promissory Note

On March 3, 2021, the Company repaid the Kingsbrook promissory note in cash for an aggregate of $166,313, which included the principal of $150,000 and accrued interest of $16,313.

Extension of the provision for income taxes forLoan Agreements

On February 10, 2021, the period from September 7, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016 is not presented as it is not deemedCompany entered into amended loan agreements to modify the terms of certain loan agreements in the aggregate principal amount of $412,716, previously entered into with Sir Marc Feldman and Dr. Lawrence Steinman, the Co-Executive Chairmen of the Board of Directors. The loan agreements were extended and modified to be material.paid back at the Company’s discretion, either by 1) repayment in cash, or 2) by converting the outstanding amounts into shares of common stock at the same price per share as the next financing transaction.

  

A reconciliationOn April 12, 2021, the Company entered into amended loan agreements with such individuals, which extended the date of all of their outstanding loan agreements, to September 30, 2021 (see Note 12 – Loans Payable). The loan agreements were extended and modified to mature at the earlier of (a) a Form S-1 financing; or (b) September 30, 2021.

Convertible Debt Conversions

From January 15, 2021 to February 5, 2021, the holders of the federal income tax rateCompany’s convertible promissory notes converted an aggregate of $1,340,183, which included accrued interest of $105,850, owed under such convertible notes into an aggregate of 467,123 shares of common stock, pursuant to the terms of such notes, as amended, at conversion prices of between $2.45 and $3.29 per share.

On March 8, 2021, the holders of the Company’s convertible bridge notes, which were issued in December 27, 2019 and January 3, 2020 to various purchasers, converted an aggregate of $432,384, which included accrued interest of $66,633 owed under such convertible bridge notes, into an aggregate of 158,383 shares of common stock pursuant to the terms of such notes, as amended, at a conversion price of $2.73 per share.

Default on Convertible Notes

On February 3, 2021, there was an event of default in connection with the Alpha Capital convertible note (the “Alpha Capital Note”), which resulted in an increase in the settlement value of the Alpha Capital Note. The additional liability is accounted for as a bifurcated derivative. The holder of the Alpha Convertible Note has alleged that the default event described in Note 13, Convertible Notes Payable also applies to the $300,000 of principal that was converted on February 4, 2021, which would result in an additional increase to the settlement amount of the Alpha Convertible Note. The Company is in discussions with the noteholder regarding this dispute.

Stock Option Issuances

On February 25, 2021, the Company awarded options to two of its officers to purchase 1,580,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which have a term of 10 years, and an exercise price of $4.43 per share (the closing sales price on the date the Board of Directors approved the grant (February 26, 2021)). The options are subject to the Company’s 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan and vest at the rate of (a) 1/5th of such options upon the grant date; and (b) 4/5th of such options vesting ratably on a monthly basis over the following 36 months on the last day of each calendar month; provided, however, that such options vest immediately upon officers’ deaths or disabilities, terminations without cause or terminations for good reason, a change in control of the Company or upon a sale of the Company.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Sale of Common Stock in Private Offering

On February 19, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain purchasers (the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell an aggregate of 2,564,000 shares of common stock (the “Shares”) and warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,564,000 shares of common stock (the “PIPE Warrants”), at a combined purchase price of $4.55 per share and PIPE Warrant (the “Private Offering”). The Private Offering closed on February 23, 2021. Aggregate gross proceeds from the Private Offering were approximately $11.7 million. Net proceeds to the Company from the Private Offering, after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, were $10.7 million. The placement agent fees and offering expenses were accounted for as a reduction of additional paid in capital.

The PIPE Warrants have an exercise price equal to $5.00 per share, are immediately exercisable and are subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments for stock splits or dividends or other similar transactions. However, the exercise price of the PIPE Warrants will not be subject to adjustment as a result of subsequent equity issuances at effective tax rateprices lower than the then-current exercise price. The PIPE Warrants are exercisable for 5 years following the closing date. The PIPE Warrants are subject to a provision prohibiting the exercise of such Warrants to the extent that, after giving effect to such exercise, the holder of such Warrant (together with the holder’s affiliates, and any other persons acting as a group together with the holder or any of the holder’s affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the Company’s outstanding common stock (which may be increased to 9.99% on a holder by holder basis, with 61 days prior written consent of the applicable holder). The PIPE Warrants did not meet the requirements for equity classification due to the existence of a tender offer provision that could potentially result in cash settlement of the PIPE Warrants that didn’t meet the limited exception in the case of a change-in-control. Accordingly, the Company reclassified the $7,294,836 fair value of the PIPE Warrants, which was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, from additional paid-in-capital to derivative liabilities. The following assumptions were used to value the PIPE Warrants at December 31, 2017 is as follows:issuance:

 

  Year Ended December 31,February 23,
20172021
 
Statutory federal income taxRisk-free interest rate  34.00.59%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefitExpected term (years)5.00
Expected volatility85.0%
Expected dividends  0.0%
Deferred tax rate change10.4%
Change in valuation allowance16.8%
Income tax provision61.2%

In connection with the Private Offering, the Company also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2021, with the Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or prior to April 24, 2021 to register the resale of the Shares and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the PIPE Warrants (the “Warrant Shares”), and to cause such registration statement to be declared effective on or prior to June 23, 2021 (or, in the event of a “full review” by the SEC, August 22, 2021). The Company is currently in default of the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement as the registration statement to register the Shares and Warrant Shares was not filed by April 24, 2021. As a result of this default, the Company is required to pay damages to the Purchasers in the aggregate amount of $174,993 each month beginning on April 24, 2021, and until such date that the registration statement is filed with the SEC.

Consulting Agreement

 

On February 25, 2021, the Company entered into a consultancy agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”) with Prof. Jagdeep Nanchahal, our Chairman of our Clinical Advisory Committee, dated February 22, 2021, and effective December 22, 2017,1, 2020.

On March 31, 2021, subsequently thereafter, the Tax CutsConsulting Agreement was amended to include CBR Pharma, a corporation incorporated and Jobs Act was signed into legislation. As partregistered in England and Wales, and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the legislation,Company, as a party thereto. In addition, the U.S. corporate income tax rate was reducedCompany agreed to 21%.pay the consultant 15,000 British Pounds (GBP) per month (approximately $20,800) during the term of the agreement, increasing to GBP 23,000 per month (approximately $32,000) on the date (a) of publication of the data from the phase 2b clinical trial for Dupuytren’s disease (RIDD) and (b) the date that the Company has successfully raised over $15 million in capital. The Company hasalso agreed to pay the consultant a recorded full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.bonus (“Bonus 1”) in the sum of 100,000 GPB upon submission of the Dupuytren’s disease clinical trial data for publication in a peer-reviewed journal. In addition, for prior work performed, including completion of the recruitment to the RIDD (Dupuytren’s) trial, the Company agreed to pay the consultant GBP 434,673 (approximately $605,000) (“Bonus 2”). At the election of the consultant, Bonus 2 shall be paid at least 50% (fifty percent) or more, as the consultant elects, in shares of the Company’s common stock, at a share price of $3.00 per share, or the share price on the date of the grant, whichever is lower, with the remainder paid in GBP. Bonus 2 shall be deemed earned and payable upon the Company raising a minimum of $15 million in additional funding, through the sale of debt or equity, after December 1, 2020 (the “Vesting Date”) and shall not be accrued, due or payable prior to such Vesting Date. Bonus 2 shall be payable by the Company within 30 calendar days of the Vesting Date. Finally, the consultant shall receive another one-time bonus (“Bonus 3”) of GBP 5,000 (approximately $7,000) on enrollment of the first patient to the phase 2 frozen shoulder trial, and another one-time bonus (“Bonus 4”) of GBP 5,000 (approximately $7,000) for enrollment of the first patient to the phase 2 delirium/POCD trial.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

The Company files income tax returnsConsulting Agreement has an initial term of three years, and renews thereafter for additional three-year terms, until terminated as provided in the U.S. federal jurisdictionagreement. The Consulting Agreement can be terminated by either party with 12 months prior written notice (provided the Company’s right to terminate the agreement may only be exercised if the consultant fails to perform his required duties under the Consulting Agreement), or by the Company immediately under certain conditions specified in various statethe Consulting Agreement if (a) the consultant fails or neglects efficiently and local jurisdictionsdiligently to perform the services or is guilty of any breach of its or his obligations under the agreement (including any consent granted under it); (b) the consultant is guilty of any fraud or dishonesty or acts in a manner (whether in the performance of the services or otherwise) which, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, has brought or is likely to bring the consultant, the Company or any of its affiliates into disrepute or is convicted of an arrestable offence (other than a road traffic offence for which a non-custodial penalty is imposed); or (c) the consultant becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors. If the Consulting Agreement is terminated by the Company for any reason other than cause, the consultant is entitled to a lump sum payment of 12 months of his fee as at the date of termination.

On March 31, 2021, in satisfaction of amounts owed to the consultant for 50% of Bonus 2, the Company issued 100,699 shares of the Company’s common stock to the Consultant. Additionally, on April 15, 2021, in satisfaction of amounts owed to the consultant for an additional 19% of Bonus 2, the Company issued 37,715 of the Company’s common stock. The remainder of Bonus 2 will be due to the Consultant at such time as the Company has raised $15 million, which obligation was waived by the Company in connection with the issuance of the shares described above.

Employment Agreements of Chief Executive Officer

On February 25, 2021, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) (the “A&R Agreement”), dated February 24, 2021, and effective November 6, 2020. Pursuant to the A&R Agreement, the CEO agreed to serve as an officer of the Company. The agreement replaced his prior agreement with the Company. The A&R Agreement has a term of three years, and is automatically renewable thereafter for additional one-year periods, unless either party provides the other at least 90 days written notice of their intent to not renew the agreement. The CEO’s annual base salary under the agreement will initially be $450,000 per year. The annual salary is also subject to automatic 5% yearly increases.

The CEO is also eligible to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 45% of his then-current base salary, based upon the Company’s achievement of performance and management objectives as set and approved by the Board of Directors and/or Compensation Committee in consultation with the CEO. At the CEO’s option, the annual bonus can be paid in cash or the equivalent value of the Company’s common stock or a combination. thereof. The Board of Directors, as recommended by the Compensation Committee, may also award the CEO bonuses from time to time (in stock, options, cash, or other forms of consideration) in its discretion. Under the A&R Agreement, the CEO is also eligible to participate in any stock option plans and receive other equity awards, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

The agreement can be terminated any time by the Company for cause (subject to the cure provisions of the agreement), or without cause (with 60 days prior written notice to the CEO), by the CEO for good reason (as described in the agreement, and subject to the cure provisions of the agreement), or by the CEO without good reason. The agreement also expires automatically at the end of the initial term or any renewal term if either party provides notice of non-renewal as discussed above.

In the event the A&R Agreement is terminated without cause by the Company, or by the CEO for good reason, the Company agreed to pay him the lesser of 18 months of salary or the remaining term of the agreement, the payment of any accrued bonus from the prior year, his pro rata portion of any current year’s bonus and health insurance premiums for the same period that he is to receive severance payments (as discussed above).


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

The A&R Agreement contains standard and customary invention assignment, indemnification, confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions, which remain in effect for a period of 24 months following the termination of his agreement.

Employment Agreement for Chief Financial Officer

On February 25, 2021, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) dated February 24, 2021, and effective November 6, 2020, which agreement was amended and corrected on March 1, 2021, to be effective as of the effective date of the original agreement (which amendment and correction is retroactively updated in the discussion of the agreement), with the Company’s Interim Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). Pursuant to the agreement, the CFO agreed to serve as an officer of the Company; and the Company agreed to pay the CFO $300,000 per year. Such salary is to be increased to a mutually determined amount upon the closing of a new financing, and shall also be increased on a yearly basis.

Under the agreement, the CFO is eligible to receive an annual bonus, in a targeted amount of 30% of his then salary, based upon the Company’s achievement of performance and management objectives as set and approved by the CEO, in consultation with the CFO. The bonus amount is subject to examinationadjustment. The Board of Directors, as recommended by the various taxing authorities.  

F-14

KBL MERGER CORP. IV

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBERCompensation Committee of the Company (and/or the Compensation Committee), may also award the CFO bonuses from time to time (in stock, options, cash, or other forms of consideration) in its discretion. Under the Employment Agreement, the CFO is also eligible to participate in any stock option plans and receive other equity awards, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. As of December 31, 2017

8. TRUST ACCOUNT AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 2020, the Company recorded $15,750 of accrued bonus payable to the CFO.

 

The Trust Accountagreement can be invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in the Investment Company Act, having a maturity of 180 days or less or interminated any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selectedtime by the Company meetingwith or without cause with 60 days prior written notice and may be terminated by the conditions of Rule 2a-7CFO at any time with 60 days prior written notice. The agreement may also be terminated by the Company with six days’ notice in the event the agreement is terminated for cause under certain circumstances. Upon the termination of the InvestmentCFO’s agreement by the Company Act.without cause or by the CFO for good reason, the Company agreed to pay him three months of severance pay.

 

The agreement contains standard and customary invention assignment, indemnification, confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions, which remain in effect for a period of 24 months following the termination of his agreement.

Officer’s and Director’s Compensation

On March 31, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the issuance of 67,802 shares of restricted common stock to certain directors and officers under the Company’s amended2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which amounts represented 50% of the amounts currently owed to such persons in consideration for services rendered. The shares issued were valued at the closing sales price on March 29, 2021, the last closing sales price prior to the date such issuance was approved by the Board of Directors.

On March 5, 2021, in consideration for the fees earned as members of the Board of Directors of the Company and restated certificatein satisfaction of incorporation provide that, other thanamounts owed in accrued directors’ fees, the withdrawalCompany issued 4,604 shares of the Company’s common stock, which are fully-paid and non-assessable upon issuance.

KCSA Settlement Agreement

On March 12, 2021, the Company agreed it was in the Company’s best interest to pay income taxes and up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of Public Shares properly tenderedenter into a settlement agreement with Kanan Corbin Schupak & Aronow, Inc. (“KCSA”) in connection with a stockholder voteoutstanding obligations in the aggregate of approximately $58,962 due for services rendered to amendCBR Pharma and Katexco. Thereupon the Company issued KCSA 8,675 shares of the Company’s amendedrestricted common stock in satisfaction of the terms of the settlement.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

AGP Warrants

On March 12, 2021, the Company issued a warrant to AGP (the “AGP Warrant”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 63,658 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $5.28 per share, subject to adjustment, and restated certificatelimited at any given time not to exceed a beneficial ownership of incorporation4.99% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock. The AGP Warrant is exercisable at any time on or after May 2, 2021 and on or prior to modify the substance or timing ofMay 2, 2024. This issuance satisfies the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete the Business Combination within the Combination Period or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.AGP, as discussed in Note 11 – Derivative Liabilities.

 

The Company classifies its U. S. Treasurynewly issued AGP Warrant did not meet the requirements for equity classification due to the existence of a tender offer provision that could potentially result in cash settlement of the AGP Warrant that did not meet the limited exception in the case of a change-in-control. Accordingly, the AGP Warrant will continue to be liability-classified.

C&H Capital Inc. Consulting Agreement

On March 19, 2021, in satisfaction of accrued issuable equity owed to C&H Capital Inc. (“C&H Capital”) for services rendered related to investor relations and equivalent securities as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities whichstrategic planning, the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securities are recorded at amortized cost on the accompanying balance sheets and adjusted for the amortization or accretionissued 14,195 of premiums or discounts.

The gross holding losses and fair value of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2017 are as follows:

  Held-To-Maturity Amortized Cost  Gross
Holding
Losses
  Fair Value 
December 31, 2017 U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 1/18/2018) $116,571,318  $(1,467) $116,569,851 

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually. 

The fair valueshares of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts thatrestricted common stock to C&H Capital.

Effective March 15, 2021, the Company would haveentered into an amendment to the consulting agreement with C&H Capital. Pursuant to the amendment, as compensation for investor relations and strategic planning services, the Company issued 1,815 shares of the Company’s common stock which vest monthly over a one-year period to C&H Capital and the initial agreement with C&H Capital was terminated.

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. Litigation

On April 4, 2021, the Company received a court summons in connection with the salealleged breach of the assetsSettlement Agreement pursuant to which CF&CO is currently pursuing litigation. The Company plans to file a response with the court pursuant to an extension that was granted to file an answer.

EarlyBird Settlement Agreement

On April 23, 2021, the Company settled the amounts due pursuant to a certain finder agreement entered into with EarlyBird on October 17, 2017 (the “Finder Agreement”). The Company’s Board of Directors determined it was in the best interests to settle all claims which had been made or could be made with respect to the Finder Agreement and entered into a settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”). Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Company paid EarlyBird a cash payment of $275,000 and issued 225,000 shares of the Company’s restricted common stock to EarlyBird.

Larsen Consulting Agreement

On April 29, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Glenn Larsen, the former Chief Executive Officer of 180 Therapeutics LP, to act in the capacity as negotiator for the licensing of four patents. In consideration for services provided, the Company agreed to compensate the consultant with $50,000 of its restricted common stock which vests upon the Company entering into a licensing transaction with the assistance of the consultant.

Application for Forgiveness of the PPP Loan

On May 19, 2021, the Company applied for loan forgiveness for the amount of $51,051 in connection withto amounts borrowed by Katexco under the transferPPP. The result of the liabilities in an orderly transactionapplication has not yet been determined.


180 LIFE SCIENCES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(FORMERLY KBL MERGER CORP. IV)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Legal Action

On May 17, 2021, Tyche Capital LLC (“Tyche”) filed a counterclaim against the Company alleging that it was the Company, rather than Tyche, that had breached the Guarantee and Commitment Agreement entered into between market participantsKBL and Tyche on July 25, 2019.  Tyche also filed a Third Party Complaint against six third-party defendants, including three members of the Company's management, Sir Marc Feldman, Dr. James Woody, and Ozan Pamir, claiming that they allegedly breached fiduciary duties to Tyche with regards to the Guarantee and Commitment Agreement.  The Company denies all of such claims, as do the three individual members of the Company's management, and will vigorously defend against all of Tyche's claims.

University of Oxford Agreement

On May 24, 2021, CannUK entered into another research agreement with Oxford (the “Fifth Oxford Agreement”), pursuant to which CannUK will sponsor work at the measurement date. In connectionUniversity of Oxford to conduct a multi-centre, randomised, double blind, parallel group, feasibility study of anti-TNF injection for the treatment of adults with measuringfrozen shoulder during the fair value of its assets and liabilities,pain-predominant phase.

CannUK, as the Company seekssponsor, agreed to maximizemake the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) andfollowing payments to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:Oxford:

 

MilestoneLevel 1:Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
 Amount Due
(excluding VAT)
 
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. ExamplesUpon signing of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.the Fifth Oxford Agreement
 £70,546 
Level 3:Unobservable inputs based on our assessment6 months post signing of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.Fifth Oxford Agreement

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

The Company evaluates subsequent events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

 F-15£

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 29, 2018KBL MERGER CORP. IV
70,546 
By: /s/ Marlene Krauss, M.D.
12 months post signing of the Fifth Oxford Agreement 

Name: Marlene Krauss, M.D.

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name£PositionDate
70,546 
/s/ Marlene Krauss, M.D.24 months post signing of the Fifth Oxford Agreement Chief Executive Officer and Director£March 29, 2018
Marlene Krauss, M.D.(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer
)
/s/ Joseph A. WilliamsonChief Operating Officer and DirectorMarch 29, 2018
Joseph A. Williamson
/s/ George HornigChairman of the Board of DirectorsMarch 29, 2018
George Hornig
/s/ Andrew ShermanDirectorMarch 29, 2018
Andrew Sherman
/s/ Sherrill NeffDirectorMarch 29, 2018
Sherrill Neff70,546 

 

F-63

67